UNITED STATES
FORM 10-K
(Mark One) | ||
x
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | |
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003 | ||
OR | ||
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 | ||
For the transition period from to |
Commission File Number: 0-29637
SELECTICA, INC.
77-0432030
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
3 West Plumeria Drive, San Jose,
California
95134-2111
(Address of principal executive
offices)
(Zip Code)
Registrants telephone number, including area code: (408) 570-9700
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: Common Stock, $0.0001 par value
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes x No o
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $56,541,969 based upon the closing price on the NASDAQ on the last business day of the registrants most recently completed second fiscal quarter (September 30, 2002).
The number of shares outstanding of the registrants common stock as of May 31, 2003 was 31,008,449.
Documents Incorporated by Reference
Part III Portions of the registrants definitive Proxy Statement to be issued in conjunction with the registrants Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on September 18, 2003.
SELECTICA, INC.
FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT
Table of Contents
PART I
|
||||||
Item 1.
|
Business | 2 | ||||
Item 2.
|
Properties | 11 | ||||
Item 3.
|
Legal Proceedings | 11 | ||||
Item 4.
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders | 13 | ||||
PART II
|
||||||
Item 5.
|
Market for Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters | 27 | ||||
Item 6.
|
Selected Consolidated Financial Data | 28 | ||||
Item 7.
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 29 | ||||
Item 7A.
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk | 41 | ||||
Item 8.
|
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data | 44 | ||||
Item 9.
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure | 46 | ||||
PART III
|
||||||
Item 10.
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant | 46 | ||||
Item 11.
|
Executive Compensation | 46 | ||||
Item 12.
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management | 46 | ||||
Item 13.
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions | 46 | ||||
Item 14.
|
Controls and Procedures | 47 | ||||
PART IV
|
||||||
Item 15
|
Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K | 47 | ||||
Signatures | ||||||
Certifications Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 |
1
In addition to historical information, this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected. Factors that might cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the section entitled Managements Discussion and Analysis of Consolidated Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Risk Factors. You should carefully review the risks described in other documents the Company files from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the quarterly reports on Form 10-Q to be filed by the Company in 2003. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the Companys expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future, which speak only as of the date of this annual report on Form 10-K. The Company undertakes no obligation to release publicly any updates to the forward-looking statements included herein after the date of this document.
PART I
Item 1. | Business |
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Selectica is a leading provider of Interactive
Selling Solutions software (ISS) that enables enterprises
to reduce costs and enhance revenue from complex product and
services offerings. Our solutions unify customers business
processes to correctly configure, price, and quote offerings
across multiple distribution channels. As a result, we help
improve profitability by reducing process costs, optimizing
pricing, eliminating rework and concessions, and avoiding
high-risk business. Businesses that deploy ISS are able to
empower business managers to quickly and easily modify product,
service and price information enterprise-wide to ensure proper
margins and to stay ahead of changing market conditions. Our
product architecture has been designed specifically for the
Internet and provides scalability, reliability, flexibility and
ease of use. Additionally, our Interactive Selling Solutions
have been developed with an open architecture that leverages
data in existing applications, such as enterprise resource
planning, or ERP, systems. This allows for an easy-to-install
application and reduced deployment time. Across a wide range of
industries, Selecticas ISS has demonstrated an ability to
increase productivity, improve order accuracy, boost return on
investment and establish and maintain a competitive advantage.
Selecticas customers represent manufacturing and service
leaders including: ABB, Aetna, Blue Cross Blue Shield of
Michigan, BMW of North America, British Telecom, Cisco, Dell,
General Electric, Firemans Fund Insurance Company,
Hitachi, IBM, Mitel, Rockwell Automation and Tellabs.
Industry Background
The Internet is transforming the business
environment by increasing competition and enabling the
development of new business models. Individuals, businesses and
other organizations are using the Internet as a platform to
communicate, collaborate, access information and conduct
business with greater speed, efficiency and accuracy. As a
result, business-to-business, business-to-consumer and
business-to-employee interactions are being fundamentally
altered. In order to remain competitive, companies must find
innovative new ways to sell, increase efficiencies in the sales
cycle and deliver greater customer satisfaction. The Internet
has become an established channel for companies to market and
sell their products and services. At the outset, electronic
commerce transactions were simple purchases of products such as
books, compact discs, stocks and toys. At this stage, the
Internet has become a platform for selling a wide variety of
products and services. We believe, however, that a core
requirement for companies engaging in electronic commerce will
be driven by their ability to quickly and efficiently complete
complex transactions involving multiple features, options or
involving custom pricing or service options.
2
Complexity in the selling process manifests
itself in numerous ways. One type is product complexity, where
the product has many possible features, with factors interacting
with one another and with other factors to influence the
performance or manufacturability of that item. Examples of
complex products include networking and telecommunications
equipment, automobiles, and computers. A second type of
complexity is needs complexity, in which the product or service
itself may be relatively simple, such as an insurance policy or
a printer, but the factors that go into evaluating a specific
customers needs and matching those needs with the optimal
product or service may be complex. A third type of complexity
comes from flexible or customized pricing and discount programs,
including those based on the features of the product.
The completion of a complex sales transaction
depends on a sellers ability to identify and satisfy the
full range of a buyers needs. In traditional sales,
companies rely on trained salespeople to interact with
customers, address customer needs, explain product features, and
ultimately complete the sale. To date, many electronic commerce
web sites have been static collections of non-interactive
content, and have had limited capability for assisting and
guiding customers or sales personnel through a complex
purchasing decision. The Internet affords businesses the ability
to centralize and simplify complex selling processes and deploy
a platform for aggregating, bundling, and pricing complex
products and services across all sales channels.
In addition to fueling the growth of electronic
commerce, the Internet has become a technology platform for
business application deployment. Historically, companies seeking
to improve their operations have implemented applications such
as enterprise resource planning (ERP), customer relationship
management (CRM) or sales force automation
(SFA) software based on client-server architectures that
require a significant part of the application to be loaded on
every users computer. With the emergence of the Internet
platform, companies have more broadly and cost-effectively
deployed business applications to customers, partners and
employees and made the most current application and information
immediately available on Internet-enabled devices. We believe
that a selling application based on the Internet platform offers
significant advantages over one based on traditional
client-server architectures. These advantages include the
ability to be deployed on a broad range of browser-enabled
devices, as well as easier integration with other Internet-based
applications and legacy systems, including those running on
relational database management systems (RDBMS).
Until recently, businesses have generally
attempted to address the challenges of complexity in the selling
process by building in-house solutions. These solutions often
require significant up-front development costs and lengthy
deployment periods. Furthermore, due to the rapid pace of change
in products and business processes, companies often find it
difficult and expensive to maintain these systems and integrate
new functionality and technologies. As a result, businesses have
sought to implement third-party packaged applications.
Current commercially available software designed
to help companies address the challenges of complexity in the
selling process may have one or more of the following
limitations. In general, the applications:
We believe that there is a significant
opportunity for an Interactive Selling Solutions that leverages
the Internet platform to enable companies to efficiently sell
complex products and services using a broad range of
Internet-enabled devices.
3
Selectica Solutions
Selecticas comprehensive Interactive
Selling Solution (ISS) is designed to enable enterprises to
easily develop and rapidly deploy an Internet sales channel that
interactively assists their customers, partners and employees
through the selection, configuration, pricing, quoting and
fulfillment processes. Our Interactive Selling Solutions allow
companies to use the Internet platform to deploy a selling
application to many points of contact including personal
computers, in-store kiosks and mobile devices, such as personal
digital assistants (PDAs) and cellular phones, while offering
customers, partners and employees an interface customized to
meet their specific needs. Our products are built using Java
technology and utilizes a unique business logic engine
(KnowledgeBase), repository, and a multi-threaded architecture.
This design enables the core of our solutions, the Configurator
server, to reduce the amount of memory used to support new user
sessions and to rapidly deploy without custom programming, a
cost-effective, robust and highly scalable, Internet-enhanced
sales channel.
Selectica has focused considerable effort and
attention on the eInsurance market in recent months. We have
developed a suite of prefabricated, customizable solutions that
enable small to large-sized businesses to quickly implement the
ISS component or components that best match their resources and
requirements. Selecticas eInsurance suite, which consists
of the eQuoting, eEnrollment and eAnalysis applications, allows
carriers to automate quoting, enrollment and analysis functions
to create a seamless, fully integrated pricing, sales and
information management solution. Selecticas eQuoting
application allows for standardized quoting and rating across
the enterprise and enables both automated and manual leads
management and assignment based on predefined business rules.
eEnrollment features self-service enrollment, dependent member
information capture, guided plan selection and health conditions
survey. eAnalysis helps to efficiently use finite underwriting
resources by assigning priority renewal cases to the most
experienced underwriters. In addition, the applications
experienced rating methodologies help companies to use claims
data to more accurately price renewal cases. Some of
Selecticas current eInsurance customers include Blue Cross
Blue Shield of Michigan and Firemans Fund Insurance
Company.
Some of the major design benefits of our
Interactive Selling Solutions deployed across all industries are
described below:
Our products provide the functionality for
Internet selling in a single comprehensive solution. Our
Interactive Selling Solutions have been developed with an open
architecture that leverages data in existing enterprise
applications, such as ERP systems, to provide an application
that is both easy to develop and deploy.
We enable sellers of complex products and
services to reach and sell to additional customers by enabling
them to use the Internet as an effective sales channel. Our
Interactive Selling Solutions are designed for the Internet
platform and both provide scalability and allow companies to
sell over a broad range of Internet-enabled devices, including
devices with limited processing power, such as mobile devices.
Generally, in a traditional sales environment for
complex products and services, prospective buyers repeatedly
interact with a sellers sales force to determine an
appropriate configuration and pricing. Our software is designed
to enable companies to reduce the time required to convert
interested prospects into customers in several ways. The
advantages of this software include:
4
Using our Interactive Selling Solutions,
companies can enable their channel partners, such as
distributors and resellers, to access their selling tools and
product information. This allows distributors and resellers to
effectively sell complex products and services with less support
from the company. It also improves order accuracy, which results
in greater efficiency and increased customer satisfaction.
Sellers can use our Interactive Selling Solutions
to perform real-time analysis and optimization to identify
cross-selling and up-selling opportunities. For example, a
prospective buyer of a computer may be prompted to consider
additional features such as increased memory, or complementary
products such as a printer, based on specific selections made.
In addition, by enabling companies to build an easy-to-use
selling channel that is always available to their customers, we
provide companies with the opportunity to capture a greater
percentage of their customers business.
Our software also helps companies ensure that all
orders conform to specific criteria. For example, if a company
had a minimum gross margin requirement for a given product, our
solution could ensure that the features and options chosen will
result in a product that meets the companys margin
objectives. Selecticas platform also improves inventory
management. For example, the ISS applications can automatically
promote the sale of a product for which there is excess
inventory.
Our software enables a seller of complex products
and services to present each customer with different options
based upon the customers specified needs. This
customization of the selling process actively engages the
customer in the decision-making process. Selecticas
platform also ensures that customers arrive at a product
configuration that meets the business and manufacturing
guidelines of the company. We believe that ISSs
functionality enhances customer loyalty and satisfaction, which
may result in increased sales.
An effective selling system requires the user to
build a KnowledgeBase that captures all product configurations
and selling rules. Our configuration platform allows users to
build, tailor and maintain their KnowledgeBase without custom
programming. This enables our customers to rapidly deploy the
software. It also reduces the need for expensive technical
specialists and programmers to maintain and enhance their
businesses Interactive Selling Solutions.
5
Selectica Products
The following table provides a list of our
products and a brief description of the features and benefits to
our customers.
6
Selecticas Technology
We have developed an innovative architecture for
creating a personalized, intuitive, interactive and scalable
Interactive Selling Solutions that includes selection,
configuration, pricing, quoting and fulfillment processes. The
four key technological advantages of our Interactive Selling
Solutions include:
7
Many existing configurators are custom programs
that were written specifically for the product or family of
products being configured. This means both the configuration
logic and the data describing product attributes are combined in
a single computer program that requires significant
reprogramming to reflect simple product changes. In contrast,
our Interactive Selling Solutions utilize a constraint-based
engine that is separate from the data describing the product
attributes. This allows businesses to easily create and modify
the KnowledgeBase to reflect product changes utilizing our
integrated modeling environment, thereby eliminating the need
for expensive programming teams.
Our engine, written in Java, is easily deployed
on various operating platforms. The use of Java allows us to
support a range of deployment environments, ranging from Java
applications in a notebook computer to server generated
browser-readable pages, with the same engine and the same
KnowledgeBase.
We have developed an integrated modeling
environment that allows our customers to easily create a
sophisticated Interactive Selling Solution without any
programming. Our Interactive Selling Solutions utilize
drag-and-drop tools that enable sales and marketing personnel,
rather than expensive programmers, to maintain and enhance their
businesses Interactive Selling Solution. Using these
drag-and-drop tools, businesses can:
We have a highly scalable server architecture for
deploying our customers applications. The n-tier
architecture, an architecture that enables multiple servers to
run at the same time, allows us to support a range of
configurations from a single configurator serverto several
configurator servers managed via a single manager running on an
HTTP server or another server. Manager can manage a single
server running configurator or multiple servers all running
configurator. Our multi-threaded technologies enhance the
performance for each buyer session because each session state is
preserved as the buyer makes subsequent selections. Furthermore,
configurator can support a large number of concurrent user
sessions because the engine uses a small amount of memory for
each incremental user session.
Our software, employing a thin-client
architecture, supports an Internet computing model enabling
users to access an ISS with any industry-standard browser. This
enables access to the ISS for users on a broad range of
Internet-enabled devices. Our configurator servers use our
engine to process user requests from an HTML session, using the
KnowledgeBase and legacy data as needed. This approach can
enforce rules, eliminate incorrect choices and make calculations
or suggest choices by generating the next HTML screen
dynamically. Our servers can also be accessed by custom
applications using our thin-client application programming
interfaces. Our configurator can communicate with our Selectica
Quoter or one or more database servers from other vendors, and
other enterprise resources, including legacy resources using our
Connector products.
COMPETITION
Although we are a leading provider of Interactive
Selling Solutions and services, the market for software products
that enable electronic commerce is intensely competitive, and we
expect competition in the
8
Competitors vary in size and in the scope and
breadth of the products and services offered. Although we
believe we have advantages over our competitors including the
comprehensiveness of our solution, our use of Java technology
and our multi-threaded architecture, some of our competitors and
potential competitors have significant advantages over us,
including:
Our competitors may also bundle their products in
a manner that may discourage users from purchasing our products.
Current and potential competitors may establish cooperative
relationships with each other or with third parties, or adopt
aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. Competitive
pressures may require us to reduce the prices of our products
and services. We may not be able to maintain or expand our sales
if competition increases and we are unable to respond
effectively.
OPERATIONS
Sales and Marketing
Our sales and marketing objective is to achieve
broad penetration within our vertical markets through targeted
sales and increased brand name recognition. As of March 31,
2003, our sales and marketing team consisted of 71 persons,
with sales and field support personnel in Arizona, California,
Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Massachusetts, Minnesota, New
Jersey, Ohio, Oregon, Texas, Washington, Canada, Germany, India,
Japan, Sweden and the United Kingdom. We had 28 sales and
marketing personnel located in San Jose, California.
We sell our products and services primarily
through a direct sales force supported by telesales, system
engineering and integration support. We believe that the
integration of these support networks assists in both the
establishment and enhancement of customer relationships. We have
developed programs to attract and retain high quality, motivated
sales representatives that have the necessary technical skills
and consultative sales experience.
Our marketing department is engaged in a wide
variety of activities, such as awareness and lead generation
programs, product management, public relations, advertising,
speaking programs, seminars, sales collateral creation and
production, direct mail, and event hosting.
Professional Services
We maintain a highly qualified and experienced
professional services organization to deliver quality
Interactive Selling Solutions. Our professional services
organization offers a broad range of services through its
consulting, customer education and technical support groups.
These services include product education, presales prototype
development, training seminars, product implementation,
application development, customization, integration and a full
range of education and technical support. This organization is
also
9
In addition to professional services, we offer
various levels of product maintenance to our customers. We have
generally provided maintenance services under an annual,
renewable contract and our services have generally been priced
as a percentage of product license fees. Customers under
maintenance contracts receive technical product support and
product upgrades as they are released throughout the life of the
maintenance contracts.
Research and Development
To date we have invested substantial resources in
research and development. At March 31, 2003, we had
approximately 181 full-time engineers and technical writing
specialists that primarily work on product development,
documentation, quality assurance and testing.
We expect that most of our new products and
enhancements to existing products will be developed internally.
However, we will evaluate on an ongoing basis externally
developed technologies for integration into our suite of
products. Enhancements to our existing products are released
periodically to add new features, improve functionality and
incorporate feedback and suggestions from our current customer
base. These updates are usually provided as part of separate
maintenance agreement sold with the product license.
Intellectual Property and Other Proprietary
Rights
We rely on a combination of trademark, trade
secret and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect
the proprietary aspects of our technology. These legal
protections afford only limited protection for our technology.
We currently hold six patents in U.S. In addition, we have
two trademarks registered in U.S., one trademark registered and
one pending in South Korea, two trademarks registered in Canada
and one trademark registered in European Community and we have
applied to register another two trademarks in the United States.
Our trademark and patent applications might not result in the
issuance of any trademarks or patents. Our patents or any future
issued patents or trademarks might be invalidated or
circumvented or otherwise fail to provide us any meaningful
protection. We seek to protect the source code for our software,
documentation and other written materials under trade secret and
copyright laws. We license our software pursuant to license
agreements, which impose certain restrictions on the
licensees ability to utilize the software. We also seek to
avoid disclosure of our intellectual property by requiring
employees and consultants with access to our proprietary
information to execute confidentiality agreements. Despite our
efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties
may attempt to copy aspects of our products or to obtain and use
information that we regard as proprietary. In addition, the laws
of many countries do not protect our proprietary rights to as
great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Litigation
may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual
property rights, to protect our trade secrets and to determine
the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. Our
failure to adequately protect our intellectual property could
have a material adverse effect on our business and operating
results.
Our success and ability to compete are dependent
on our ability to operate without infringing upon the
proprietary rights of others. Any intellectual property
litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources and could significantly harm our business and
operating results. From time to time, we receive correspondence
from patent holders recommending that we license their patents.
After reviewing these patents, we have informed these patent
holders that it would not be necessary to license these patents.
However, we may be required to license such patents or incur
legal fees to defend our position that such licenses are not
necessary. We cannot assure you that if required to do so, we
would be able to obtain a license to use either patent on
commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
10
Any threat of intellectual property litigation
could force us to do one or more of the following:
In the event of a successful claim of
infringement against us and our failure or inability to license
the infringed intellectual property on reasonable terms or
license a substitute intellectual property or redesign our
product to avoid infringement, our business and operating
results would be significantly harmed. If we are forced to
abandon use of our trademark, we may be forced to change our
name and incur substantial expenses to build a new brand, which
would significantly harm our business and operating results.
EMPLOYEES
At March 31, 2003, we had a total of 456
employees, of whom 235 were located in India. Of the total 340
were in engineering, consulting and research and development, 71
were engaged in sales, marketing and business development and 45
were in administration and finance. None of our employees are
represented by a labor union and we consider our relations with
our employees to be good.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We file annual reports on Form 10-K,
quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on
Form 8-K and proxy and information statements and
amendments to reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended. The public may read and copy these materials
at the SECs Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth
Street, NW, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain
information on the operation of the public reference room by
calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains a
website (www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information regarding
Selectica, Inc. and other companies that file materials with the
SEC electronically. You may also obtain copies of reports filed
with the SEC, free of charge, on our website at
www.selectica.com.
Evolution of Electronic Commerce
Table of Contents
Complexity in Electronic Commerce
The Internet as an Emerging Platform for
Business Applications
Limitations of Existing Solutions
have not been engineered for the Internet
platform and, as a result, are not easily deployed across a
broad range of Internet-enabled devices;
require significant custom programming for
deployment and maintenance;
provide a limited interactive experience; or
employ application architectures that limit their
scalability and reliability.
Table of Contents
Provides Comprehensive Solution
Opportunity for Increased Sales
Shorten Sales Cycle
providing comprehensive product information to
the customer or sales person at the point of sale without
requiring interaction with product experts; and
automating the pricing and configuration of
complex products and services, thereby providing customers with
accurate, real-time information.
Table of Contents
Improves Efficiency of the Indirect Sales
Channel
Opportunity for Greater Revenue per
Customer
Allows Selling Process to Support Key Business
Goals
Enhances Customer Relations
Rapid Deployment and Reduced Costs of
Ownership
Table of Contents
Product
Features
Benefits
Configuration engine
Enables customized, one-to-one selling on the
Internet
Highly scalable Internet-architecture
Designed to support millions of simultaneous
users by simply installing more servers
Java-based
Platform independence
Supports open standard integration interfaces
Integrates with other web-based applications and
legacy systems
Dynamic information update
Ability to update product information without
stopping selling process
Easy-to-use, dynamically generated interface
Maximizes sales force productivity by reducing
sales training time
Supports devices with limited processing power
Ability to be deployed on a broad range of devices
HTML-based client
Designed to run on any device with a standard web
browser
Allows users to manage sophisticated pricing
logic across the enterprise
Accelerates the introduction of new pricing
schemes
Complete stand-alone selling system that runs on
laptop computers
Enables mobile users to access our solution with
the same user interface as a connected system
Automatically synchronizes KnowledgeBases and
quotes
Enables updated product and pricing information
and orders
Provides comprehensive ISS functionality on
mobile platforms using the same unmatched performance and
reliability as the Selectica Configurator
Reduces time and inconsistency
Enables rapid updates of product, pricing and
service data; anytime (24x7 accessibility), anywhere
Improved responsiveness to changing market
conditions
Easy-to-use interface provides a consolidated
view of corporate data repositories
Enables users to maintain and manage product and
service information with the ability to add, modify and delete
product, pricing and service information without IT intervention
Central server and storage facility for customer
orders, configurations and pricing information
Enables users to generate, save and revise quotes
online.
Provides easy access from remote devices to quote
archives
Enables accurate quotes and orders
Table of Contents
Product
Features
Benefits
Models, tests and debugs ISS applications using a
single tool
Simplifies development process
Graphical KnowledgeBase and user interface
development tools
Enables application deployment and maintenance by
non-technical personnel
Analyzes business data by collecting data from
Selectica applications servers and transforms it to facilitate
fine- grained marketing analysis
Enables enterprises to measure, monitor and
increase the effectiveness of their Selectica application and
universally share reports
Database that stores KnowledgeBase in readable,
queryable format
Provides distributed team development of
KnowledgeBases for easy development and maintenance
Out-of-the box integration to other enterprises
applications including Oracle , Siebel, and SAP R/3.
Enables easy integration and reduces costs and
deployment time
Ability to link selling with order execution
Standardizes insurance quoting and rating for all
group products
Improve reaction time to changing business
conditions with single source product and rating maintenance
Quick routing and workflow management
Increase efficiencies through enterprise- wide
quote sharing, batch renewal processing and quoting and group
activity reports
Self-service enrollment and dependent member
information capture
Eliminates redundant data entry
Automates initial group set-up; integrates with
legacy administrative systems
Ensures consistent member information
enterprise-wide
Automates the renewal rating and underwriting
process for experience-rated mid and large group health
insurance businesses
Improves pricing decisions lower carriers
medical loss ratio and reduces renewal cost and cycle time
declarative constraint engine;
integrated modeling environment;
multi-threaded server; and
scalable, thin-client architecture.
Table of Contents
Declarative constraint engine
Integrated modeling environment
easily create and update KnowledgeBases
containing product attributes;
create HTML-based graphical user interface, or
GUI, applications;
test the application interactively as the
application is being built and conduct batch order checks;
verify the semantics of the KnowledgeBase and
identify some semantic errors; and
create flexible models from individual models.
Multi-threaded server
Scalable thin-client architecture
Table of Contents
a longer operating history;
a preferred vendor status with our customers;
more extensive name recognition and marketing
power; and
significantly greater financial, technical,
marketing and other resources, giving them the ability to
respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities,
technologies and customer requirements.
Consulting Services
Table of Contents
Customer Support
Table of Contents
cease selling, incorporating or using products or
services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property;
obtain from the holder of the infringed
intellectual property right a license to sell or use the
relevant intellectual property, which license may not be
available on reasonable terms;
redesign those products or services that
incorporate such intellectual property; or
pay money damages to the holder of the infringed
intellectual property right.
Item 2. | Properties |
Facilities
United States. Our principal administrative, sales, marketing, consulting, and research and development facility occupies approximately 80,000 square feet of office space in San Jose, California. The lease extends through November 2009.
India. We have owned and leased offices in Pune and Chennai primarily for consulting and quality assurance. These facilities occupy approximately 22,000 and 25,000 square feet respectively. The lease for the office in Chennai extends through May 2009.
We believe the office space in these facilities will be adequate to meet our needs.
Item 3. | Legal Proceedings |
Between June 5, 2001 and June 22, 2001, four securities class action complaints were filed against the Company, certain of our officers and directors, and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation (CSFB), as the underwriters of our March 13, 2000 initial public offering (IPO), in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On August 9, 2001, these actions were consolidated before a single judge along with cases brought against numerous other issuers, their officers and directors and their underwriters,
11
The amended complaint alleges that the Company, the officer and director defendants and CSFB violated federal securities laws by making material false and misleading statements in the prospectus incorporated in our registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC in March, 2000 in connection with our IPO. Specifically, the complaint alleges, among other things, that CSFB solicited and received excessive and undisclosed commissions from several investors in exchange for which CSFB allocated to those investors material portions of the restricted number of shares of common stock issued in our IPO. The complaint further alleges that CSFB entered into agreements with its customers in which it agreed to allocate the common stock sold in our IPO to certain customers in exchange for which such customers agreed to purchase additional shares of our common stock in the after-market at pre-determined prices. The complaint also alleges that the underwriters offered to provide positive market analyst coverage for the Company after the IPO, which had the effect of manipulating the market for Selecticas stock.
On July 15, 2002, the Company and the officer and director defendants, along with other issuers and their related officer and director defendants, filed a joint motion to dismiss based on common issues. Opposition and reply papers were filed and the Court heard oral argument. Prior to the ruling on the motion to dismiss, on October 8, 2002, the individual officers and directors entered into a stipulation of dismissal and tolling agreement with plaintiffs. As part of that agreement, plaintiffs dismissed the case without prejudice against the individual defendants. The Court ordered the dismissal of the officers and directors without prejudice on October 9, 2002. The court rendered its decision on the motion to dismiss on February 19, 2003, denying dismissal of the Company.
On April 16, 2002, a shareholder derivative action was filed in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, against certain of our officers and directors, against CSFB, as the underwriters of our IPO, and against the Company as nominal defendant. The action was filed by a shareholder purporting to assert on behalf of the Company claims for breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting and conspiracy, negligence, unjust enrichment, and breach of contract, relating to the pricing of shares in the Companys IPO. On June 6, 2002, the shareholder plaintiff filed an amended complaint dropping the breach of contract claim against CSFB and adding claims against CSFB for breach of an agents duty to its principal and for violation of the California Unfair Competition Law, based on alleged violations of certain rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers.
On November 25, 2002, following the removal of the case to federal court and the subsequent remand of the case back to the state court, the Company and the officer and director defendants filed answers to the amended complaint, preserving certain defenses including defenses based on plaintiffs lack of standing to bring the suit. Also on November 25, 2002, CSFB filed a motion to dismiss the case, on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing. That motion was heard on March 4, 2003, and on March 18, 2003 the Court issued an Order sustaining the motion but granting plaintiff 30 days to file an amended complaint.
On April 18, 2003, the plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. This complaint adds new allegations as to standing, and also alleges certain additional facts supporting the various causes of action against the defendants. Specifically, plaintiffs new complaint alleges that CSFB offered and provided, and the individual defendants accepted, improper gratuities in the form of allocations of IPO stocks of other companies, in order to influence the selection of CSFB as the underwriter of the Companys IPO.
On June 17, 2003, CSFB responded to this second amended complaint by filing a demurrer (motion to dismiss) on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing to bring the action. Also on June 17, 2003, the Company and the individual defendants responded to the second amended complaint by joining CSFBs demurrer, while reserving other objections.
On June 25, 2003, a Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved a Memorandum of Understanding (the MOU) reflecting a settlement in which the plaintiffs agreed to dismiss the case against the Company with prejudice in return for the assignment by the Company of claims
12
The Company believes that the securities class action allegations against the Company and our officers and directors are without merit and intends to contest them vigorously. However, the litigation is in its preliminary stages, and the Company cannot predict its outcome. The litigation process is inherently uncertain. If the outcome of the litigation is adverse to the Company and if, in addition, the Company is required to pay significant monetary damages, the Companys business would be significantly harmed. The shareholder derivative litigation is also in its preliminary stages. At a minimum, the class action litigation as well as the shareholder derivative litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our managements attention and resources, which could seriously harm our business.
Item 4. | Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders |
No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2003.
RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS
Set forth below and elsewhere in this annual report and in the other documents we file with the SEC are risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained in this annual report. Prospective and existing investors are strongly urged to carefully consider the various cautionary statements and risks set forth in this annual report and our other public filings.
We have a history of losses and expect to continue to incur net losses in the near-term.
We have experienced operating losses in each quarterly and annual period since inception. We incurred net losses applicable to common stockholders of approximately $29.7 million, $26.4 million and $49.9 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of approximately $149.1 million as of March 31, 2003. We plan to reduce our investment in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses in absolute dollars over the next year as necessary to balance expense levels with projected revenues. We will need to generate significant increases in our revenues to achieve and maintain profitability. If our revenue fails to grow or grows more slowly than we anticipate or our operating expenses exceed our expectations, our losses will significantly increase which would significantly harm our business and operating results.
The unpredictability of our quarterly revenues and results of operations makes it difficult to predict our financial performance and may cause volatility or a decline in the price of our common stock if we are unable to satisfy the expectations of investors or the market.
In the past, our quarterly operating results have varied significantly, and we expect these fluctuations to continue. Future operating results may vary depending on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control.
Our quarterly revenues may fluctuate as a result of our ability to recognize revenue in a given quarter. We enter into arrangements for the sale of (1) licenses of software products and related maintenance contracts; (2) bundled license, maintenance, and services; and (3) services on a time and material basis. In instances where maintenance is bundled with a license of software products, such maintenance term is typically one year.
For each arrangement, we determine whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fees are fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue recognition is deferred until such time as all of the criteria are met.
13
Arrangements consisting of license and maintenance only. For those contracts that consist solely of license and maintenance we recognize license revenues based upon the residual method after all elements other than maintenance have been delivered as prescribed by Statement of Position 98-9 Modification of SOP No. 97-2 with Respect to Certain Transactions. We recognize maintenance revenues over the term of the maintenance contract as vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for maintenance exists. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. If vendor specific objective evidence does not exist to allocate the total fee to all undelivered elements of the arrangement, revenue is deferred until the earlier of the time at which (1) such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or (2) all elements are delivered. We recognize license fees from resellers as revenue when the above criteria have been met and the reseller has sold the subject licenses through to the end-user.
Arrangements consisting of license, maintenance and other services. Services can consist of maintenance, training and/or consulting services. Consulting services include a range of services including installation of off-the-shelf software, customization of the software for the customers specific application, data conversion and building of interfaces to allow the software to operate in customized environments.
In all cases, we assess whether the service element of the arrangement is essential to the functionality of the other elements of the arrangement. In this determination we focus on whether the software is off-the-shelf software, whether the services include significant alterations to the features and functionality of the software, whether the services involve the building of complex interfaces, the timing of payments and the existence of milestones. Often the installation of the software requires the building of interfaces to the customers existing applications or customization of the software for specific applications. As a result, judgment is required in the determination of whether such services constitute complex interfaces. In making this determination we consider the following: (1) the relative fair value of the services compared to the software, (2) the amount of time and effort subsequent to delivery of the software until the interfaces or other modifications are completed, (3) the degree of technical difficulty in building of the interface and uniqueness of the application, (4) the degree of involvement of customer personnel, and (5) any contractual cancellation, acceptance, or termination provisions for failure to complete the interfaces. We also consider the likelihood of refunds, forfeitures and concessions when determining the significance of such services.
In those instances where we determine that the service elements are essential to the other elements of the arrangement, we account for the entire arrangement under the percentage of completion contract method in accordance with the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Production Type Contracts. We follow the percentage of completion method since reasonably dependable estimates of progress toward completion of a contract can be made. We estimate the percentage of completion on contracts utilizing hours incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated hours to complete the project. Recognized revenues and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. Revisions in profit estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. To date, when we have been primarily responsible for the implementation of the software, services have been considered essential to the functionality of the software products and therefore license and services revenues have been recognized pursuant to SOP 81-1.
For those contracts that include contract milestones or acceptance criteria we recognize revenue as such milestones are achieved or as such acceptance occurs.
In some instances the acceptance criteria in the contract require acceptance after all services are complete and all other elements have been delivered. In these instances we recognize revenue based upon the completed contract method after such acceptance has occurred.
For those arrangements for which we have concluded that the service element is not essential to the other elements of the arrangement we determine whether the services are available from other vendors, do not involve a significant degree of risk or unique acceptance criteria, and whether we have sufficient experience in providing the service to be able to separately account for the service. When the service qualifies for separate accounting we use vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for the services and the maintenance to
14
Vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of services is based upon hourly rates. As previously noted, we enter into contracts for services alone and such contracts are based upon time and material basis. Such hourly rates are used to assess the vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value in multiple element arrangements.
In accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of maintenance is determined by reference to the price the customer will be required to pay when it is sold separately (that is, the renewal rate). Each license agreement offers additional maintenance renewal periods at a stated price. Maintenance contracts are typically one year in duration.
Because we rely on a limited number of customers, the timing of customer acceptance or milestone achievement, or the amount of services we provide to a single customer can significantly affect our operating results. For example, on these separate occasions, our services and license revenues declined significantly in March 31, 2003, March 31, 2001 and June 30, 1999 due to the delays of milestone achievement of services and customer acceptance under a particular contract. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations Results of Operations. Because expenses are relatively fixed in the near term, any shortfall from anticipated revenues could cause our quarterly operating results to fall below anticipated levels.
We may also experience seasonality in revenues. For example, our quarterly results may fluctuate based upon our customers calendar year budgeting cycles. These seasonal variations may lead to fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and operating results.
Based upon the foregoing, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and that such comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. In some future quarter, our operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors, which could cause volatility or a decline in the price of our common stock.
If our bookings do not improve, our results of operations could be significantly harmed.
In any given period our revenues are dependent on customer contracts booked during earlier periods. Because we typically recognize revenue in periods after contracts are entered into, a decline in the number of contracts booked during any particular period or the value of such contracts would cause a decrease in revenue in future periods. In recent months, the number and value of our bookings has continued to decrease significantly. If our bookings remain at current levels or if the value of such bookings decreases further, it will cause our revenues to decline in future periods which could significantly harm our business and operating results.
A continued decline in general economic conditions or a decrease in information technology spending could harm our results of operations.
The change in economic conditions may lead to revised budgetary constraints regarding information technology spending for our customers. We have had potential customers select our Interactive Selling Solutions, but decide to delay or not to implement any configuration system. Many companies have decided to reduce their expenditures for information technology by either delaying non-mission critical projects or abandoning them until their levels of business justifies the expenses. A continuation of stagnation in information technology spending due to economic conditions or other factors could significantly harm our business and operating results.
Developments in the market for Interactive Selling Solutions may harm our operating results, which could cause a decline in the price of our common stock.
The market for Interactive Selling Solutions, which has only recently begun to develop, is evolving rapidly. Because this market is relatively new, it is difficult to assess its competitive environment, growth rate
15
The relative youth of the market poses a number of concerns. The acceptance and growth of the Internet as a business platform may not continue to develop at historical rates and a sufficiently broad base of companies may not adopt Internet platform-based business applications. The decrease in technology infrastructure spending may reduce the size of the market for Interactive Selling Solutions and other server based products. Our potential customers may decide to purchase more complete solutions offered by larger competitors instead of individual applications. If the market for Interactive Selling Solutions is slow to develop, or if our customers purchase more fully integrated products, it would significantly harm our business and operating results.
Our limited operating history and the fact that we operate in a new and evolving industry makes evaluating our business prospects and results of operations difficult.
We were founded in June 1996 and have a limited operating history. We began marketing our products in early 1997 and released ACE 6.0 in March 2003. The revenue and income potential of our business and market are uncertain. As a result of our limited operating history, we have limited financial data that you can use to evaluate our business. Our revenue is dependent on our ability to enter into significant software license transactions with new and existing customers. Our success depends on gaining new customers and maintaining relationships with our existing customers. You must consider our prospects in light of the risks and difficulties we may encounter as an early stage company in the new and rapidly evolving market for Interactive Selling Solutions.
Failure to improve and maintain relationships with systems integrators and consulting firms, which assist us with the sale and installation of our products, would impede the acceptance of our products and the growth of our revenues.
Our strategy has been to rely in part upon systems integrators and consulting firms to recommend our products to their customers and to install and deploy our products. To date, we have had limited success in utilizing these firms as a sales channel or as a provider of professional services. To increase our revenues and implementation capabilities, we must continue to develop and expand our relationships with these systems integrators and consulting firms. If these systems integrators and consulting firms are unwilling to install and deploy our products, we may not have the resources to provide adequate implementation services to our customers and our business and operating results could be significantly harmed.
We face intense competition, which could reduce our sales, prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability and inhibit our future growth.
The market for software and services that enable electronic commerce is intensely competitive and rapidly changing. We expect competition to persist and intensify, which could result in price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share. Our principal competitors include, Oracle Corporation, SAP and Siebel Systems, all of which offer integrated solutions for electronic commerce incorporating some of the functionality of Interactive Selling Solutions.
Our competitors may intensify their efforts in our market. In addition, other enterprise software companies may offer competitive products in the future. Competitors vary in size and in the scope and breadth of the products and services offered. Although we believe we have advantages over our competitors including the comprehensiveness of our solution, our use of Java technology and our multi-threaded architecture, some of our competitors and potential competitors have significant advantages over us, including:
| a longer operating history; |
16
| preferred vendor status with our customers; | |
| more extensive name recognition and marketing power; and | |
| significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, giving them the ability to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities, technologies, and customer requirements. |
Our competitors may also bundle their products in a manner that may discourage users from purchasing our products. Current and potential competitors may establish cooperative relationships with each other or with third parties, or adopt aggressive pricing policies to gain market share. Competitive pressures may require us to reduce the prices of our products and services. We may not be able to maintain or expand our sales if competition increases and we are unable to respond effectively.
Our lengthy sales cycle makes it difficult for us to forecast revenue and aggravates the variability of quarterly fluctuations, which could cause our stock price to decline.
The sales cycle of our products has historically averaged between four and six months, and may sometimes be significantly longer. We are generally required to provide a significant level of education regarding the use and benefits of our products, and potential customers tend to engage in extensive internal reviews before making purchase decisions. In addition, the purchase of our products typically involves a significant commitment by our customers of capital and other resources, and is therefore subject to delays that are beyond our control, such as customers internal budgetary procedures and the testing and acceptance of new technologies that affect key operations. In addition, because we intend to target large companies, our sales cycle can be lengthier due to the decision process in large organizations. As a result of our products long sales cycles, we face difficulty predicting the quarter in which sales to expected customers may occur. If anticipated sales from a specific customer for a particular quarter are not realized in that quarter, our operating results for that quarter could fall below the expectations of financial analysts and investors, which could cause our stock price to decline.
If we do not keep pace with technological change, including maintaining interoperability of our product with the software and hardware platforms predominantly used by our customers, our product may be rendered obsolete and our business may fail.
Our industry is characterized by rapid technological change, changes in customer requirements, frequent new product and service introductions and enhancements and emerging industry standards. In order to achieve broad customer acceptance, our products must be compatible with major software and hardware platforms used by our customers. Our products currently operate on the Microsoft Windows NT, Sun Solaris, IBM AIX, Linux, and Microsoft Windows 2000 Operating Systems. In addition, our products are required to interoperate with electronic commerce applications and databases. We must continually modify and enhance our products to keep pace with changes in these operating systems, applications and databases. Interactive Selling Solutions technology is complex and new products and product enhancements can require long development and testing periods. If our products were to be incompatible with a popular new operating system, electronic commerce application or database, our business would be significantly harmed. In addition, the development of entirely new technologies to replace existing software could lead to new competitive products that have better performance or lower prices than our products and could render our products obsolete and unmarketable.
We are the target of several securities class action complaints, and are involved in shareholder derivative litigation, all of which could result in substantial costs and divert management attention and resources.
Between June 5, 2001 and June 22, 2001, four securities class action complaints were filed against the Company, certain of our officers and directors, and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation (CSFB), as the underwriters of our March 13, 2000 initial public offering (IPO), in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. On August 9, 2001, these actions were consolidated before a single judge along with cases brought against numerous other issuers, their officers and directors and their underwriters, that make similar allegations involving the allocation of shares in the IPOs of those issuers. The consolidation
17
The amended complaint alleges that the Company, the officer and director defendants and CSFB violated federal securities laws by making material false and misleading statements in the prospectus incorporated in our registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC in March, 2000 in connection with our IPO. Specifically, the complaint alleges, among other things, that CSFB solicited and received excessive and undisclosed commissions from several investors in exchange for which CSFB allocated to those investors material portions of the restricted number of shares of common stock issued in our IPO. The complaint further alleges that CSFB entered into agreements with its customers in which it agreed to allocate the common stock sold in our IPO to certain customers in exchange for which such customers agreed to purchase additional shares of our common stock in the after-market at pre-determined prices. The complaint also alleges that the underwriters offered to provide positive market analyst coverage for the Company after the IPO, which had the effect of manipulating the market for Selecticas stock.
On July 15, 2002, the Company and the officer and director defendants, along with other issuers and their related officer and director defendants, filed a joint motion to dismiss based on common issues. Opposition and reply papers were filed and the Court heard oral argument. Prior to the ruling on the motion to dismiss, on October 8, 2002, the individual officers and directors entered into a stipulation of dismissal and tolling agreement with plaintiffs. As part of that agreement, plaintiffs dismissed the case without prejudice against the individual defendants. The Court ordered the dismissal of the officers and directors without prejudice on October 9, 2002. The court rendered its decision on the motion to dismiss on February 19, 2003, denying dismissal of the Company.
On April 16, 2002, a shareholder derivative action was filed in the Superior Court of California, Santa Clara County, against certain of our officers and directors, against CSFB, as the underwriters of our IPO, and against the Company as nominal defendant. The action was filed by a shareholder purporting to assert on behalf of the Company claims for breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting and conspiracy, negligence, unjust enrichment, and breach of contract, relating to the pricing of shares in the Companys IPO. On June 6, 2002, the shareholder plaintiff filed an amended complaint dropping the breach of contract claim against CSFB and adding claims against CSFB for breach of an agents duty to its principal and for violation of the California Unfair Competition Law, based on alleged violations of certain rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers.
On November 25, 2002, following the removal of the case to federal court and the subsequent remand of the case back to the state court, the Company and the officer and director defendants filed answers to the amended complaint, preserving certain defenses including defenses based on plaintiffs lack of standing to bring the suit. Also on November 25, 2002, CSFB filed a motion to dismiss the case, on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing. That motion was heard on March 4, 2003, and on March 18, 2003 the Court issued an Order sustaining the motion but granting plaintiff 30 days to file an amended complaint.
On April 18, 2003, the plaintiff filed a second amended complaint. This complaint adds new allegations as to standing, and also alleges certain additional facts supporting the various causes of action against the defendants. Specifically, plaintiffs new complaint alleges that CSFB offered and provided, and the individual defendants accepted, improper gratuities in the form of allocations of IPO stocks of other companies, in order to influence the selection of CSFB as the underwriter of the Companys IPO.
On June 17, 2003, CSFB responded to this second amended complaint by filing a demurrer (motion to dismiss) on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing to bring the action. Also on June 17, 2003, the Company and the individual defendants responded to the second amended complaint by joining CSFBs demurrer, while reserving other objections.
On June 25, 2003, a Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved a Memorandum of Understanding (the MOU) reflecting a settlement in which the plaintiffs agreed to dismiss the case against the Company with prejudice in return for the assignment by the Company of claims that the Company might have against its underwriters. No payment to the plaintiffs by the Company is
18
The Company believes that the securities class action allegations against the Company and our officers and directors are without merit and intends to contest them vigorously. However, the litigation is in its preliminary stages, and the Company cannot predict its outcome. The litigation process is inherently uncertain. If the outcome of the litigation is adverse to the Company and if, in addition, the Company is required to pay significant monetary damages, the Companys business would be significantly harmed. The shareholder derivative litigation is also in its preliminary stages. At a minimum, the class action litigation as well as the shareholder derivative litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our managements attention and resources, which could seriously harm our business.
We have relied and expect to continue to rely on a limited number of customers for a significant portion of our revenues, and the loss of any of these customers could significantly harm our business and operating results.
Our business and financial condition is dependent
on a limited number of customers. Our five largest customers
accounted for approximately 53%, 32% and 55% of our revenues for
the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001,
respectively, and our ten largest customers accounted for 65%,
50% and 67% of our revenues for the fiscal years ended
March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. Revenues from
significant customers as a percentage of total revenues are as
follows:
25%
14%
11%
17%
16%
14%
We expect that we will continue to depend upon a relatively small number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Contracts with our customers can generally be terminated on short notice by the customer. As a result, if we fail to successfully sell our products and services to one or more customers in any particular period, or a large customer purchases fewer of our products or services, defers or cancels orders, or terminates its relationship with us, our business and operating results would be harmed.
Our failure to meet customer expectations on deployment of our products could result in negative publicity and reduced sales, both of which would significantly harm our business and operating results.
In the past, our customers have experienced difficulties or delays in completing implementation of our products. We may experience similar difficulties or delays in the future. Our Interactive Selling Solutions rely on defining a KnowledgeBase that must contain all of the information about the products and services being configured. We have found that extracting the information necessary to construct a KnowledgeBase can be more time consuming than we or our customers anticipate. If our customers do not devote the resources necessary to create the KnowledgeBase, the deployment of our products can be delayed. Deploying our products can also involve time-consuming integration with our customers legacy systems, such as existing databases and enterprise resource planning software. Failing to meet customer expectations on deployment of our products could result in a loss of customers and negative publicity regarding us and our products, which could adversely affect our ability to attract new customers. In addition, time-consuming deployments may also increase the amount of professional services we must allocate to each customer, thereby increasing our costs and adversely affecting our business and operating results.
19
If we are unable to maintain our direct sales force, sales of our products and services may not meet our expectations and our business and operating results will be significantly harmed.
We depend on our direct sales force for all of our current sales and our future growth depends on the ability of our direct sales force to develop customer relationships and increase sales to a level that will allow us to reach and maintain profitability. If we are unable to retain qualified sales personnel, or if newly hired personnel fail to develop the necessary skills or to reach productivity when anticipated, we may not be able to increase sales of our products and services and our results of operation could be significantly harmed. We have recently had a high rate or turnover in our executive sales positions. If our sales management fails to successfully integrate into the company or improve the performance of the sales personnel, it could have a material adverse on our business.
If we are unable manage our professional services organization, we will be unable to provide our customers with technical support for our products, which could significantly harm our business and operating results.
We need to better manage our professional services organization to assist our customers with implementation and maintenance of our products. Because professional services have been expensive to provide, we must improve the management of our professional services organizations to improve our results of operations. Improving the efficiency of our consulting services is dependent upon attracting and retaining experienced project managers. In addition, because of market conditions, there is additional downward pressure on the pricing of services projects which makes it increasingly difficult to improve operating margins.
Although services revenues, which are comprised primarily of revenues from consulting fees, maintenance contracts and training, are important to our business, representing 71%, 65% and 57% of total revenues for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, services revenues have lower gross margins than license revenues. Gross margins for services revenues were 27%, 6% and 9% for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, compared to gross margins for license revenues of 88%, 94% and 94% for the respective periods.
We intend to charge for our professional services on a time and materials rather than a fixed-fee basis. However in current market conditions, many customers insist on services provided on a fixed-fee basis. To the extent that customers are unwilling to utilize third-party consultants or require us to provide professional services on a fixed fee basis, our cost of services revenues could increase and could cause us to recognize a loss on a specific contract, either of which would adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if we are unable to provide these resources, we may lose sales or incur customer dissatisfaction and our business and operating results could be significantly harmed.
If new versions and releases of our products contain errors or defects, we could suffer losses and negative publicity, which would adversely affect our business and operating results.
Complex software products such as ours often contain errors or defects, including errors relating to security, particularly when first introduced or when new versions or enhancements are released. In the past, we have discovered defects in our products and provided product updates to our customers to address such defects. Our products and other future products may contain defects or errors, which could result in lost revenues, a delay in market acceptance or negative publicity, each which would significantly harm our business and operating results.
The loss of any of our key personnel would harm our competitiveness because of the time and effort that we would have to expend to replace such personnel.
We believe that our success will depend on the continued employment of our management team and key technical personnel, none of whom, except Dr. Sanjay Mittal, our President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Stephen Bennion, our Chief Financial Officer, has an employment agreement with us. If one or more members of our senior management team or key technical personnel were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, these individuals would be difficult to replace. Consequently, our ability to
20
A substantial portion of our operations are conducted by India-based personnel, and any change in the political and economic conditions of India or in immigration policies, that adversely affects our ability to conduct our operations in India could significantly harm our business.
We conduct development, quality assurance and professional services operations in India. As of March 31, 2003, there were 235 persons employed in India. We are dependent on our India-based operations for these aspects of our business. As a result, we are directly influenced by the political and economic conditions affecting India. Operating expenses incurred by our operations in India are denominated in Indian currency and accordingly, we are exposed to adverse movements in currency exchange rates. This, as well as any other political or economic problems or changes in India, could have a negative impact on our India-based operations, resulting in significant harm to our business and operating results. Furthermore, the intellectual property laws of India may not adequately protect our proprietary rights. We believe that it is particularly difficult to find quality management personnel in India, and we may not be able to timely replace our current India-based management team if any of them were to leave our company.
Our training program for some of our India-based employees includes an internship at our San Jose, California headquarters. Additionally, we provide services to some of our customers internationally with India-based employees. We presently rely on a number of visa programs to enable these India-based employees to travel and work internationally. Any change in the immigration policies of India or the countries to which these employees travel and work could cause disruption or force the termination of these programs, which would harm our business.
We may not be able to recruit or retain personnel, which could impact the development or sales of our products.
Our success depends on our ability to attract and retain qualified management, engineering, sales and marketing and professional services personnel. We do not have employment agreements with most of our key personnel. If we are unable to retain our existing key personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, our growth may be limited due to our lack of capacity to develop and market our products.
If we become subject to product liability litigation, it could be costly and time consuming to defend and could distract us from focusing on our business and operations.
Since our products are company-wide, mission-critical computer applications with a potentially strong impact on our customers sales, errors, defects or other performance problems could result in financial or other damages to our customers. Although our license agreements generally contain provisions designed to limit our exposure to product liability claims, existing or future laws or unfavorable judicial decisions could negate such limitation of liability provisions. Product liability litigation, even if it were unsuccessful, would be time consuming and costly to defend.
Our future success depends on our proprietary intellectual property, and if we are unable to protect our intellectual property from potential competitors our business may be significantly harmed.
We rely on a combination of trademark, trade secret and copyright law and contractual restrictions to protect the proprietary aspects of our technology. These legal protections afford only limited protection for our technology. We currently hold six patents in U.S. In addition, we have two trademarks registered in U.S., one trademark registered and one pending in South Korea, two trademarks registered in Canada and one trademark registered in European Community and we have also applied to register another two trademarks in the United States. Our trademark and patent applications might not result in the issuance of any trademarks or patents. Our patents or any future issued patents or trademarks might be invalidated or circumvented or otherwise fail to provide us any meaningful protection. We seek to protect the source code for our software,
21
Any acquisitions that we may make could disrupt our business and harm our operating results.
We may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products or technologies. In the event of any such investments, acquisitions or joint ventures, we could:
| issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders percentage ownership; | |
| incur debt; | |
| assume liabilities; | |
| incur amortization expenses related to other intangible assets; or | |
| incur large and immediate write-offs. |
These investments, acquisitions or joint ventures also involve numerous risks, including:
| problems combining the purchased operations, technologies or products with ours; | |
| unanticipated costs; | |
| diversion of managements attention from our core business; | |
| adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers; | |
| potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired organizations; and | |
| reliance to our disadvantage on the judgment and decisions of third parties and lack of control over the operations of a joint venture partner. |
Any acquisition or joint venture may cause our financial results to suffer as a result of these risks.
If we are subject to intellectual property litigation, we may incur substantial costs, which would harm our operating results.
Our success and ability to compete are dependent on our ability to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. Any intellectual property litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could significantly harm our business and operating results. From time to time, we receive correspondence from patent holders recommending that we license their patents. After reviewing these patents, we have informed these patent holders that it would not be necessary to license these patents. However, we may be required to license such patents or incur legal fees to defend our position that such licenses are not necessary. We cannot assure you that if required to do so, we would be able to obtain a license to use either patent on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
Any threat of intellectual property litigation could force us to do one or more of the following:
| cease selling, incorporating or using products or services that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; | |
| obtain from the holder of the infringed intellectual property right a license to sell or use the relevant intellectual property, which license may not be available on reasonable terms; |
22
| redesign those products or services that incorporate such intellectual property; or | |
| pay money damages to the holder of the infringed intellectual property right. |
In the event of a successful claim of infringement against us and our failure or inability to license the infringed intellectual property on reasonable terms or license a substitute intellectual property or redesign our product to avoid infringement, our business and operating results would be significantly harmed. If we are forced to abandon use of our trademark, we may be forced to change our name and incur substantial expenses to build a new brand, which would significantly harm our business.
Restrictions on export of encrypted technology could cause us to incur delays in international product sales, which would adversely impact the expansion and growth of our business.
Our software utilizes encryption technology, the export of which is regulated by the United States government. If our export authority is revoked or modified, if our software is unlawfully exported or if the United States adopts new legislation restricting export of software and encryption technology, we may experience delay or reduction in shipment of our products internationally. Current or future export regulations could limit our ability to distribute our products outside of the United States. While we take precautions against unlawful exportation of our software, we cannot effectively control the unauthorized distribution of software across the Internet.
Our recent restructuring has placed a significant strain on our management systems and resources, and if we fail to manage these changes, our business will be harmed.
We have recently experienced a drastic reduction in headcount which followed a period of rapid growth and expansion. These changes have placed significant demands on our managerial, administrative, operational, financial and other resources.
Our rapid growth required us to manage a large number of relationships with customers, suppliers and employees, as well as a large number of complex contracts. Our recent restructuring has forced us to handle these demands with a smaller number of employees. If we are unable to initiate procedures and controls to support our future operations in an efficient and timely manner, or if we are unable to otherwise manage these changes effectively, our business would be harmed.
Our results of operations will be harmed by charges associated with stock-based compensation, accelerated vesting associated with stock options issued to employees, charges associated with other securities issued by us, and charges related to variable accounting.
We have in the past and expect in the future to incur a significant amount of amortization of charges related to securities issuances in future periods, which will negatively affect our operating results. Since inception we have recorded approximately $10.1 million in net deferred compensation charges. During the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, we amortized approximately $2.1 million, $2.4 million and $4.3 million of such charges which included the compensation expenses related to option acceleration and variable accounting, respectively. We expect to amortize approximately $1.2 million compensation for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2004 and we may incur additional charges in the future in connection with grants of stock-based compensation at less than fair value and for charges related to variable plan accounting.
Due to the repurchase of our common stock from certain key employees during the year ended March 31, 2002, the remaining outstanding shares of our common stock which were purchased with full recourse promissory notes, were deemed to be compensatory as of January 4, 2002 and became subject to variable accounting. During the year ended March 31, 2003, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately $7,000 of which approximately $2,000 was recorded as cost of goods sold and $5,000 as general and administrative expense. During the year ended March 31, 2002, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately $53,000 of which approximately $20,000 was recorded as cost of goods sold and approximately $33,000 was recorded as general and administrative expense.
23
Our operating results could be adversely affected by impairment of goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets
We accounted for the acquisition of Wakely Software Inc. as a purchase for accounting purposes and allocated approximately $13.1 million to identify intangible assets and goodwill. These assets were being amortized over a period of three to seven years. We also expensed approximately $1.9 million of in-process research and development at the time of acquisition. See Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2003, Note 8 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2002, Note 9 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2001 and Note 10 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended March 31, 2000.
In August 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement on Financial Accounting Standards 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-lived Assets (SFAS 144). SFAS 144, which supercedes SFAS 121 Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed Of (SFAS 121), establishes a single accounting model, based on the framework established in SFAS 121, for long-lived assets to be disposed of. The statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. We adopted SFAS 144 beginning fiscal 2003 and the provisions of this statement did not have a significant impact on our financial condition or operating results.
In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (SFAS 142), effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives will no longer be amortized but will be subject to annual impairment tests. SFAS 142 also requires that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at adoption and at least annually thereafter, utilizing a two-step methodology. The initial step requires us to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare it to the carrying value, including goodwill, of such unit. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of this unit may be impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment would then be measured in the second step.
In April 2002, we performed, under SFAS 142, the first of the required impairment tests of goodwill. That test indicated that the carrying values exceeded their estimated fair values, as determined utilizing various valuation techniques including discounted cash flow and comparative market analysis. Thereafter, given the indication of a potential impairment, we performed step two of the test. We compared the implied fair value of the affected reporting units goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of impairment. The fair value of goodwill was determined by allocating the reporting units fair value to all of its assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. Based on this analysis, we measured and recognized an impairment loss of approximately $10.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2002. This loss was recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the period.
Prior to April 1, 2002, Goodwill was amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life, generally five years. The carrying values of goodwill was reviewed if facts and circumstances suggested that they may be impaired. If this review indicates that carrying values of goodwill will not be recoverable based on projected undiscounted future cash flows, carrying values are reduced to estimated fair values by first reducing goodwill and second by reducing long-term assets and other intangibles. During fiscal year 2002 the applicable accounting policy for reviewing goodwill for impairment was an undiscounted cash flow basis, a method allowed by SFAS 121. When analyzed using undiscounted cash flows prescribed by SFAS 121, we did not have an impairment of any intangibles assets at March 31, 2002.
Because the trading price of our common stock is below the cash value of our common stock (cash, cash equivalents, and investments divided by total shares outstanding), we may receive solicitations to purchase the company for less than our cash value.
Our common stock has recently traded on the Nasdaq National Market at a significant discount to the cash value of our common stock. As a result, we have from time to time received, and may in the future
24
Anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change of control.
Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. These provisions include the staggered nature of our board of directors that results in directors being elected for terms of three years and the stockholder rights plan adopted by the Company on February 4, 2003. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in our control, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover, or other business combination, which in turn could preclude our stockholders from recognizing a premium over the prevailing market price of the common stock.
Unauthorized break-ins or other assaults on our computer systems could harm our business.
Our servers are vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions, which could lead to loss of data or public release of proprietary information. In addition, unauthorized persons may improperly access our data. We have experienced an unauthorized break-in by a hacker who has stated that he could, in the future, damage our systems or take confidential information. These and other types of attacks could harm us. Actions of this sort may be very expensive to remedy and could adversely affect results of operations.
Demand for our products and services will decline significantly if our software cannot support and manage a substantial number of users.
Our strategy requires that our products be highly scalable. To date, only a limited number of our customers have deployed our products on a large scale. If our customers cannot successfully implement large-scale deployments, or if they determine that we cannot accommodate large-scale deployments, our business and operating results would be significantly harmed.
Changes to accounting standards and financial reporting requirements, may affect our financial results.
We are required to follow accounting standards and financial reporting set by governing bodies in the U.S. and other countries where we do business. From time to time, these governing bodies implement new and revised laws and regulations. These new and revised accounting standards, financial reporting and tax laws may require changes to accounting principles used in preparing our financial statements. These changes may have a material impact on our business and financial results. For example, a change in accounting rules can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before the change became effective. As a result, changes to existing rules or reconsideration of current practices caused by such changes may adversely affect our reported financial results or the way we conduct our business.
Compliance with new regulations dealing with corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses and require significant management attention.
Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, new SEC regulations and Nasdaq Stock Market rules, are creating
25
RISKS RELATED TO THE INDUSTRY
If use of the Internet does not continue to develop and reliably support the demands placed on it by electronic commerce, the market for our products and services may be adversely affected, and we may not achieve anticipated sales growth.
Growth in sales of our products and services depends upon the continued and increased use of the Internet as a medium for commerce and communication. Growth in the use of the Internet is a recent phenomenon and may not continue. In addition, the Internet infrastructure may not be able to support the demands placed on it by increased usage and bandwidth requirements. There have also been well-publicized security breaches involving denial of service attacks on major web sites. Concerns over these and other security breaches may slow the adoption of electronic commerce by businesses, while privacy concerns over inadequate security of information distributed over the Internet may also slow the adoption of electronic commerce by individual consumers. Other risks associated with commercial use of the Internet could slow its growth, including:
| inadequate reliability of the network infrastructure; | |
| slow development of enabling technologies and complementary products; and | |
| limited accessibility and ability to deliver quality service. |
In addition, the recent growth in the use of the Internet has caused frequent periods of poor or slow performance, requiring components of the Internet infrastructure to be upgraded. Delays in the development or adoption of new equipment and standards or protocols required to handle increased levels of Internet activity, or increased government regulation, could cause the Internet to lose its viability as a commercial medium. If the Internet infrastructure does not develop sufficiently to address these concerns, it may not develop as a commercial marketplace, which is necessary for us to increase sales.
Increasing government regulation of the Internet could limit the market for our products and services, or impose greater tax burdens on us or liability for transmission of protected data.
As electronic commerce and the Internet continue to evolve, federal, state and foreign governments may adopt laws and regulations covering issues such as user privacy, taxation of goods and services provided over the Internet, pricing, content and quality of products and services. If enacted, these laws and regulations could limit the market for electronic commerce, and therefore the market for our products and services. Although many of these regulations may not apply directly to our business, we expect that laws regulating the solicitation, collection or processing of personal or consumer information could indirectly affect our business.
Laws or regulations concerning telecommunications might also negatively impact us. Several telecommunications companies have petitioned the Federal Communications Commission to regulate Internet service providers and online service providers in a manner similar to long distance telephone carriers and to impose access fees on these companies. This type of legislation could increase the cost of conducting business over the Internet, which could limit the growth of electronic commerce generally and have a negative impact on our business and operating results.
26
PART II
Item 5. | Market for the Registrants Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters |
Our common stock is traded over the counter on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol SLTC.
The following table sets forth, for the period
indicated, the high and low closing prices per share of the
common stock as reported on the Nasdaq National Market.
High
Low
$
4.23
$
3.50
$
4.42
$
3.05
$
3.59
$
2.13
$
3.30
$
2.53
$
3.35
$
3.24
The trading price of the Companys Common Stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating results, announcements of technological innovations or new products by the Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates or purchase recommendations by securities analysts and other events or factors. In addition, the stock market has experienced volatility that has affected the market prices of equity securities of many high technology companies and that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Companys Common Stock.
As of May 31, 2003, there were approximately 328 holders of record of our common stock. Brokers and other institutions hold many of such shares on behalf of stockholders.
(b) Use of Proceeds
On March 15, 2000 Selectica completed the initial public offering of its common stock. The shares of the common stock sold in the offering were registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, on a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-92545). The Securities and Exchange Commission declared the Registration Statement effective on March 9, 2000.
The offering commenced on March 10, 2000 and terminated on March 15, 2000 after we had sold all of the 4,600,000 shares of common stock registered under the Registration Statement (including 450,000 shares sold by Selectica and 150,000 sold by one of our stockholders in connection with the exercise of the underwriters over-allotment option). The managing underwriters in the offering were Credit Suisse First Boston, Thomas Weisel Partners LLC, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray and E*Offering. The initial public offering price was $30.00 per share for an aggregate initial public offering of approximately $138.0 million. We paid a total of approximately $11.3 million in underwriting discounts, commissions, and other expenses related to the offering. None of the costs and expenses related to the offering were paid directly or indirectly to any director, officer, general partner of Selectica or their associates, persons owning 10 percent or more of any class of equity securities of Selectica or an affiliate of Selectica.
After deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and the offering expenses the net proceeds to Selectica from the offering were approximately $122.2 million. The net offering proceeds have been used for general corporate purposes, to provide working capital to develop products and to expand the Companys operations. Funds that have not been used have been invested in certificate of deposits and other investment grade securities. We also may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in businesses, technologies, products or services.
27
Dividend Policy
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Therefore, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Item 6. | Selected Consolidated Financial Data |
Years Ended March 31, | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
2003 | 2002 | 2001 | 2000 | 1999 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
(in thousands, except per share data) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations
Data:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenues:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
License
|
$ | 10,218 | $ | 16,683 | $ | 23,933 | $ | 9,181 | $ | 1,656 | ||||||||||||
Services
|
25,350 | 30,511 | 31,367 | 7,390 | 1,788 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total revenues
|
35,568 | 47,194 | 55,300 | 16,571 | 3,444 | |||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenues:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
License
|
1,185 | 1,023 | 1,457 | 4,520 | 184 | |||||||||||||||||
Services
|
18,518 | 28,660 | 28,678 | 15,169 | 1,184 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenues
|
19,703 | 29,683 | 30,135 | 19,689 | 1,368 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit (loss)
|
15,865 | 17,511 | 25,165 | (3,118 | ) | 2,076 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development
|
13,202 | 15,343 | 21,849 | 7,347 | 3,893 | |||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing
|
19,368 | 25,215 | 50,686 | 17,026 | 4,430 | |||||||||||||||||
General and administrative
|
6,068 | 8,922 | 14,876 | 4,554 | 1,389 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses
|
38,638 | 49,480 | 87,411 | 28,927 | 9,712 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Loss from operations
|
(22,773 | ) | (31,969 | ) | (62,246 | ) | (32,045 | ) | (7,636 | ) | ||||||||||||
Interest and other income, net
|
2,999 | 5,896 | 12,654 | 1,241 | 99 | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Net loss before taxes
|
(19,774 | ) | (26,073 | ) | (49,592 | ) | (30,804 | ) | (7,537 | ) | ||||||||||||
Provision for income taxes
|
| 304 | 275 | 50 | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Net loss before cumulative effect of an
accounting change
|
(19,774 | ) | (26,377 | ) | (49,867 | ) | (30,854 | ) | (7,537 | ) | ||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of an accounting change to
adopt FAS 142
|
(9,974 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Net loss
|
(29,748 | ) | (26,377 | ) | (49,867 | ) | (30,854 | ) | (7,537 | ) | ||||||||||||
Deemed dividend on Series E convertible
preferred stock
|
| | | 925 | | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Net loss applicable to common stockholders
|
$ | (29,748 | ) | $ | (26,377 | ) | $ | (49,867 | ) | $ | (31,779 | ) | $ | (7,537 | ) | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted net loss per share applicable
to common stockholders
|
$ | (0.92 | ) | $ | (0.75 | ) | $ | (1.44 | ) | $ | (4.54 | ) | $ | (1.58 | ) | |||||||
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net
loss per share applicable to common stockholders
|
32,219 | 35,090 | 34,580 | 6,999 | 4,782 |
28
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
2000
1999
(in thousands)
$
117,853
$
133,456
$
167,181
$
229,252
$
1,819
19,296
36,628
42,591
11,467
1,374
22,731
15,509
26,265
26,641
2,458
1,338
1,223
969
95,122
117,947
140,916
202,611
(639
)
137,149
170,084
209,772
240,719
3,193
113,080
153,352
182,538
214,078
736
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior years consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flow to conform to the current year presentation. As of March 31, 2002, the Company reclassified approximately $37.4 million from short-term investments to cash equivalents and reduced accounts receivable and deferred revenue by $3.9 million primarily related to maintenance contract periods which have not commenced. As of March 31, 2001, the Company reclassified approximately $17.1 million from long-term investments to short term investments and cash equivalents and reduced accounts receivable and deferred revenue by approximately $10.0 million primarily related to maintenance contract periods which have not commenced, respectively. As of March 31, 2000, the Company reduced accounts receivable and deferred revenue by approximately $1.7 million primarily related to maintenance contract periods which have not commenced.
Item 7. | Managements Discussion and Analysis Of Financial Condition And Results Of Operations |
The statements contained in this section that are not historical are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Act of 1934, including statements regarding the Companys expectations, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. All forward-looking statements included in this document are based on information available to the Company as of the date hereof, and the Company assumes no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. It is important to note that the Companys actual results could differ materially from those in such forward-looking statements.
The following table sets forth the percentage of
total revenues for certain items in the Companys
Consolidated Statements of Operations data for the years ended
March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001.
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
29
%
35
%
43
%
71
65
57
100
100
100
3
2
3
52
61
52
55
63
55
45
37
45
29
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
37
33
40
55
53
92
17
19
27
109
105
159
(64
)
(68
)
(114
)
8
12
23
(56
)
(56
)
(91
)
1
(56
)
(57
)
(91
)
(28
)
(84
)%
(57
)%
(91
)%
Overview
Selectica is a leading provider of Interactive Selling Solutions and services that enable companies to efficiently sell complex products and services over intranets, extranets and the Internet. Our suite of software products is a comprehensive Interactive Selling Solutions that gives sellers the ability to manage the sales process in order to facilitate the conversion of prospective buyers into customers. Our Interactive Selling Solutions allow companies to use the Internet platform to deploy a selling application to many points of contact, including personal computers, in-store kiosks and mobile devices, while offering customers, partners and employees an interface customized to their specific needs.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. These accounting principles require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Our management is also required to make certain judgments that affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. We periodically evaluate our estimates including those relating to revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts, impairment of intangible assets, income taxes, restructuring, litigation and other contingencies. The methods, estimates and judgments we use in applying our most critical accounting policies have a significant impact on the results we report in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. We base our estimates on historical experience and on assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our experience and assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may vary from what we anticipate and different assumptions or estimates about the future could change our reported results. We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical to us, in that they are important to the portrayal of our financial statements and they require our most difficult, subjective or complex judgments in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:
Revenues |
We enter into arrangements for the sale of 1) licenses of software products and related maintenance contracts; 2) bundled license, maintenance, and services; and 3) services on a time and material basis. In instances where maintenance is bundled with a license of software products, such maintenance term is typically one year.
30
For each arrangement, we determine whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the fees are fixed or determinable, and collection is probable. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue recognition is deferred until such time as all of the criteria are met.
Arrangements consisting of license and maintenance only. For those contracts that consist solely of license and maintenance we recognize license revenues based upon the residual method after all elements other than maintenance have been delivered as prescribed by Statement of Position 98-9 Modification of SOP No. 97-2 with Respect to Certain Transactions. We recognize maintenance revenues over the term of the maintenance contract as vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for maintenance exists. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. If vendor specific objective evidence does not exist to allocate the total fee to all undelivered elements of the arrangement, revenue is deferred until the earlier of the time at which (1) such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or (2) all elements are delivered. We recognize license fees from resellers as revenue when the above criteria have been met and the reseller has sold the subject licenses through to the end-user.
Arrangements consisting of license, maintenance and other services. Services can consist of maintenance, training and/or consulting services. Consulting services include a range of services including installation of off-the-shelf software, customization of the software for the customers specific application, data conversion and building of interfaces to allow the software to operate in customized environments.
In all cases, we assess whether the service element of the arrangement is essential to the functionality of the other elements of the arrangement. In this determination we focus on whether the software is off-the-shelf software, whether the services include significant alterations to the features and functionality of the software, whether the services involve the building of complex interfaces, the timing of payments and the existence of milestones. Often the installation of the software requires the building of interfaces to the customers existing applications or customization of the software for specific applications. As a result, judgment is required in the determination of whether such services constitute complex interfaces. In making this determination we consider the following: (1) the relative fair value of the services compared to the software, (2) the amount of time and effort subsequent to delivery of the software until the interfaces or other modifications are completed, (3) the degree of technical difficulty in building of the interface and uniqueness of the application, (4) the degree of involvement of customer personnel, and (5) any contractual cancellation, acceptance, or termination provisions for failure to complete the interfaces. We also consider the likelihood of refunds, forfeitures and concessions when determining the significance of such services.
In those instances where we determine that the service elements are essential to the other elements of the arrangement, we account for the entire arrangement under the percentage of completion contract method in accordance with the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and Certain Production Type Contracts. We follow the percentage of completion method since reasonably dependable estimates of progress toward completion of a contract can be made. We estimate the percentage of completion on contracts utilizing hours incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated hours to complete the project. Recognized revenues and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to completion. Revisions in profit estimates are charged to income in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. To date, when we have been primarily responsible for the implementation of the software, services have been considered essential to the functionality of the software products and therefore license and services revenues have been recognized pursuant to SOP 81-1.
For those contracts that include contract milestones or acceptance criteria we recognize revenue as such milestones are achieved or as such acceptance occurs.
In some instances the acceptance criteria in the contract require acceptance after all services are complete and all other elements have been delivered. In these instances we recognize revenue based upon the completed contract method after such acceptance has occurred.
For those arrangements for which we have concluded that the service element is not essential to the other elements of the arrangement we determine whether the services are available from other vendors, do not
31
Vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of services is based upon hourly rates. As previously noted, we enter into contracts for services alone and such contracts are based upon time and material basis. Such hourly rates are used to assess the vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value in multiple element arrangements.
In accordance with Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of maintenance is determined by reference to the price the customer will be required to pay when it is sold separately (that is, the renewal rate). Each license agreement offers additional maintenance renewal periods at a stated price. Maintenance contracts are typically one year in duration.
To date we have not entered into arrangements solely for the license of our products and, therefore, we have not demonstrated vendor-specific objective evidence for the fair value of the license element.
In all cases we classify revenues for these arrangements as license revenues and services revenues based on the estimates of fair value for each element.
For the year ended March 31, 2003, we recognized 48% of our revenues under the completed contract method, 46% of license and services revenues under the percentage-of-completion method and 6% under the residual method. For the year ended March 31, 2002, we recognized 59% of our revenues under the completed contract method, 30% of license and services revenues under the percentage-of-completion method and 11% under the residual method. For the year ended March 31, 2001, we recognized 22% under the completed contract method, 45% of license and services revenues under the percentage-of-completion method and 33% under the residual method.
Customer billing occurs in accordance with contract terms. Customer advances and amounts billed to customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as deferred revenues. Amounts recognized as revenue in advance of billing (typically under percentage-of-completion accounting) are recorded as unbilled receivables.
Impairment of Goodwill and Intangible Assets |
Goodwill and intangible assets, which resulted from our business combinations accounted for as purchases, were recorded at amortized cost. We periodically reviewed the carrying amounts of these intangible assets for indications of impairment based on the operational performance of the acquired businesses and market conditions or sooner whenever events or changes in circumstances indicated the carrying values of such assets might not be recoverable. We considered some of the following factors important in deciding when to perform an impairment review: significant under-performance of a product line relative to budget; shifts in business strategies, which impacted the continued uses of the assets; significant negative industry or economic trends; and the results of past impairment reviews. If indications of impairment were present, we assessed the value of the intangible assets using estimates of future undiscounted cash flows. Impairment charges, if any, resulted in situations when the fair values of these assets were less than the carrying value. During fiscal year 2002, various restructuring activities as well as the overall economic conditions signaled an indication of possible impairment. We then analyzed the value of our various intangibles by comparing the carrying value of these assets to the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by these assets. Based on this analysis there was no impairment during fiscal year 2002. Beginning in fiscal year 2003, the method for assessing potential impairments of intangibles was changed based on new accounting rules issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), and related implementation guidance. The application of these new rules indicated that the remaining balance of goodwill and intangibles totaling approximately $10.0 million as of April 1, 2002 was impaired which was recorded as a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the first quarter of fiscal year 2003.
32
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts |
We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. When we believe a collectibility issue exists with respect to a specific receivable, we record an allowance to reduce that receivable to the amount that we believe to be collectible. For all other receivables, we record an allowance based on an assessment of the aging of such receivables, our historical experience with bad debts and the general economic environment.
Contingencies and Litigation |
We are subject to various proceedings, lawsuits
and claims relating to product, technology, labor, shareholder
and other matters. We are required to assess the likelihood of
any adverse outcomes and the potential range of probable losses
in these matters. The amount of loss accrual, if any, is
determined after careful analysis of each matter, and is subject
to adjustment if warranted by new developments or revised
strategies.
Factors Affecting Operating Results
Our business and financial condition is dependent
on a limited number of customers. Revenues from significant
customers as a percentage of total revenues are as follows:
25%
14%
11%
17%
16%
14%
To date, we have foreign activities in India, Canada and some European and Asian countries because we believe international markets represent a significant growth opportunity. We anticipate that our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations will continue since we have not adopted a hedging program to protect us from risks associated with foreign currency fluctuations. In addition, if the recent conflict between India and Pakistan continues to escalate, it could adversely affect our operations in India.
We have a limited operating history upon which we may be evaluated. We have incurred significant losses since inception and, as of March 31, 2003, we had an accumulated deficit of approximately $149.1 million. We believe our success depends on the continued growth of our customer base and the development of the emerging Interactive Selling Solutions market. Due to the slowing of the U.S. economy, particularly in the area of technology infrastructure investment, and in an effort to achieve profitability, we underwent certain restructuring activities during the second and third quarters of the fiscal year of 2003. As a result of these restructuring activities, we reduced our headcount by 38 individuals globally or approximately 7% of our workforce as of March 31, 2002. We plan to reduce our investment in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses in absolute dollars over the next year as necessary to balance expense levels with projected revenues.
In view of the rapidly changing nature of our business and our limited operating history, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of revenues and operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Our limited operating history makes it difficult to forecast future operating results. Additionally, despite our revenue growth in fiscal 2000 and during the first three quarters of fiscal 2001, we do not believe that historical growth rates are necessarily sustainable or indicative of future growth and we cannot be certain that revenues will increase. This was evidenced by declining results beginning with the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2001, slight growth in the first quarter of fiscal 2002 and then further declines in the remaining quarters of fiscal year 2002 and throughout fiscal 2003.
33
In any given period our revenues are dependent on customer contracts booked during earlier periods. Because we typically recognize revenue in periods after contracts are entered into, a decline in the number of contracts booked during any particular period or the value of such contracts would cause a decrease in revenue in future periods. In recent months, the number and value of our bookings has continued to decrease significantly. If our bookings remain at current levels or if the value of such bookings decreases further, it will cause our revenues to decline in future periods which could significantly harm our business and operating results. While we plan to reduce our expenses to balance expense levels with projected revenues, if our bookings do not improve, we may not be able to sufficiently reduce our expenses, and this would adversely affect our operating results. Even if we were to achieve profitability in any period, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.
Equity Transactions
During the year ended March 31, 2001, the Company repurchased 650,000 shares of common stock from certain key employees (the Stock Repurchase). These shares were originally issued in connection with the exercise of stock options in exchange for full recourse promissory notes with an aggregate value of $9.5 million. As compensation for services rendered by these employees and in order to provide an inducement for continued employment, the shares were repurchased at the prices greater than their fair market values at the time of the repurchase. As a result, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately $1.2 million of which approximately $156,000 was expensed to research and development, approximately $291,000 was expensed in cost of goods sold, approximately $291,000 was expensed in sales marketing, and approximately $447,000 was expensed in general and administrative expense. During the year ended March 31, 2002, the Company repurchased 212,814 shares of common stock with an aggregate value of approximately $924,000 from those employees (the Stock Repurchase), 50,000 shares were repurchased at the prices greater than their fair market values at the time of the repurchase. The Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately $201,000 and classified it under general and administrative expense. As a result of the stock repurchase, the remaining outstanding shares owned by those employees representing 166,772 shares and approximately $384,000 in total outstanding notes, were deemed to be compensatory as of January 4, 2002 and became subject to variable accounting.
During the year ended March 31, 2003, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately $7,000 of which approximately $2,000 was recorded as cost of goods sold and $5,000 as general and administrative expense. During the year ended March 31, 2002, the Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately $53,000 of which approximately $20,000 was recorded as cost of goods sold and approximately $33,000 was recorded as general and administrative expense. We are required to revalue stock options related to the promissory notes each period, which may result in additional compensation in future quarters.
During fiscal year 2003, the Company repurchased 4.1 million shares of its common stock at an average price of $3.26 in the open market at a cost of approximately $13.4 million including brokerage fees. The aggregate of the purchases since the authorization by the Board of Directors was approximately 5.9 million shares at the cost of approximately $19.7 million including brokerage fees. This program was authorized by the Board of Directors in August 2001 to allow the Company to repurchase up to $30 million worth of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as determined by the Board. This program expired in April 2003.
In May 2003, the Board approved an additional stock buyback program to repurchase up to $30 million worth of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as determined by the Board. To date, no shares have been repurchased.
34
Results of Operations
Revenues
License.
License
revenues have decreased significantly over the past two fiscal
years primarily due to the weakening economic environment. This
slowdown in the economy has not only caused a significant
decrease in technology spending, but has also negatively
impacted the productivity of our sales force. In fiscal 2002, we
expensed approximately $254,000 for a discount on the sale of
common stock to a customer against license revenues. In fiscal
year 2001, license revenues were reduced by $2.1 million
related to the fair value of a warrant issued to a significant
customer in connection with a license and service agreement and
$3.5 million for a discount on the sale of common stock to
a customer. We expect license revenues to continue to fluctuate
in future periods as a percentage of total revenues.
Services.
Services
revenues are comprised of fees from consulting, maintenance,
training and out-of pocket reimbursement. Services revenues also
decreased over the past two fiscal years primarily due to
weakening economic environment. As a result, we had fewer new
customer implementations. In fiscal 2002, the services revenues
were also reduced by approximately $375,000 of expense related
to the fair value of a warrant issued to a significant customer
in connection with a license and service agreement. In fiscal
2001, the services revenues were reduced by approximately
$3.8 million of expense related to the fair value of a
warrant issued to a significant customer in connection with a
license and service agreement. We expect services revenues to
continue to fluctuate in future periods as a percentage of total
revenues.
Cost of Revenues
Cost of License
Revenues.
Cost of license revenues
consists of royalty fees associated with third-party software,
the costs of the product media, duplication, packaging and
delivery of our software products to our customers, which may
include documentation, shipping, other data transmission costs.
We experienced an increase in costs during fiscal 2003 due to an
expense of approximately $196,000 related to prepaid royalties
associated with a third party product which gained little
traction in our target markets. Excluding this write-off, costs
of license revenues were consistent with the prior year. While
license revenues have declined during fiscal 2003, we do have
certain fixed costs that are not dependent upon sales volume.
The decrease in costs of license revenues in fiscal 2002 was
primarily due to decreased license activities and the benefits
of our restructuring activities. We expect cost of license
revenues to maintain a relatively consistent level in absolute
dollars.
Cost of Services
Revenues.
Cost of services revenues is
comprised mainly of salaries and related expenses of our
services organization plus certain allocated expenses. We
experienced a significant decline in costs of services revenues
during fiscal 2003 primarily due to the efforts of our
restructuring activities during the year, the increase in
utilization rates of individuals, and the continual efforts to
shift work to lower cost regions, primarily India, in the
consulting and technical support functions. In fiscal 2003, we
recorded approximately $644,000 for deferred compensation
related to stock options, $259,000 for restructuring
35
Gross Margin
Gross Margin
Licenses.
The gross margin for license
revenue for fiscal 2003 decreased due to the lowered license
revenues and the write-off of approximately $196,000 related to
an unrealizable prepaid royalty. The gross margin for license
revenues was comparable in fiscal 2002 and fiscal 2001. During
fiscal years 2002 and 2001, the gross margin was also reduced by
approximately $254,000 and $3.5 million for a discount on
the sale of common stock to a customer, respectively.
Gross Margin
Services.
While we did experience a
decrease in services revenues during fiscal 2003, we were able
to increase our gross margin for services by dramatically
reducing our costs through restructuring and the continual
effort to shift more work to lower cost regions. The gross
margin for services revenues was comparable in fiscal 2002 and
2001. During fiscal years 2002 and 2001, the margin was reduced
by approximately $375,000 and $3.8 million, respectively,
representing the fair value of the warrant issued to a
significant customer in connection with a license and service
agreement.
We expect that our overall gross margins will
continue to fluctuate due to the timing of services and license
revenue recognition and will continue to be adversely affected
by lower margins associated with services revenues. The amount
of impact on our gross margin will depend on the mix of services
we provide, whether the services are performed by our in-house
staff or third party consultants, and the overall utilization
rates of our professional services organization.
Expenses
Research and
Development.
Research and development
expenses consist mainly of salaries and related costs of our
engineering, quality assurance, technical publications efforts,
and certain allocated expenses. The decreases in fiscal years
2003 and 2002 were primarily due to restructuring activities.
For fiscal 2003, we
36
Sales and Marketing.
Sales and marketing expenses consist mainly of salaries and
related costs for our sales and marketing organization, sales
commissions, expenses for trade shows, public relations,
collateral sales materials, advertising and certain allocated
expenses. The decreases in fiscal years 2003 and 2002 were
primarily due to restructuring and the reduction in spending on
marketing programs. For fiscal 2003, we recorded expenses of
approximately $556,000 for deferred compensation related to
stock options, $390,000 for restructuring charges and $17,000
for compensation expense related to option acceleration. For
fiscal 2002, we recorded expenses of approximately $729,000 for
deferred compensation related to stock options, $454,000 for
restructuring charges and $106,000 of deferred compensation
expense related to stock option acceleration. In fiscal 2001, we
recorded expenses of approximately $2.5 million for
deferred compensation related to stock options, $148,000 for
restructuring, and approximately $291,000 related to the
repurchase of stock from certain executives. We plan to reduce
our sales and marketing expenses in absolute dollars over the
next year as necessary to balance expense levels with projected
revenues.
General and
Administrative.
General and
administrative expenses consist mainly of personnel and related
costs for general corporate functions, including finance,
accounting, legal, human resources, bad debt expense and certain
allocated expenses. The decreases in fiscal years 2003 and 2002
were primarily due to restructuring efforts including head count
reductions. For fiscal 2003, we recorded expenses of
approximately $332,000 for deferred compensation expense
relations to stock options, $720,000 for restructuring,
principally comprised of reductions in headcount, and $5,000 of
compensation expense related to variable accounting. In
addition, we reduced the allowance for doubtful accounts by
approximately $450,000 primarily due to lower bad debt exposure
from lower levels of accounts receivable. For fiscal 2002, we
recorded expenses of approximately $401,000 of deferred
compensation related to stock options, $201,000 for the
repurchase of stock from certain executives, $774,000 for
restructuring charges, and $1.5 million for the
amortization of goodwill related to the Wakely Software
acquisition. In fiscal 2001, we recorded expenses of
approximately $579,000 for deferred compensation related to
stock options $448,000 for the repurchase of stock from certain
executives and $339,000 for restructuring. In addition, we
incurred approximately $1.0 million from the amortization
of goodwill in connection with the Wakely Software acquisition.
We plan to reduce our general and administrative expenses in
absolute dollars over the next year as necessary to balance
expense levels with projected revenues.
Restructuring.
In
the quarter ended March 31, 2001, the Company began
restructuring worldwide operations to reduce costs and improve
efficiencies in response to a slower economic environment. The
restructuring costs were accounted for under EITF No. 94-3,
Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination
Benefits and Other Costs to Exit and Activity, and were
charged to operations when the criteria in EITF 94-3 were
met. The first plan was initiated in the quarter ended
March 31, 2001 and was comprised of severance and related
benefits of $667,000 for the reduction of 30 heads in the areas
of professional services, research and development, sales,
marketing, and general administration. The second plan was
initiated and completed in the quarter ended June 30, 2001
(Plan 2) and was comprised of severance and
related benefits of $1.8 million for the reduction of 41
heads in the areas of professional services, research and
development, sales, marketing, and general administration. The
third plan was initiated in July 2002 and was comprised of
severance and related benefits of $1.7M for the reduction of 38
heads in the areas of professional services, research and
development, sales, marketing, and general administration and
will be complete by the second quarter of 2004.
37
Plan 1 reduced headcount by 6, 3, 11, and 10
for professional services, research and development, sales and
marketing, and general administration, respectively. The
anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis
is approximately $3.3 million. Plan 2 further reduced
headcount by 5, 18, 17, and 1 for professional services,
research and development, sales and marketing, and general
administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for
salaries and benefits on an annual basis is approximately
$4.4 million. Plan reduced headcount by 9, 7, 17, and 5 for
professional services, research and development, sales and
marketing, and general administration, respectively. The
anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis
is approximately $3.5 million.
Interest and Other Income, Net
Interest and other income, net, consists
primarily of interest earned on cash balances, short-term and
long-term investments, and stockholders notes receivable.
The decreases in fiscal 2003 and 2002 were due primarily to
lower interest rates and the reduction of the short-term
investments balance as such amounts were used for the operation
of our business.
Provision for Income Taxes
We have recorded a tax provision of $304,000 and
$275,000 for the fiscal years 2002 and 2001. We did not record a
provision for fiscal 2003. The provision for income taxes
consists solely of foreign taxes.
FASB Statement No. 109 provides for the
recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets
is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available
evidence, which includes our historical operating performance
and the reported cumulative net losses in all prior years, we
have provided a full valuation allowance against our net
deferred tax assets. We intend to evaluate the realizability of
the deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, which addresses accounting for restructuring
and similar costs. SFAS 146 supersedes previous accounting
guidance, principally Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
No. 94-3 Liability Recognition for Certain Employee
Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity
(including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).
Application of SFAS 146 is required for restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS 146
requires recognition of the liability for costs associated with
an exit or disposal activity when the liability is incurred.
Under Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was
recognized at the date of the Companys commitment to an
exit plan. SFAS 146 also establishes that the liability
should initially be measured and recorded at fair value.
Accordingly, SFAS 146 may affect the timing of recognizing
future restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized.
In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB
Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors Accounting
and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (FIN 45).
FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, a
guarantor must recognize a liability for the fair value of an
obligation assumed under a guarantee. FIN 45 also requires
additional disclosures by a guarantor in its interim and annual
financial statements about the obligations associated with
guarantees issued. The recognition provisions of FIN 45 are
effective for any guarantees issued or modified after
December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements are
effective for financial statements of interim or annual periods
ending after December 15, 2002. The adoption of FIN 45
did not have a material effect on the Companys financial
position, results of operations, or cash flows.
In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on
Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables (EITF No. 00-21). EITF No. 00-21
provides guidance on how to account for
38
In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and
Disclosure (SFAS 148). SFAS 148 amends Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123)
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide
alternative methods of transition for voluntary change to the
fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee
compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends the disclosure
requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures
in both annual and interim financial statements about the method
of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the
effect of the method used on reported results. The transition
guidance and annual disclosure requirements are effective for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The Company
has adopted the annual interim disclosure provisions for
financial reports in its fiscal year ending March 31, 2003
and will adopt the interim disclosure provisions in the
June 30, 2003 financial report. The Company will continue
to account for stock-based compensation under the provisions of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, where compensation expense
for fixed stock options is based on the difference between the
fair market value of the Companys stock and the exercise
price of the option on the date of grant, if any. Accordingly,
the adoption of SFAS 148 is not anticipated to have a
material effect on the Companys financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities (FIN 46), an interpretation of Accounting
Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial
Statements. FIN 46 requires certain variable interest
entities (VIEs) to be consolidated by the primary
beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity
do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial
interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity
to finance its activities without additional subordinated
financial support from other parties. FIN 46 is effective
for all new VIEs created or acquired after January 31,
2003. For VIEs created or acquired prior to February 1,
2003, the provisions of FIN 46 must be applied for the
first interim or annual period beginning after June 15,
2003. Selectica has not invested in any new VIEs created after
January 31, 2003. Selectica is currently evaluating the
effect that the adoption of FIN 46 will have on its results
of operations and financial condition.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity consisted of
$109.2 million in cash, cash equivalents and short-term
investments and $13.1 million in long-term investments for
a total of $122.3 million as of March 31, 2003
compared to $126.1 million in cash, cash equivalents and
short-term investments and $17.1 million in long-term
investments for a total of $143.2 million at of
March 31, 2002. At March 31, 2001, our sources of
liquidity consisted of $153.2 million in cash, cash equivalents
and short-term investments and $14.0 million in long-term
investments for a total of $167.2 million. The decrease
from fiscal 2002 to 2003 primarily related to approximately
$6.8 million of cash used in operations, $13.4 million
for stock repurchase in the open market and $1.5 million
for capital expenditures, partially offset by approximately
$679,000 of proceeds from issuance of common stock. The decrease
from fiscal 2001 to 2002 primarily related to approximately
$18.4 million of
39
In fiscal 2003, we experienced a net decrease in
working capital primarily due to the cash used in operations,
stock repurchases and capital expenditures which are mentioned
above and an increase of approximately $8.4 million in
deferred revenue. The increase of deferred revenues was a result
of an increase in cash advances and amounts billed in advance of
revenue recognition for our software products. In fiscal 2002 we
also experienced a net decrease in working capital due primarily
to the cash used in operations and stock repurchases, offset by
the increase in accounts receivable of $5.2 million and the
decrease in deferred revenue of $4.9 million. In fiscal
2001, we experienced a net decrease in working capital due
primarily to the cash used in operations, the purchase of Wakely
Software, and the purchase of capital assets offset by proceeds
from a revenue contract.
We have funded our operations with proceeds from
the sale of preferred stock, private placements, and a public
offering. Net cash used for operating activities during fiscal
2003 reflects net loss of approximately $29.7 million
compared to approximately $26.4 million in fiscal 2002 and
$49.9 million in fiscal 2001. The decrease of net cash used
for operating activities in fiscal 2003 was due primarily to the
decrease in net loss adjusted for non-cash expenses and the
cumulative effect of an accounting change to adopt FAS 142.
In addition, we experienced a net increase in cash due to the
reduction of accounts receivable and increase in deferred
revenues, offset by the decrease of accounts payable and payroll
related liabilities. The decrease of net cash used for operating
activities in fiscal 2002 was due primarily to a decrease in net
loss adjusted for non-cash expenses. In addition, we experienced
a net decrease in cash due to the reduction of all our
liabilities, offset primarily by our decreases in accounts
receivable and other assets. The net cash used for operating
activities in fiscal 2001 was due primarily to the net loss
adjusted for non-cash expenses and the expense of acquired
in-process research and development associated with the Wakely
Software acquisition. We also experienced a net decrease in cash
due to the reduction of deferred revenue, the reduction of
accounts payable, and the increase in accounts receivable,
offset by the increases in accrued payroll and other accrued
liabilities.
The net cash provided by investing activities in
fiscal 2003 was due primarily to approximately
$23.1 million of short-term and long-term investments
offset by approximately $1.5 million for capital
expenditures. The net cash provided by investing activities in
fiscal 2002 was due primarily to approximately $9.4 million
of net proceeds from the maturity of short-term and long-term
investments. The net cash used for investing activities in
fiscal 2001 was due primarily to a purchase of approximately
$99.8 million in short-term and long-term investments,
$5.0 million for the acquisitions of Wakely Software and
LoanMarket Resources and $8.2 million for capital
expenditures.
The net cash used for financing activities in
fiscal 2003 and 2002 was primarily the result of the cash used
to repurchase our common stock. The net cash provided by
financing activities in fiscal 2001 was due primarily to
proceeds of approximately $2.9 million from the issuance of
our common stock and $4.9 million from a revenue contract
offset by $1.2 million of fees related to a private
placement of our common stock.
During fiscal year 2003, the Company repurchased
4.1 million shares of its common stock at an average price
of $3.26 in the open market at a cost of approximately
$13.4 million including brokerage fees. The aggregate of
the purchases since the authorization by the Board of Directors
was approximately 5.9 million shares at the cost of
approximately $19.7 million including brokerage fees. This
program was authorized by the Board of Directors in August 2001
to allow the Company to repurchase up to $30 million worth
of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as
determined by the Board.
In May 2003, the Board approved an additional
stock buyback program to repurchase up to $30 million worth
of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as
determined by the Board. To date, no shares have been
repurchased.
From time to time, we are required to obtain
letters of credit that serve as collateral for our obligations
to third parties under facility lease agreements. These letters
of credit are secured by investments and are recorded as
restricted short-term investments and restricted long-term
investments in the balance sheet. As of March 31, 2003, we
had approximately $1.3 million of restricted short-term
investments which consisted of
40
We had no significant commitments for capital
expenditures as of March 31, 2003. We expect to fund our
future capital expenditures, liquidity and strategic operating
programs from a combination of available cash balances and
internally generated funds. We have no outside debt, and do not
have any plans to enter into borrowing arrangements. Our cash,
cash equivalents, and short-term investment balances as of
March 31,2003 are adequate to fund our operations through
at least March 31, 2004.
We engage in global business operations and are
therefore exposed to foreign currency fluctuations. As of
March 31, 2003, the effects of the foreign currency
fluctuations were immaterial.
Our contractual obligations and commercial
commitments at March 31, 2003, are summarized as follows
(see also Note 6 and Note 8 of Notes to Consolidated
Financial Statements):
As of March 31, 2003, we did not have any
debt.
Related Party Transactions
During the year ended March 31, 2000, in
consideration for the issuance of the Companys common
stock, various key employees executed promissory notes in the
principal amount of approximately $12.7 million. The notes
bear interest at rates from 6.02% to 6.56% per annum, and
are due and payable in four years from the date of issuance. The
notes are full recourse, and in addition, each of the employees
has pledged the common stock, 2.0 million shares of common
stock in aggregate as of March 31, 2000, as collateral to
secure the obligations under the notes.
During the year ended March 31, 2003 and
2002, approximately $150,000 and $111,000 of the notes
receivable were repaid by the various key employees. In
addition, unvested stock worth an aggregate of approximately
$924,000, originally issued in exchange for full recourse notes,
were repurchased by the Company in fiscal year 2002. As a result
of the repurchase, the remaining outstanding shares which were
exercised with full recourse promissory notes representing
166,772 shares and approximately $384,000 in total
outstanding notes, were deemed to be compensatory as of
January 4, 2002 and became subject to variable accounting.
We are required to revalue the stock options relating to these
promissory notes each period until repaid, which may result in
additional compensation in future quarters.
During the year ended March 31, 2003, the
Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately
$7,000 of which approximately $2,000 was recorded as cost of
goods sold and $5,000 as general and administrative expense.
During the year ended March 31, 2002, the Company recorded
a total compensation expense of approximately $53,000 of which
approximately $20,000 was recorded as cost of goods sold and
approximately $33,000 was recorded as general and administrative
expense.
41
2003
Change
2002
Change
2001
(in thousands, except percentages)
$
10,218
(39
)%
$
16,683
(30
)%
$
23,933
29
%
35
%
43
%
$
25,350
(17
)%
$
30,511
(3
)%
$
31,367
71
%
65
%
57
%
$
35,568
(25
)%
$
47,194
(15
)%
$
55,300
2003
Change
2002
Change
2001
(in thousands, except percentages)
$
1,185
16
%
$
1,023
(30
)%
$
1,457
12
%
6
%
6
%
$
18,518
(35
)%
$
28,660
(0
)%
$
28,678
73
%
94
%
91
%
Table of Contents
2003
2002
2001
88
%
94
%
94
%
27
%
6
%
9
%
45
%
37
%
45
%
2003
Change
2002
Change
2001
(in thousands, except percentages)
$
13,202
(14
)%
$
15,343
(30
)%
$
21,849
37
%
33
%
40
%
$
19,368
(23
)%
$
25,215
(50
)%
$
50,686
55
%
53
%
92
%
$
6,068
(32
)%
$
8,922
(40
)%
$
14,876
17
%
19
%
27
%
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
2003
Change
2002
Change
2001
(in thousands, except percentages)
$
2,999
(49)%
$
5,896
(53)%
$
12,654
Table of Contents
2003
Change
2002
Change
2001
(in thousands, except percentages)
$
109,217
(13
)%
$
126,057
(18
)%
$
153,232
$
95,122
(19
)%
$
117,947
(16
)%
$
140,916
$
(6,784
)
63
%
$
(18,413
)
57
%
$
(42,906
)
$
21,613
131
%
$
9,352
108
%
$
(112,999
)
$
(12,593
)
132
%
$
(5,422
)
(174
)%
$
7,327
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Payments Due By Period
Less Than
1-3
4-5
After 5
Contractual Obligations:
Total
1 Year
Years
Years
Years
(in thousands)
$
17,580
$
2,273
$
5,218
$
5,248
$
4,841
Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
Less than
1-3
4-5
After 5
Commercial Commitments:
Total
1 Year
Years
Years
Years
(in thousands)
$
466
$
288
$
178
$
$
Table of Contents
Item 7A. | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk |
The following discusses our exposure to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results could vary materially as a result of a number of factors including those set forth in the Risk Factors section of this annual report on Form 10-K.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
We develop products in the United States and India and sell them worldwide. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in foreign markets. Since our sales are currently priced in U.S. dollars and are translated to local currency amounts, a strengthening of the dollar could make our products less competitive in foreign markets.
Our exposure to fluctuation in the relative value of other currencies has been limited because substantially all of our assets are denominated in U.S. dollars. The impact to our financial statements has therefore not been material. To date, we have not entered into any foreign exchange hedges or other derivative financial instruments. We will continue to evaluate our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate risk on a regular basis.
Interest Rate Risk
We established policies and business practices regarding our investment portfolio to preserve principal while obtaining reasonable rates of return without significantly increasing risk. This is accomplished by investing in widely diversified short-term and long-term investments, consisting primarily of investment grade securities. Our interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates.
For fiscal 2003, a hypothetical 50 basis point increase in interest rates would have resulted in a reduction of approximately $85,000 (less than 0.10%) in the fair value of our cash equivalents and investments. This potential change is based upon a sensitivity analysis performed on our financial positions at March 31, 2003.
For fiscal 2002, a hypothetical 50 basis point increase in interest rates would have resulted in a reduction of approximately $986,000 (less than 0.75%) in the fair value of our cash equivalents and investments. This potential change is based upon a sensitivity analysis performed on our financial positions at March 31, 2002.
Investments in both fixed rate and floating rate interest earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk. Fixed rate securities may have their fair market value adversely impacted because of a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectations because of changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if forced to sell securities that have seen a decline in market value because of changes in interest rates. Our investments are made in accordance with an investment policy approved by the Board of Directors. In general, our investment policy requires that our securities purchases be rated A1/P1, AA/ Aa3 or better. No securities may have a maturity that exceeds 18 months and the average duration of our investment portfolio may not exceed 9 months. At any time, no more than 15% of the investment portfolio may be insured by a single insurer and no more than 25% of investments may be invested in any one industry other than the US government bonds, commercial paper and money market funds.
42
The following summarizes short-term and long-term
investments at fair value, weighted average yields and expected
maturity dates as of March 31, 2003:
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
Thereafter
Total
(in thousands)
$
44,100
$
$
$
$
$
$
44,100
1.38
%
1.38
%
3,383
8,262
11,645
1.82
%
1.77
%
1.78
%
3,043
1,067
4,110
1.88
%
2.01
%
1.91
%
3,000
3,000
1.43
%
1.43
%
698
698
1.27
%
1.27
%
3,805
3,805
1.99
%
1.99
%
$
54,224
$
13,134
$
$
$
$
$
67,358
43
Item 8. | Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data |
Annual Financial Statements
Our financial statements required by this item are submitted as a separate section of the Form 10-K. See Item 14(a) for a listing of financial statements provided in the section titled Financial Statements.
Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
The following table sets forth, for the periods
presented, selected data from our consolidated statements of
operations. The data has been derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements, and, in the opinion of our
management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, that are necessary for a fair
presentation of the results of operations for these periods.
This unaudited information should be read in conjunction with
the consolidated financial statements and notes included
elsewhere in this annual report. The operating results in any
quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results that may
be expected for any future period. We have incurred losses in
each quarter since inception and expect to continue to incur
losses for the foreseeable future.
Quarters Ended
June 30,
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
Mar. 31,
2002
2002
2002
2003
(in thousands)
$
2,387
$
3,225
$
2,691
$
1,915
7,248
6,186
7,278
4,638
9,635
9,411
9,969
6,553
231
296
194
464
5,342
4,671
4,366
4,139
5,573
4,967
4,560
4,603
4,062
4,444
5,409
1,950
3,566
3,379
3,018
3,239
5,509
4,859
4,575
4,424
1,447
2,163
1,252
1,206
10,522
10,401
8,845
8,869
(6,460
)
(5,957
)
(3,436
)
(6,919
)
917
762
760
560
(5,543
)
(5,195
)
(2,676
)
(6,359
)
(5,543
)
(5,195
)
(2,676
)
(6,359
)
(9,974
)
$
(15,517
)
$
(5,195
)
$
(2,676
)
$
(6,359
)
$
(0.46
)
$
(0.16
)
$
(0.08
)
$
(0.21
)
33,700
32,694
31,609
30,873
44
Quarters Ended
June 30,
Sept. 30,
Dec. 31,
Mar. 31,
2001
2001
2001
2002
(in thousands)
$
6,085
$
3,953
$
2,860
$
3,785
9,241
6,133
7,965
7,172
15,326
10,086
10,825
10,957
335
178
229
281
8,429
6,616
6,328
7,287
8,764
6,794
6,557
7,568
6,562
3,292
4,268
3,389
4,424
3,721
3,494
3,704
8,323
5,999
5,753
5,140
3,162
1,907
1,743
2,110
15,909
11,627
10,990
10,954
(9,347
)
(8,335
)
(6,722
)
(7,565
)
2,002
1,766
1,264
864
(7,345
)
(6,569
)
(5,458
)
(6,701
)
75
79
75
75
$
(7,420
)
$
(6,648
)
$
(5,533
)
$
(6,776
)
$
(0.21
)
$
(0.19
)
$
(0.16
)
$
(0.20
)
35,520
35,574
34,697
34,584
In the past, our quarterly operating results have varied significantly, and we expect these fluctuations to continue. Future operating results may vary depending on a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control.
In the short term, we expect our quarterly revenues to be significantly dependent on the sale of a small number of relatively large orders for our products and services. In addition, our products and services generally have a long sales cycle. As a result, our quarterly revenues may fluctuate significantly if we are unable to complete one or more substantial sales in any given quarter. In many cases, we recognize revenues from licenses and services on a percentage-of-completion basis. Deployment of our products requires a substantial commitment of resources by our customers or their consultants over an extended period of time. The time required to complete a deployment may vary from customer to customer and may be protracted due to unforeseen circumstances. Our ability to recognize these revenues thus may be delayed if we are unable to meet milestones on a timely basis. Because operating expenses are relatively fixed in the near term, any shortfall in anticipated revenues could cause our quarterly operating results to fall below anticipated levels.
We may also experience seasonality in revenues and our revenues are impacted by current economic trends. For example, our quarterly results may fluctuate based upon our customers budgeting cycles as well as changes to such budgets based upon current economic trends. These seasonal variations and purchasing trends may lead to fluctuations in our quarterly revenues and operating results.
Based upon the foregoing, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and that such comparisons should not be relied upon as indications of future
45
In the quarter ended March 31, 2001, the Company began restructuring worldwide operations to reduce costs and improve efficiencies in response to a slower economic environment. In March 2001, we reduced headcount by 6, 3, 11, and 10 for professional services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis for is approximately $3.3 million. In April 2001. we further reduced headcount by 5, 18, 17, and 1 for professional services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis is approximately $4.4 million. In July 2002, we reduced headcount by 9, 7, 17, and 5 for professional services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis is approximately $3.5 million.
Item 9. | Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
Not applicable
PART III
Item 10. | Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant |
Directors
Information with respect to directors may be found in the section caption Election of Directors appearing in the definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Executive Officers
Information with respect to executive officers may be found in the section caption Executive Officers appearing in the definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 11. | Executive Compensation |
Information with respect to directors may be found in the section caption Executive Compensation appearing in the definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. | Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management |
Information with this item may be found in the section caption Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management appearing in the definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. | Certain Relationships and Related Transactions |
Information with respect to this item may be found in the section caption Certain Relationships and Related Transactions appearing in the definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the 2003 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
46
Item 14. | Controls and Procedures |
(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. Within the ninety-day period prior to the filing date of this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Companys management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-14(c) and 15d-14(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on the evaluation, the Companys management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2003.
(b) Changes in internal controls. There have been no significant changes in the Companys internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to their evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
PART IV
Item 15. | Exhibits, Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K |
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
(1) Financial Statements
The following are included in item 8 and are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
| Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2003 and 2002 | |
| Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 | |
| Consolidated Statement of Stockholders Equity for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 | |
| Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 | |
| Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements | |
| Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors |
(2) Financial Statement Schedules
Financial Statement Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is included in the Financial Statements or notes thereto.
(3)
Exhibit
No.
Description
3.1*
The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
3.2
Certificate of Designation of Series A
Junior or Participating Preferred Stock.
3.3
Amended and Restated Bylaws.
4.1*
Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and
3.3.
4.2*
Form of Registrants Common Stock
certificate.
4.3*
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
dated June 16, 1999.
4.4**
Rights Agreement between Registrant and
U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation, as Rights Agent, dated
February 4, 2003.
10.1*
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.2*
1996 Stock Plan.
10.3
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4
1999 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and
restated December 11, 2002.
47
Exhibit
No.
Description
10.5*
Lease between John Arrillaga Survivors Trust and
the Richard T. Perry Separate Property Trust as Landlord and the
Registrant as Tenant, dated October 1, 1999.
10.6*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and Fujitsu Network Communications, Inc., dated
November 4, 1998.
10.7*
Agreement for Web Site Design and Development
Service between the Registrant and BMW of North America, Inc.,
dated July 15, 1998.
10.8*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and the Firemans Fund Insurance Company, dated
June 24, 1999.
10.9*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and Aspect Telecommunications, dated May 17,
1999.
10.10*
A Consulting Engagement Proposal from the
Registrant to 3Com, dated July 29, 1999.
10.11*
A Consulting Engagement Proposal from the
Registrant to 3Com, dated August 10, 1999.
10.12***
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and
Dr. Sanjay Mittal, dated as of January 1, 2003.
10.13***
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and
Stephen Bennion dated as of January 1, 2003.
10.14*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated January 12,
2000; amendment #1 to Major Account License Agreement
between the Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated
February 10, 2000.
10.15*
International Value Added Reseller Agreement
between the Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated
January 12, 2000; Amendment #1 to International Value
Added Reseller Agreement between the Registrant and Samsung SDS
Co., Ltd., dated February 29, 2000.
10.16*
Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant
and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated January 31, 2000;
Amendment #1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement between the
Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated February 8,
2000.
10.17*
Lease between John Arrillaga Survivors Trust and
Richard T. Perry Separate Property Trust as Landlord and the
Registrant as Tenant, dated October 1, 1999.
10.18*
Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant
and Dell USA, L.P., dated February 14, 2000.
10.19****
Offer to exchange outstanding options, dated
April 27, 2001.
10.20*****
Offer to exchange outstanding options dated
February 19, 2003.
10.21
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to Sales
Technologies Limited, dated April 4, 2001.
10.22
Licensed Works Agreement between the Registrant
and International Business Machines Corporation, dated
December 11, 2002
10.23
Licensed Works Agreement Statement of Work
between the Registrant and International Business Machines
Corporation, dated December 11, 2002
10.24
Professional Services Agreement between the
Registrant and GE Medical Services, dated June 28, 2002
10.25
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and GE Medical Systems, dated June 28, 2002
10.26
Amendment #1 to Major Account License
Agreement between the Registrant and GE Medical Systems
10.27
Amendment #2 to Major Account License
Agreement between the Registrant and GE Medical Systems, dated
October 8, 2002
10.28
Amendment #3 to Major Account License
Agreement between the Registrant and GE Medical Systems, dated
March 31, 2003
10.29
Addendum #1 to Professional Services
Agreement between Registrant and GE Medical Services, dated
August 27, 2002
10.30
Amendment #2 to Professional Services
Agreement between Registrant and GE Medical Services, dated
March 3, 2003
21.1
Subsidiaries
23.1
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors.
48
Exhibit
No.
Description
99.1
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99.2
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
* | Previously filed in the Companys Registration Statement (No. 333-92545) declared effective on March 9, 2000. |
** | Previously filed in the Companys Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2003. |
*** | Previously filed in the Companys report on Form 10-Q filed on February 14, 2003. |
**** | Previously filed in Schedule TO filed by the Company on April 27, 2001. |
***** | Previously filed in Schedule TO filed by the Company on February 19, 2003. |
(b) Reports on Form 8-K
On February 6, 2003, the Registrant filed a Current Report on Form 8-K under Item 5 and Item 7 to report that on February 4, 2003, the Board of Directors of Registrant declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a Right) for each outstanding share of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Registrant (the Common Stock). The dividend was payable on February 28, 2003 to the stockholders of record on February 18, 2003 (the Record Date). Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Registrant one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Registrant (the Preferred Stock) at a price of $18.00 per one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock (the Purchase Price), subject to adjustment, or, under certain circumstances, a number of shares of Common Stock with a market value equal to two times the Purchase Price. The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement dated as of February 4, 2003, as the same may be amended from time to time (the Rights Agreement), between the Company and U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation, as Rights Agent (the Rights Agent).
49
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As required under Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, the consolidated financial statements of the Company are provided in this separate section. The consolidated financial statements included in this section are as follows
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31,
2003 and 2002
|
F-2 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001
|
F-3 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders
Equity Years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and
2001
|
F-4 | |||
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001
|
F-5 | |||
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
F-8 | |||
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent
Auditors
|
F-35 |
F-1
SELECTICA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
March 31,
2003
2002
(in thousands,
except par value)
$
54,993
$
52,757
54,224
73,300
3,485
3,739
3,863
3,660
1,288
117,853
133,456
5,274
7,325
9,974
710
724
13,134
17,142
178
1,463
$
137,149
$
170,084
$
936
$
1,325
1,932
2,717
3,377
3,378
16,486
8,089
22,731
15,509
1,338
1,223
4
4
284,454
283,847
(1,869
)
(4,032
)
(730
)
(880
)
(149,114
)
(119,366
)
7
29
(19,672
)
(6,250
)
113,080
153,352
$
137,149
$
170,084
See accompanying notes.
F-2
SELECTICA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF
OPERATIONS
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
$
10,218
$
16,683
$
23,933
25,350
30,511
31,367
35,568
47,194
55,300
1,185
1,023
1,457
18,518
28,660
28,678
19,703
29,683
30,135
15,865
17,511
25,165
13,202
15,343
21,849
19,368
25,215
50,686
6,068
8,922
14,876
38,638
49,480
87,411
(22,773
)
(31,969
)
(62,246
)
2,999
5,896
12,654
(19,774
)
(26,073
)
(49,592
)
304
275
(19,774
)
(26,377
)
(49,867
)
(9,974
)
$
(29,748
)
$
(26,377
)
$
(49,867
)
$
(0.61
)
$
(0.75
)
$
(1.44
)
(0.31
)
$
(0.92
)
$
(0.75
)
$
(1.44
)
32,219
35,090
34,580
See accompanying notes.
F-3
SELECTICA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS
EQUITY
Accumulated
Other
Common Stock
Additional
Stockholder
Comprehensive
Treasury Stock
Total
Paid-In
Deferred
Notes
Accumulated
Income
Stockholders
Comprehensive
Shares
Amount
Capital
Compensation
Receivable
Deficit
(Loss)
Shares
Amount
Equity
Loss
(in thousands)
35,740
$
3
$
281,773
$
(11,860
)
$
(12,716
)
$
(43,122
)
$
$
$
214,078
180
650
1
1
210
10,243
10,243
796
(574
)
1,301
727
(650
)
(9,500
)
9,500
106
2,364
2,364
2,082
3,890
5,972
(1,209
)
(1,209
)
229
229
$
229
(49,867
)
(49,867
)
(49,867
)
$
(49,638
)
37,032
4
285,179
(7,970
)
(1,915
)
(92,989
)
229
182,538
(1,800
)
(6,250
)
(6,250
)
(213
)
(924
)
924
227
227
53
53
125
125
163
527
527
(1,736
)
3,938
2,202
201
201
111
111
54
189
189
3
6
6
(200
)
(200
)
$
(200
)
(26,377
)
(26,377
)
(26,377
)
$
(26,577
)
37,039
4
283,847
(4,032
)
(880
)
(119,366
)
29
(1,800
)
(6,250
)
153,352
(4,052
)
(13,422
)
(13,422
)
177
309
309
18
48
48
(376
)
376
137
370
370
249
249
7
7
1,787
1,787
150
150
(22
)
(22
)
$
(22
)
(29,748
)
(29,748
)
(29,748
)
$
(29,770
)
37,371
$
4
$
284,454
$
(1,869
)
$
(730
)
$
(149,114
)
$
7
(5,852
)
$
(19,672
)
$
113,080
See accompanying notes.
F-4
SELECTICA, INC.
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
(in thousands)
$
(29,748
)
$
(26,377
)
$
(49,867
)
3,505
4,154
2,999
2,663
1,699
1,787
2,202
3,281
254
3,536
375
5,567
1,277
2,105
(5
)
32
1,870
9,974
48
6
7
53
201
1,193
249
125
971
254
5,179
(4,391
)
(203
)
1,371
(522
)
11
1,203
(1,197
)
(389
)
(1,885
)
(1,124
)
(785
)
(2,286
)
2,690
114
(2,085
)
1,801
8,397
(4,875
)
(13,517
)
(6,784
)
(18,413
)
(42,906
)
(1,454
)
(74
)
(8,219
)
5
32
(108,494
)
(93,946
)
(247,165
)
(70,299
)
(47,420
)
(50,664
)
136,204
142,695
190,155
65,651
8,065
7,866
(4,755
)
(217
)
21,613
9,352
(112,999
)
(1,209
)
(13,422
)
(6,250
)
150
111
718
F-5
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH
FLOWS (Continued)
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
(in thousands)
679
717
2,909
4,909
(12,593
)
(5,422
)
7,327
2,236
(14,483
)
(148,578
)
52,757
67,240
215,818
$
54,993
$
52,757
$
67,240
$
376
$
1,736
$
1,111
$
$
227
$
$
$
924
$
9,500
$
(22
)
$
(200
)
$
229
See accompanying notes.
F-6
SELECTICA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
Selectica, Inc. (the Company or Selectica) was
incorporated in the state of California on June 6, 1996 and
subsequently reincorporated in the State of Delaware on
January 19, 2000. The Company was organized to develop and
market Interactive Selling Solutions for electronic commerce,
sales force automation, and build-to-order applications.
The consolidated financial statements include all
the accounts of the Company and those of its wholly-owned
subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have
been eliminated.
The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the
United States requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
Certain reclassifications have been made to prior
years consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of
cash flow to conform to the current year presentation. As of
March 31, 2002, the Company reclassified approximately
$37.4 million from short-term investments to cash
equivalents and reduced accounts receivable and deferred revenue
by $3.9 million primarily related to maintenance contract
periods which have not commenced.
Foreign currency transactions at foreign
operations are measured using the U.S. dollar as the
functional currency. Accordingly, monetary accounts (principally
cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts
payable, and accrued liabilities) are remeasured into
U.S. dollar using the foreign exchange rate at the balance
sheet date. Operations accounts and non-monetary balance sheet
accounts are remeasured at the rate in effect at the date of a
transaction. The effects of foreign currency remeasurement are
reported in current operations and were immaterial for all
periods presented.
Financial instruments that potentially subject
the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist
principally of cash, cash equivalents, short-term investments,
long-term investments, restricted investments, and accounts
receivable. The Company places its short-term, long-term and
restricted investments in high-credit quality financial
institutions. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event
of default by these institutions to the extent of the amount
recorded on the balance sheet. As of March 31, 2003, the
Company has invested in short-term and long-term investments
including commercial paper, corporate notes/bonds, and
government agency notes/bonds. Restricted investments include
corporate bonds and term deposits. Accounts receivable are
derived from revenue earned from customers primarily located in
the United States. The Company performs ongoing credit
evaluations of its customers financial condition and
generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains
reserves for potential credit losses, and historically, such
losses have been immaterial.
F-7
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A limited number of customers have historically
accounted for a substantial portion of the Companys
revenues.
Customers who accounted for at least 10% of total
revenues were as follows:
Customers who accounted for at least 10% of gross
accounts receivable were as follows:
Cash equivalents consist of short-term, highly
liquid financial instruments, principally money market funds,
commercial paper, corporate notes and government agency notes
with insignificant interest rate risk that are readily
convertible to cash and have maturities of three months or less
from the date of purchase. The fair value, based on quoted
market prices, of cash equivalents is substantially equal to
their carrying value at March 31, 2003 and 2002. The
Company considers all investment securities with maturities of
more than 3 months but less than one year to be short-term
investments. Investments with maturities of more than one year
are considered to be long-term investments.
The Company classifies investments as
available-for-sale at the time of purchase and periodically
reevaluates such designation. Unrealized gains or losses on
available-for-sale securities are included in accumulated other
comprehensive loss in stockholders equity until their
disposition. Realized gains and losses and declines in value
judged to be other than temporary on available-for-sale
securities are included in interest income. The cost of
securities sold is based on the specific-identification method.
F-8
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following describes activity in the accounts
receivable allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended
March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001:
We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts
receivable based on a combination of factors. When we believe a
collectibility issue exists with respect to a specific
receivable, we record an allowance to reduce that receivable to
the amount that we believe to be collectible. For all other
receivables, we record an allowance based on an assessment of
the aging of such receivables, our historical experience with
bad debts and the general economic environment.
Property and equipment are stated at cost.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on
estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives for computer
software and equipment is three years, furniture and fixtures is
five years, and leasehold improvements is the shorter of the
applicable lease term or estimated useful life.
The Company generally provides a warranty for its
software product to its customers and accounts for its
warranties under SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies. The Companys products are generally
warranted to perform substantially in accordance with the
functional specifications set forth in the associated product
documentation for a period of 90 days. In the event there
is a failure of such warranties, the Company generally is
obligated to correct the product to conform to the product
documentation or, if the Company is unable to do so, the
customer is entitled to seek a refund of the purchase price of
the product or service. The Company has not provided for a
warranty accrual as of March 31, 2003 or 2002. To date, the
Company has not refunded any amounts in relation to the warranty.
The Company generally agrees to indemnify its
customers against legal claims that the Companys software
infringe certain third-party intellectual property rights and
accounts for its indemnification under SFAS 5. In the event
of such a claim, the Company is obligated to defend its customer
against the claim and to either settle the claim at the
Companys expense or pay damages that the customer is
legally required to pay to the third-party claimant. In
addition, in the event of the infringement, the Company agrees
to modify or replace the infringing product, or, if those
options are not reasonably possible, to refund the cost of the
software. To date, the Company has not been required to make any
payment resulting from infringement claims asserted against our
customers. As such, the Company has not provided for an
infringement accrual as of March 31, 2003.
The Company enters into arrangements for the sale
of 1) licenses of software products and related maintenance
contracts; 2) bundled license, maintenance, and services;
and 3) services on a time and material basis. In instances
where maintenance is bundled with a license of software
products, such maintenance term is typically one year.
F-9
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
For each arrangement, the Company determines
whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has
occurred, the fees are fixed or determinable, and collection is
probable. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue
recognition is deferred until such time as all of the criteria
are met.
Arrangements consisting of license and
maintenance only.
For those contracts
that consist solely of license and maintenance the Company
recognizes license revenues based upon the residual method after
all elements other than maintenance have been delivered as
prescribed by Statement of Position 98-9 Modification
of SOP No. 97-2 with Respect to Certain
Transactions. The Company recognizes maintenance revenues
over the term of the maintenance contract as vendor-specific
objective evidence of fair value for maintenance exists. Under
the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements
is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is
recognized as revenue. If vendor specific objective evidence
does not exist to allocate the total fee to all undelivered
elements of the arrangement, revenue is deferred until the
earlier of the time at which (1) such evidence does exist
for the undelivered elements, or (2) all elements are
delivered. We recognize license fees from resellers as revenue
when the above criteria have been met and the reseller has sold
the subject licenses through to the end-user.
Arrangements consisting of license,
maintenance and other services.
Services can consist of maintenance, training and/or consulting
services. Consulting services include a range of services
including installation of off-the-shelf software, customization
of the software for the customers specific application,
data conversion and building of interfaces to allow the software
to operate in customized environments.
In all cases, the Company assesses whether the
service element of the arrangement is essential to the
functionality of the other elements of the arrangement. In this
determination the Company focuses on whether the software is
off-the-shelf software, whether the services include significant
alterations to the features and functionality of the software,
whether the services involve the building of complex interfaces,
the timing of payments and the existence of milestones. Often
the installation of the software requires the building of
interfaces to the customers existing applications or
customization of the software for specific applications. As a
result, judgment is required in the determination of whether
such services constitute complex interfaces. In
making this determination the Company considers the following:
(1) the relative fair value of the services compared to the
software, (2) the amount of time and effort subsequent to
delivery of the software until the interfaces or other
modifications are completed, (3) the degree of technical
difficulty in building of the interface and uniqueness of the
application, (4) the degree of involvement of customer
personnel, and (5) any contractual cancellation,
acceptance, or termination provisions for failure to complete
the interfaces. The Company also considers the likelihood of
refunds, forfeitures and concessions when determining the
significance of such services.
In those instances where the Company determines
that the service elements are essential to the other elements of
the arrangement, the Company accounts for the entire arrangement
under the percentage of completion contract method in accordance
with the provisions of SOP 81-1, Accounting for
Performance of Construction Type and Certain Production Type
Contracts. The Company follows the percentage of
completion method since reasonably dependable estimates of
progress toward completion of a contract can be made. We
estimate the percentage of completion on contracts utilizing
hours incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated
hours to complete the project. Recognized revenues and profit
are subject to revisions as the contract progresses to
completion. Revisions in profit estimates are charged to income
in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision
become known. To date, when the Company has been primarily
responsible for the implementation of the software, services
have been considered essential to the functionality of the
software products and therefore license and services revenues
have been recognized pursuant to SOP 81-1.
For those contracts that include contract
milestones or acceptance criteria the Company recognizes revenue
as such milestones are achieved or as such acceptance occurs.
F-10
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In some instances the acceptance criteria in the
contract require acceptance after all services are complete and
all other elements have been delivered. In these instances the
Company recognizes revenue based upon the completed contract
method after such acceptance has occurred.
For those arrangements for which the Company has
concluded that the service element is not essential to the other
elements of the arrangement the Company determines whether the
services are available from other vendors, do not involve a
significant degree of risk or unique acceptance criteria, and
whether the Company has sufficient experience in providing the
service to be able to separately account for the service. When
the service qualifies for separate accounting the Company uses
vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value for the
services and the maintenance to account for the arrangement
using the residual method, regardless of any separate prices
stated within the contract for each element.
Vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value
of services is based upon hourly rates. As previously noted, the
Company enters into contracts for services alone and such
contracts are based upon time and material basis. Such hourly
rates are used to assess the vendor-specific objective evidence
of fair value in multiple element arrangements.
In accordance with Statement of
Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition,
vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value of maintenance
is determined by reference to the price the customer will be
required to pay when it is sold separately (that is, the renewal
rate). Each license agreement offers additional maintenance
renewal periods at a stated price. Maintenance contracts are
typically one year in duration.
Customer billing occurs in accordance with
contract terms. Customer advances and amounts billed to
customers in excess of revenue recognized are recorded as
deferred revenues. Amounts recognized as revenue in advance of
billing (typically under percentage-of-completion accounting)
are recorded as unbilled receivables.
The cost of advertising is expensed as incurred.
Advertising expense for the years ended March 31, 2003,
2002 and 2001 was approximately $175,000, $509,000 and
$2.8 million, respectively.
Software development costs incurred prior to the
establishment of technological feasibility are included in
research and development expenses. The Company defines
establishment of technological feasibility as the completion of
a working model. Software development costs incurred subsequent
to the establishment of technological feasibility through the
period of general market availability of the products are
capitalized, if material, after consideration of various
factors, including net realizable value. To date, software
development costs that are eligible for capitalization have not
been material and have been expensed.
Statement of Financial Accounting No. 130,
Reporting Comprehensive Income (SFAS 130),
establishes standards for reporting and displaying comprehensive
net income and its components in stockholders equity.
However, it has no impact on our net loss as presented in our
financial statements. Accumulated other comprehensive income is
comprised of net unrealized gains on available for sale
securities of $7,000 and $29,000 at March 31, 2003 and
2002, respectively.
Basic and diluted net loss per common share is
presented in conformity with Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 128, Earnings Per Share
(FAS 128), for all periods presented. In accordance
F-11
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
with FAS 128, basic and diluted net loss per
share have been computed using the weighted-average number of
shares of common stock outstanding during the period, less
shares subject to repurchase.
The following table presents the computation of
basic and diluted net loss per share:
The Company excludes potentially dilutive
securities from its diluted net loss per share computation when
their effect would be antidilutive to net loss per share
amounts. The following common stock equivalents were excluded
from the net loss per share computation:
The Company accounts for employee stock-based
compensation under Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees (APB 25), and complies with the disclosure
provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123) and
SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation Transition and Disclosure
(SFAS 148). Under APB 25, compensation expense for
fixed stock options is based on the difference between the fair
market value of the Companys stock and the exercise price
of the option on the date of grant (Intrinsic Value Method), if
any.
F-12
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Operating segments are defined as components of
an enterprise about which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating
decision maker or group in deciding how to allocate resources
and in assessing performance. The Company operates in one
segment, Interactive Selling Solutions for electronic commerce.
The Company primarily markets its products in the United States.
Export revenues are attributable to countries
based on the location of the customers. For the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2003, sales to international locations were
derived primarily from the United Kingdom, Canada, Sweden,
Japan, Germany, India, Mexico and New Zealand. For the fiscal
year ended March 31, 2002, sales to international locations
were derived primarily from Korea, Canada, the United Kingdom,
Mexico and Sweden. For the fiscal year ended March 31,
2001, sales to international locations were derived primarily
from Korea, Sweden, and the United Kingdom.
Sales to international locations accounted for at
least 10% of the total revenue are as follows:
For the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2002,
the Company held long-lived assets outside of the United States
with a net book value of approximately $1.7 and $1.1 of million
of which approximately $1.6 million and $1.0 million
were in India, respectively.
In June 2002, the FASB issued SFAS 146,
Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal
Activities, which addresses accounting for restructuring
and similar costs. SFAS 146 supersedes previous accounting
guidance, principally Emerging Issues Task Force Issue
No. 94-3 Liability Recognition for Certain Employee
Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit an Activity
(including Certain Costs Incurred in a Restructuring).
Application of SFAS 146 is required for restructuring
activities initiated after December 31, 2002. SFAS 146
requires recognition of the liability for costs associated with
an exit or disposal activity when the liability is incurred.
Under Issue No. 94-3, a liability for an exit cost was
recognized at the date of the Companys commitment to an
exit plan. SFAS 146 also establishes that the liability
should initially be measured and recorded at fair value.
Accordingly, SFAS 146 may affect the timing of recognizing
future restructuring costs, as well as the amounts recognized.
In November 2002, the FASB issued FASB
Interpretation No. 45, Guarantors Accounting
and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect
Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others (FIN 45).
FIN 45 requires that upon issuance of a guarantee, a
guarantor must recognize a liability for the fair value of an
obligation assumed under a guarantee. FIN 45 also requires
additional disclosures by a guarantor in its interim and annual
financial statements about the obligations associated with
guarantees issued. The recognition provisions of FIN 45 are
effective for any guarantees issued or modified after
December 31, 2002. The disclosure requirements are
effective for financial statements of interim or annual
F-13
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
periods ending after December 15, 2002. The
adoption of FIN 45 did not have a material effect on the
Companys financial position, results of operations, or
cash flows.
In November 2002, the EITF reached a consensus on
Issue No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple
Deliverables (EITF No. 00-21). EITF No. 00-21
provides guidance on how to account for arrangements that
involve the delivery or performance of multiple products,
services or rights to use assets. The provisions of EITF
No. 00-21 will apply to revenue arrangements entered into
after April 1, 2004. The Company is currently evaluating
the effect that the adoption of EITF No. 00-21 will have on
its results of operations and financial condition.
In December 2002, the FASB issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, Accounting
for Stock-Based Compensation Transition and
Disclosure (SFAS 148). SFAS 148 amends Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (SFAS 123)
Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, to provide
alternative methods of transition for voluntary change to the
fair value based method of accounting for stock-based employee
compensation. In addition, SFAS 148 amends the disclosure
requirements of SFAS 123 to require prominent disclosures
in both annual and interim financial statements about the method
of accounting for stock-based employee compensation and the
effect of the method used on reported results. The transition
guidance and annual disclosure requirements are effective for
fiscal years ending after December 15, 2002. The Company
has adopted the annual interim disclosure provisions for
financial reports in its fiscal year ending March 31, 2003
and will adopt the interim disclosure provisions in the
June 30, 2003 financial report. The Company will continue
to account for stock-based compensation under the provisions of
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, where compensation expense
for fixed stock options is based on the difference between the
fair market value of the Companys stock and the exercise
price of the option on the date of grant, if any. Accordingly,
the adoption of SFAS 148 is not anticipated to have a
material effect on the Companys financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows.
In January 2003, the FASB issued Interpretation
No. 46, Consolidation of Variable Interest
Entities (FIN 46), an interpretation of Accounting
Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial
Statements. FIN 46 requires certain variable interest
entities (VIEs) to be consolidated by the primary
beneficiary of the entity if the equity investors in the entity
do not have the characteristics of a controlling financial
interest or do not have sufficient equity at risk for the entity
to finance its activities without additional subordinated
financial support from other parties. FIN 46 is effective
for all new VIEs created or acquired after January 31,
2003. For VIEs created or acquired prior to February 1,
2003, the provisions of FIN 46 must be applied for the
first interim or annual period beginning after June 15,
2003. Selectica has not invested in any new VIEs created after
January 31, 2003. Selectica is currently evaluating the
effect that the adoption of FIN 46 will have on its results
of operations and financial condition.
F-14
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Cash, cash equivalents, short term and long term
investments consisted of the following as of March 31, 2003
and March 31, 2002
F-15
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of March 31, 2003, the Company has only
one active operating lease that requires security deposit to be
maintained at financial institutions for the term of the lease.
The security deposit of approximately $178,000 is classified as
a restricted long-term investment and held in commercial paper.
During fiscal year 2003, three operating leases
were expired. The total security deposits of approximately
$288,000 are still held and maintained at financial institutions
according to the lease terms and will be released in fiscal year
2004. They are all held in commercial paper and classified as
restricted short-term investments. In addition, due to the
acquisition of Wakely Software, Inc., the total escrow fund of
approximately $1.0 million is held in mutual funds and
classified as a restricted short-term investment. The full
amount of $1.0 million will be paid to the founder of
Wakely Software, Inc. in August 2003 per the escrow
agreement. The interest earned on the investment may be used in
operations.
Net unrealized holding gains on
available-for-sale securities as of March 31, 2003 and 2002
were approximately $7,000 and $29,000, respectively.
Property and equipment, at cost, consist of the
following:
During the year ended March 31, 2000, in
consideration for the issuance of the Companys common
stock, various key employees executed promissory notes in the
principal amount of approximately $12.7 million. The notes
bear interest at rates from 6.02% to 6.56% per annum, and
are due and payable in four years from the date of issuance. The
notes are full recourse, and in addition, each of the employees
has pledged the common stock, 2.0 million shares of common
stock in aggregate as of March 31, 2000, as collateral to
secure the obligations under the notes.
During the year ended March 31, 2003 and
2002, approximately $150,000 and $111,000 of the notes
receivable were repaid by the various key employees. In
addition, unvested stock worth an aggregate of approximately
$924,000, originally issued in exchange for full recourse notes,
were repurchased by the
F-16
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Company in fiscal year 2002. As a result of the
repurchase, the remaining outstanding shares which were
exercised with full recourse promissory notes representing
166,772 shares and approximately $384,000 in total
outstanding notes, were deemed to be compensatory as of
January 4, 2002 and became subject to variable accounting.
We are required to revalue the stock options relating to these
promissory notes each period until repaid, which may result in
additional compensation in future quarters.
During the year ended March 31, 2003, the
Company recorded a total compensation expense of approximately
$7,000 of which approximately $2,000 was recorded as cost of
goods sold and $5,000 as general and administrative expense.
During the year ended March 31, 2002, the Company recorded
a total compensation expense of approximately $53,000 of which
approximately $20,000 was recorded as cost of goods sold and
approximately $33,000 was recorded as general and administrative
expense.
The Company leases office space and office
equipment under operating lease agreements that expire at
various dates through 2010. Aggregate future minimum annual
payments under these lease agreements, which have non-cancelable
lease terms, as of March 31, 2003, are as follows:
Rental expenses for office space and equipment
were approximately $3.8 million, $5.1 million and
$4.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002
and 2001, respectively.
Between June 5, 2001 and June 22, 2001,
four securities class action complaints were filed against the
Company, certain of our officers and directors, and Credit
Suisse First Boston Corporation (CSFB), as the
underwriters of our March 13, 2000 initial public offering
(IPO), in the United States District Court for the
Southern District of New York. On August 9, 2001, these
actions were consolidated before a single judge along with cases
brought against numerous other issuers, their officers and
directors and their underwriters, that make similar allegations
involving the allocation of shares in the IPOs of those issuers.
The consolidation was for purposes of pretrial motions and
discovery only. On April 19, 2002, plaintiffs filed a
consolidated amended complaint asserting essentially the same
claims as the original complaints.
The amended complaint alleges that the Company,
the officer and director defendants and CSFB violated federal
securities laws by making material false and misleading
statements in the prospectus incorporated in our registration
statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC in March, 2000 in
connection with our IPO. Specifically, the complaint alleges,
among other things, that CSFB solicited and received excessive
and undisclosed commissions from several investors in exchange
for which CSFB allocated to those investors material portions of
the restricted number of shares of common stock issued in our
IPO. The complaint further alleges that CSFB entered into
agreements with its customers in which it agreed to allocate the
common stock sold in our IPO to certain customers in exchange
for which such customers agreed to purchase additional shares of
our common stock in the after-market at pre-determined prices.
The complaint also
F-17
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
alleges that the underwriters offered to provide
positive market analyst coverage for the Company after the IPO,
which had the effect of manipulating the market for
Selecticas stock.
On July 15, 2002, the Company and the
officer and director defendants, along with other issuers and
their related officer and director defendants, filed a joint
motion to dismiss based on common issues. Opposition and reply
papers were filed and the Court heard oral argument. Prior to
the ruling on the motion to dismiss, on October 8, 2002,
the individual officers and directors entered into a stipulation
of dismissal and tolling agreement with plaintiffs. As part of
that agreement, plaintiffs dismissed the case without prejudice
against the individual defendants. The Court ordered the
dismissal of the officers and directors without prejudice on
October 9, 2002. The court rendered its decision on the
motion to dismiss on February 19, 2003, denying dismissal
of the Company.
On April 16, 2002, a shareholder derivative
action was filed in the Superior Court of California,
Santa Clara County, against certain of our officers and
directors, against CSFB, as the underwriters of our IPO, and
against the Company as nominal defendant. The action was filed
by a shareholder purporting to assert on behalf of the Company
claims for breach of fiduciary duty, aiding and abetting and
conspiracy, negligence, unjust enrichment, and breach of
contract, relating to the pricing of shares in the
Companys IPO. On June 6, 2002, the shareholder
plaintiff filed an amended complaint dropping the breach of
contract claim against CSFB and adding claims against CSFB for
breach of an agents duty to its principal and for
violation of the California Unfair Competition Law, based on
alleged violations of certain rules of the National Association
of Securities Dealers.
On November 25, 2002, following the removal
of the case to federal court and the subsequent remand of the
case back to the state court, the Company and the officer and
director defendants filed answers to the amended complaint,
preserving certain defenses including defenses based on
plaintiffs lack of standing to bring the suit. Also on
November 25, 2002, CSFB filed a motion to dismiss the case,
on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing. That motion
was heard on March 4, 2003, and on March 18, 2003 the
Court issued an Order sustaining the motion but granting
plaintiff 30 days to file an amended complaint.
On April 18, 2003, the plaintiff filed a
second amended complaint. This complaint adds new allegations as
to standing, and also alleges certain additional facts
supporting the various causes of action against the defendants.
Specifically, plaintiffs new complaint alleges that CSFB
offered and provided, and the individual defendants accepted,
improper gratuities in the form of allocations of
IPO stocks of other companies, in order to influence the
selection of CSFB as the underwriter of the Companys IPO.
On June 17, 2003, CSFB responded to this
second amended complaint by filing a demurrer (motion to
dismiss) on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing to
bring the action. Also on June 17, 2003, the Company and
the individual defendants responded to the second amended
complaint by joining CSFBs demurrer, while reserving other
objections.
On June 25, 2003, a Special Committee of the
Board of Directors of the Company approved a Memorandum of
Understanding (the MOU) reflecting a settlement in
which the plaintiffs agreed to dismiss the case against the
Company with prejudice in return for the assignment by the
Company of claims that the Company might have against its
underwriters. No payment to the plaintiffs by the Company is
required under the MOU. There can be no assurance that the MOU
will result in a formal settlement or that the Court will
approve the settlement that the MOU sets forth.
The Company believes that the securities class
action allegations against the Company and our officers and
directors are without merit and intends to contest them
vigorously. However, the litigation is in its preliminary
stages, and the Company cannot predict its outcome. The
litigation process is inherently uncertain. If the outcome of
the litigation is adverse to the Company and if, in addition,
the Company is required to pay significant monetary damages, the
Companys business would be significantly harmed. The
shareholder derivative litigation is also in its preliminary
stages. At a minimum, the class action litigation as
F-18
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
well as the shareholder derivative litigation
could result in substantial costs and divert our
managements attention and resources, which could seriously
harm our business.
As of March 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company
has four letters of credit totaling $466,000 and $463,000,
respectively, with a bank which serve as collateral for the
Companys obligations to third parties for lease payments.
Since three operating leases expired during fiscal 2003,
approximately $288,000 will be released in fiscal year 2004. As
of March 31, 2003 and 2002, no amounts were drawn under
these letters of credit.
In August 2000, the Company acquired Wakely
Software, Inc., a provider of rating software and actuarial
services for the insurance industry for approximately
$13.7 million resulting in Wakely Software, Inc. becoming a
wholly owned subsidiary of Selectica. The Company issued
approximately 175,000 shares of its common stock valued at
the closing market price of $53.125 on August 8, 2000, and
paid cash in the amount of approximately $4.4 million in
exchange for all of the outstanding shares of Wakely Software,
Inc. common stock. The transaction expenses were approximately
$400,000. The acquisition was accounted under the purchase
method of accounting.
The Company is primarily responsible for
estimating the fair value of the acquired tangible and
intangible assets in all business combinations accounted for
under the purchase method. Significant assumptions related to
the determination of fair value of these assets are described
below.
In accordance with the provision of APB Opinion
16, all identifiable assets, including identifiable intangible
assets were assigned a portion of the cost of the acquired
enterprise (purchase price) on the basis of their respective
fair values.
Valuation of acquired intangible
assets.
Intangible assets were
identified through (i) analysis of the acquisition
agreement, (ii) consideration of the Companys
intentions for future use of the acquired assets, and
(iii) analysis of data available concerning Wakely
Software, Inc.s products, technologies, markets,
historical financial performance, estimated future performance
and the assumptions underlying those estimates. The economic and
competitive environment in which the Company and Wakely
Software, Inc. operate was also considered in the valuation
analysis.
Developed technologies consisted principally of
project management and other software tools that would be used
by the Companys operations and consisted of eRate,
eAnalysis, and WinRRS for a combined value of approximately
$1.8 million.
To determine the value of developed technologies,
the cost method was used, as the Company does not intend on
selling any of this technology but rather using it in-house. All
estimates of time of development were based upon discussion with
management at Wakely Software, Inc. and were based upon the
actual time incurred historically.
To determine the value of assembled workforces,
the Company considered, among other factors, the costs to
replace existing employees including search costs, interview
costs and training costs.
Goodwill is determined based on the residual
difference between the amounts paid and the valued assigned to
identified tangible and intangible assets. If the value assigned
to identified tangible and intangible
F-19
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
assets exceed the amounts paid, including the
effect of deferred taxes, the valued assigned to long-term
assets were reduced proportionately.
The following is a summary of the purchase
allocation of Wakely Software, Inc.:
As of March 31, 2002 and 2001, the
accumulated amortization of intangible assets was approximately
$5.7 million and $3.4 million, respectively. See
Note 10 with respect to goodwill impairment related to the
Wakely Software, Inc. acquisition.
In November 2000, the Company acquired certain
assets and liabilities of LoanMarket Resources, LLC
(LoanMarket), a provider of real-time, mortgage,
home equity, and unsecured lending software solutions. The
Company issued approximately 35,000 shares of its common
stock valued at the closing market price of $27.0156 on
November 9, 2000, paid cash in the amount of approximately
$220,000, and assumed liabilities of approximately $155,000. The
transaction expenses were approximately $183,000. The Company
allocated $1.2 million to goodwill which was amortized over
the estimated life of three years.
As of March 31, 2002 and 2001, the
accumulated amortization of goodwill was approximately $549,000
and $161,000, respectively. See Note 10 with respect to
goodwill impairment related to the LoanMarket Resources, LLC.
Acquisition. See Note 10 with respect to goodwill
impairment related to the LoanMarket Resources acquisition.
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase
price of acquired companies over estimated fair values of
tangible and intangible net assets acquired.
In August 2001, the Financial Accounting
Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement on Financial
Accounting Standards 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-lived Assets (SFAS 144).
SFAS 144, which supercedes SFAS 121 Accounting
for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived
Assets to be Disposed Of (SFAS 121), establishes a
single accounting model, based on the framework established in
SFAS 121, for long-lived assets to be disposed of. The
statement is effective for financial statements issued for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2001. We adopted
SFAS 144 beginning fiscal 2003 and the provisions of this
statement did not have a significant impact on our financial
condition or operating results.
In June 2001, the FASB issued SFAS 142,
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
(SFAS 142), effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2001. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and
intangible assets deemed to have indefinite lives will no longer
be amortized but will be subject to annual impairment tests.
SFAS 142 also requires that goodwill be tested for
impairment at the reporting unit level at adoption and at least
annually thereafter, utilizing a two-step methodology. The
initial step requires us to determine the fair
F-20
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
value of each reporting unit and compare it to
the carrying value, including goodwill, of such unit. If the
fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would
be recognized. However, if the carrying value of the reporting
unit exceeds its fair value, the goodwill of this unit may be
impaired. The amount, if any, of the impairment would then be
measured in the second step.
In April 2002, we performed, under SFAS 142,
the first of the required impairment tests of goodwill. That
test indicated that the carrying values exceeded their estimated
fair values, as determined utilizing various valuation
techniques including discounted cash flow and comparative market
analysis. Thereafter, given the indication of a potential
impairment, we performed step two of the test. We compared the
implied fair value of the affected reporting units
goodwill to its carrying value to measure the amount of
impairment. The fair value of goodwill was determined by
allocating the reporting units fair value to all of its
assets and liabilities in a manner similar to a purchase price
allocation. Based on this analysis, we measured and recognized
an impairment loss of approximately $10.0 million for the
three months ended June 30, 2002. This loss was recorded as
a cumulative effect of an accounting change in the period.
Prior to April 1, 2002, Goodwill was
amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful
life, generally five years. The carrying values of goodwill was
reviewed if facts and circumstances suggested that they may be
impaired. If this review indicates that carrying values of
goodwill will not be recoverable based on projected undiscounted
future cash flows, carrying values are reduced to estimated fair
values by first reducing goodwill and second by reducing
long-term assets and other intangibles. During fiscal year 2002
the applicable accounting policy for reviewing goodwill for
impairment was an undiscounted cash flow basis, a method allowed
by SFAS 121. When analyzed using undiscounted cash flows
prescribed by SFAS 121, we did not have an impairment of
any intangibles assets at March 31, 2002.
In accordance with SFAS 142 adopted on
April 1, 2002, we stopped the periodic amortization of
goodwill. The following table shows the reconciliation of
reported net loss adjusted for the adoption of SFAS 142 for
the year ended March 31, 2002 and 2001. (in thousands,
except per share data):
F-21
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
At March 31, 2003, common stock reserved for
future issuance was as follows:
The Companys Certificate of Incorporation
was amended to authorize 25 million shares of preferred
stock at a par value of $0.0001 per share upon
reincorporation in Delaware in January 2000. There was no
preferred stock issued and outstanding at March 31, 2003,
2002, and 2001.
The Board of Directors has the authority, without
action by the stockholders, to designate and issue the preferred
stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences,
privileges, and related restrictions, including dividend rights,
dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the
number of shares constituting any series or the designation of
the series. The accompanying consolidated financial statements
have been retroactively restated to give effect to the
reincorporation.
In September 1999, the Company entered into a
development agreement with an investor whereby the investor and
the Company will work to port the current suite of products to
additional platforms. In connection with the development
agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase
57,000 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock
at $4.382 per share. The warrants were issued in December
1999 and were exercised on March 9, 2000. The Company
determined the fair value of the warrants using the
Black-Scholes valuation model assuming a fair value of the
Companys Series E convertible preferred stock of
$19.00, risk free interest rate of 5.5%, dividend yield of 0%,
volatility factor of 80% and a life of 22 months. The fair
value of approximately $381,000 was amortized over the remaining
life of the development agreement. The amortization expense of
approximately $104,000 and $212,000 was recorded as research and
development expenses during the years ended March 31, 2002
and 2001, respectively. The fair value was fully amortized
during the year ended March 31, 2002
In November 1999, the Company entered into a
license agreement and one year maintenance contract in the
amount of approximately $3.0 million with a customer and in
connection with the agreement committed to the issuance of a
warrant to purchase 800,000 shares of common stock. In
January 2000 the warrant was issued with an exercise price of
$13.00 and was net exercised on July 25, 2000. The value of
the warrants was estimated to be approximately
$16.4 million and was based upon a Black-Scholes valuation
model with the following assumptions: risk free interest rate of
5.5%, dividend yield of 0%, volatility of 80%, expected life of
2 years, exercise price of $13.00 and fair value of $30.00.
Service revenues were reduced by approximately $375,000 and
$5.5 million during the years ended March 31, 2002 and
2001, respectively. The fair value was fully amortized during
the year ended March 31, 2002.
F-22
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In connection with a development agreement
entered into in April 2001, the Company issued a warrant to
purchase 100,000 shares of the Companys common stock.
The Company determined the fair value of the warrant using the
Black-Scholes valuation model assuming a fair value of the
Companys common stock at $3.53 per share, risk free
interest rate of 6%, dividend yield of 0%, volatility factor of
99% and expected life of 3 years. The value of the warrant
was estimated to be approximately $227,000 and was fully
amortized and recorded as research and development expenses
during the year ended March 31, 2002.
Under the terms of the Companys 1996 Stock
Plan, from time to time the Company issues shares of common
stock in exchange for services. All services were complete at
the date of grant and the value of the services was based upon
the then fair value of the common stock. During fiscal year
2003, the Company issued 18,000 shares of common stock at a
weighted average value of $2.67 in exchange for sales and
marketing services and recorded a compensation expense of
approximately $48,000. During fiscal year 2002, the Company
issued 2,500 shares of common stock at a weighted average
fair value of $2.59, in exchange for marketing services and
recorded a compensation expense of approximately $6,000. No
stock was issued for services in the fiscal year of 2001.
The amortization of deferred compensation is
charged to operations over the vesting period of the options
using the straight-line method, which is typically four years.
For the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the
Company amortized approximately $1.8 million,
$2.2 million and $3.3 million, respectively.
For the year ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and
2001, in association with employee termination agreements, the
Company accelerated vesting on options to purchase 291,636,
38,659 and 91,000 shares of common stock and recorded
approximately $249,000, $125,000 and $971,000 of related
compensation expense, respectively.
During fiscal year 2003, the Company repurchased
4.1 million shares of its common stock at an average price
of $3.26 in the open market at a cost of approximately
$13.4 million including brokerage fees. The aggregate of
the purchases since the authorization by the Board of Directors
was approximately 5.9 million shares at the cost of
approximately $19.7 million including brokerage fees. This
program was authorized by the Board of Directors in August 2001
to allow the Company to repurchase up to $30 million worth
of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as
determined by the Board. This program expired in April 2003.
In May 2003, the Board approved an additional
stock buyback program to repurchase up to $30 million worth
of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as
determined by the Board. To date, no shares have been
repurchased.
On February 4, 2003, the Board of Directors
declared a dividend distribution of one preferred share purchase
right on each outstanding share of its common stock. Each right
will initially entitle stockholders to buy one one-thousandth of
a share of newly created Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock of the Company, at an initial exercise price of
$18.00, in the event the rights become exercisable. In general,
the rights will become exercisable if a person or group becomes
the beneficial owner of 15% or more of the outstanding common
stock of the Company or announces a tender offer for 15% or more
of the outstanding
F-23
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
common stock. The Board of Directors will in
general be entitled to redeem the rights at $0.0001 per
right at any time before either of these events occur. In the
event that the rights become exercisable, each right will
entitle its holder to purchase, at the rights exercise price, a
number of common stock or equivalent securities having a market
value at that time of twice the rights exercise price. Rights
held by the triggering person will become void and will not be
exercisable to purchase shares at the reduced purchase price.
The rights expire in ten years.
On February 19, 2003, the Company commenced
an option exchange program in which its employees were offered
the opportunity to exchange stock options with exercise prices
of $4.17 and above for new stock options. Participants in the
exchange program will receive new options to purchase one
hundred percent (100%) of the number of share of our common
stock subject to the options that were cancelled. The new
options will be granted more than six months and one day from
March 19, 2003, the date the old options were cancelled. On
March 19, 2003, approximately 1.1 million stock
options were cancelled at a weighted exercise price of $19.18.
The exercise price of the new options will be the closing market
price on the NASDAQ Stock Market on the grant date of the new
options. The exchange offer was not available to executive
officers and members of our Board of Directors.
The Companys 1996 Stock Plan (the
1996 Plan) was adopted by the Board of Directors on
August 26, 1996. The 1996 Plan permits the grant of
incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and
restricted shares. The types of options include incentive stock
options that qualify for favorable tax treatment for the
optionee under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 and nonstatutory stock options not designed to qualify for
favorable tax treatment. Incentive stock options are granted at
an exercise price of not less than the fair market value per
share of the common stock on the date of grant and nonstatutory
stock options are granted at an exercise price of not less than
85% of the fair market value per share on the date of grant.
Vesting and exercise provisions are determined by the Board of
Directors at the time of grant. Options generally vest with
respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options
vesting commencement date and the remainder vest in equal
monthly installments over the following 36 months. Options
granted under the 1996 Plan have a maximum term of ten years.
Options can be exercised at any time and stock issued under the
1996 Plan may be subject to repurchase by the Company. This
right to repurchase generally lapses over four years from the
vesting commencement date of the option.
The Board of Directors administers the 1996 Plan
and has complete discretion to make all decisions relating to
the interpretation and operation of the 1996 Plan. The Board of
Directors has the discretion to determine which eligible persons
are to receive an award, and to determine the type, number,
vesting requirements and other features and conditions of each
award. The exercise price of options may be paid with: cash,
outstanding shares of common stock, the cashless exercise method
through a designated broker, a pledge of shares to a broker or a
promissory note. The purchase price for newly issued restricted
shares may be paid with: cash, a promissory note or the
rendering of past services. The Board of Directors may modify,
extend or assume outstanding options. The Board of Directors may
accept the cancellation of outstanding options in return for the
grant of new options. The new option may have the same or a
different number of shares and the same or a different exercise
price. If a change in control occurs, an option or other award
under the 1996 Plan will become fully exercisable and fully
vested if the option or award is not assumed by the surviving
corporation or its parent or if the surviving corporation or its
parent does not substitute its own options for the options
granted under the 1996 Plan. A change in control includes: a
merger or consolidation after which the
F-24
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
then-current stockholders own less than 50% of
the surviving corporation or a sale of all or substantially all
of the assets. If a merger or other reorganization occurs, the
agreement of merger or reorganization may provide that
outstanding options and other awards under the 1996 Plan shall
be assumed or substituted with its own options by the surviving
corporation or its parent, shall be continued by the Company if
it is the surviving corporation or shall be cancelled for a cash
payment. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the 1996
Plan at any time.
The Company adopted the 1999 Equity Incentive
Plan (the 1999 Plan) on November 18, 1999. A
total of 2.2 million shares of common stock were initially
reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan. On each
January 1, starting in 2001, the number of shares reserved
for issuance will be automatically increased by the lesser of 5%
of the then outstanding shares of common stock or
1.8 million. With limited restrictions, if shares awarded
under the 1999 Plan are forfeited, those shares will again
become available for new awards under the 1999 Plan. The 1999
Plan permits the grant of options, stock appreciation rights,
shares of restricted stock, and stock units. The types of
options include incentive stock options that qualify for
favorable tax treatment for the optionee under Section 422
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and nonstatutory stock
options not designed to qualify for favorable tax treatment.
Employees, non-employee members of the Board of Directors and
consultants are eligible to participate in the 1999 Plan. Each
eligible participant is limited to being granted options or
stock appreciation rights covering no more than
330,000 shares per fiscal year, except in the first year of
employment where the limit is 660,000 shares. Incentive
stock options are granted at an exercise price of not less than
100% of the fair market value per share of the common stock on
the date of grant, and nonstatutory stock options are granted at
an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair market value
per share on the date of grant. Options generally vest with
respect to 25% of the shares one year after the options
vesting commencement date and the remainder vest in equal
monthly installments over the following 36 months. Options
granted under the 1999 Plan have a maximum term of ten years.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors administers the 1999 Plan and has complete discretion
to make all decisions relating to the interpretation and
operation of the 1999 Plan. The Compensation Committee has the
discretion to determine which eligible persons are to receive an
award, and to determine the type, number, vesting requirements
and other features and conditions of each award. The exercise
price of options may be paid with: cash, outstanding shares of
common stock, the cashless exercise method through a designated
broker, a pledge of shares to a broker or a promissory note. The
purchase price for newly issued restricted shares may be paid
with: cash, a promissory note or the rendering of past or future
services. The Compensation Committee may reprice options and may
modify, extend or assume outstanding options and stock
appreciation rights. The Compensation Committee may accept the
cancellation of outstanding options or stock appreciation rights
in return for the grant of new options or stock appreciation
rights. The new option or right may have the same or a different
number of shares and the same or a different exercise price. If
a merger or other reorganization occurs, the agreement of merger
or reorganization shall provide that outstanding options and
other awards under the 1999 Plan shall be assumed or substituted
with comparable awards by the surviving corporation or its
parent or subsidiary, shall be continued by the Company if it is
the surviving corporation, shall have accelerated vesting and
then expire early or shall be cancelled for a cash payment. If a
change in control occurs, awards will become fully exercisable
and fully vested if the awards do not remain outstanding, are
not assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent or
subsidiary and if the surviving corporation or its parent or
subsidiary does not substitute its own awards that have
substantially the same terms for the awards granted under the
1999 Plan. If a change in control occurs and a plan participant
is involuntarily terminated within 12 months following this
change in control, then the vesting of awards held by the
participant will accelerate, as if the participant provided
another 12 months of service. A change in control includes:
a merger or consolidation after which the then-current
stockholders own less than 50% of the surviving corporation, a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets, a proxy contest
that results in
F-25
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
replacement of more than one-half of the
directors over a 24-month period or an acquisition of 50% or
more of the outstanding stock by a person other than a person
related to the Company, including a corporation owned by the
stockholders. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the
1999 Plan at any time.
Each individual who first joins the board of
directors as a non-employee director after December 11,
2002 will receive at that time an option for 50,000 shares
of common stock. This option becomes vested as to 25% of the
option shares upon the completion of 12 months of service
and as to 1/48 of the option shares upon the completion of each
month of service thereafter. In addition, at each of the
Companys annual stockholders meetings, beginning in
2003, each non-employee director who will continue to be a
director after that meeting will automatically be granted at
that meeting an option for 12,500 shares of common stock.
However, any non-employee director who receives an option for
50,000 shares under this plan will first become eligible to
receive the annual option for 12,500 shares at the annual
meeting that occurs during the calendar year following the year
in which he or she received the option for 50,000 shares.
The option for 12,500 shares becomes vested upon the
completion of 12 months of service from the grant date. If there
is a change in control, or a termination as a result of death,
disability or retirement after reaching age 65, the options
granted to non-employee directors will become fully vested. If
the Board of Directors amends the plan, stockholder approval of
the amendment will be sought only if required by applicable law.
The 1999 Plan will continue in effect indefinitely unless the
Board of Directors decides to terminate the plan earlier.
On November 18, 1999, the Companys
Board of Directors approved the adoption of the 1999 Employee
Stock Purchase Plan (the Purchase Plan) and the
Companys stockholders have approved of the Purchase Plan.
A total of 1.0 million shares of common stock were
initially reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan. On each
May 1, starting in 2001, the number of shares reserved for
issuance will be automatically increased by the lesser of 2% of
the then outstanding shares of common stock or 1.0 million
shares.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors administers this plan. The Purchase Plan is intended
to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code.
The Purchase Plan permits eligible employees to purchase common
stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 15% of an
employees cash compensation, at a purchase price equal to
the lower of 85% of the fair market value of the Companys
common stock at the beginning of each offering period or at the
end of each purchase period. Employees who work more than five
months per year and more than twenty hours per week are eligible
to participate in the Purchase Plan. Stockholders who own more
than 5% of the Companys outstanding common stock are
excluded from participating in the Purchase Plan. Each eligible
employee cannot purchase more than 1,250 shares per
purchase date (2,500 shares per year) and, generally,
cannot purchase more than $25,000 of stock per calendar year.
Eligible employees may begin participating in the Purchase Plan
at the start of an offering period. Each offering period lasts
24 months and consists of four consecutive purchase periods
of six months duration. Two overlapping offering periods will
start on May 1 and November 1 of each calendar year.
The first offering period started on March 9, 2000 and
ended on April 30, 2002. Employees may end their
participation in the Purchase Plan at any time. Participation
ends automatically upon termination of employment. If a change
in control occurs, the Purchase Plan will end and shares will be
purchased with the payroll deductions accumulated to date by
participating employees, unless this plan is assumed by the
surviving corporation or its parent. The Board of Directors may
amend or terminate the Purchase Plan at any time. If not
terminated earlier, the Purchase Plan has a term of twenty
years. If the Board of Directors increases the number of shares
of common stock reserved for issuance under the Purchase Plan,
other than any share increase resulting from the formula
described in the previous paragraph, it must seek the approval
of the Companys stockholders.
F-26
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
On March 9, 2000, the Company entered into a
stock option agreement with an optionee that granted the
optionee a nonstatutory stock option for 50,000 shares of
the Companys common stock at an exercise price per share
of $25.50. The option is immediately exercisable but any shares
that remain unvested at service termination is subject to the
Companys repurchase right. 1/48th of the shares subject to
the option vest (and the corresponding repurchase right lapses)
upon the completion of each month of service after the vesting
commencement date of March 9, 2000. The exercise price of
the option may be paid with: cash, outstanding shares of common
stock, the cashless exercise method through a designated broker,
a pledge of shares to a broker or a promissory note. If a change
in control occurs, the shares subject to the option will become
fully vested if the Companys repurchase right is not
assigned to the entity employing the optionee after the change
in control or to its parent or subsidiary. A change in control
includes: a merger or consolidation after which the then-current
stockholders own less than 50% of the surviving corporation or a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets. If a merger or
other reorganization occurs, the agreement of merger or
reorganization may provide that the surviving corporation or its
parent shall substitute its own option for the option, the
option shall be continued by the Company if it is the surviving
corporation or the option shall be cancelled for a cash payment.
The option expires 10 years after the option grant date but
will expire earlier if there is a termination of service of the
optionee.
The Company entered into a warrant agreement on
April 4, 2001 under which the warrant holder may purchase
up to 100,000 shares of the Companys common stock at
an exercise price per share of $3.53. The warrant may be
exercised with a cash payment or via a net exercise procedure.
The warrant expires on the earliest of April 4, 2004, or
the date on which the Company is acquired in a merger or
consolidation after which the then-current stockholders own less
than 50% of the surviving corporation or sells all or
substantially all of its assets.
The Company adopted the 2001 Supplemental Plan
(the Supplemental Plan) on April 4, 2001, and
the Supplemental Plan did not require stockholder approval. A
total of approximately 2.5 million shares of common stock
have been reserved for issuance under the Supplemental Plan.
With limited restrictions, if shares awarded under the
Supplemental Plan are forfeited, those shares will again become
available for new awards under the Supplemental Plan. The
Supplemental Plan permits the grant of options and shares of
restricted stock. The types of options include incentive stock
options that qualify for favorable tax treatment for the
optionee under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 and nonstatutory stock options not designed to qualify for
favorable tax treatment. Employees and consultants, who are not
officers or members of the Board of Directors, are eligible to
participate in the Supplemental Plan. Incentive stock options
are granted at an exercise price of not less than 100% of the
fair market value per share of the common stock on the date of
grant, and nonstatutory stock options are granted at an exercise
price of not less than 85% of the fair market value per share on
the date of grant. Options generally vest with respect to 25% of
the shares one year after the options vesting commencement
date and the remainder vest in equal monthly installments over
the following 36 months.Options granted under the
Supplemental Plan have a maximum term of ten years.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors administers the Supplemental Plan and has complete
discretion to make all decisions relating to the interpretation
and operation of the Supplemental Plan. The Compensation
Committee has the discretion to determine which eligible persons
are to receive an award, and to determine the type, number,
vesting requirements and other features and conditions of each
award. The exercise price of options may be paid with: cash,
outstanding shares of common stock, the cashless
F-27
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
exercise method through a designated broker, a
pledge of shares to a broker or a promissory note. The purchase
price for newly issued restricted shares may be paid with: cash,
a promissory note or the rendering of past or future services.
The Compensation Committee may reprice options and may modify,
extend or assume outstanding options. The Compensation Committee
may accept the cancellation of outstanding options in return for
the grant of new options. The new option may have the same or a
different number of shares and the same or a different exercise
price. If a merger or other reorganization occurs, the agreement
of merger or reorganization shall provide that outstanding
options and other awards under the Supplemental Plan shall be
assumed or substituted with comparable awards by the surviving
corporation or its parent or subsidiary, shall be continued by
the Company if it is the surviving corporation, shall have
accelerated vesting and then expire early or shall be cancelled
for a cash payment. If a change in control occurs, awards will
become fully exercisable and fully vested if the awards do not
remain outstanding, are not assumed by the surviving corporation
or its parent or subsidiary and if the surviving corporation or
its parent or subsidiary does not substitute its own awards that
have substantially the same terms for the awards granted under
the Supplemental Plan. If a change in control occurs and a plan
participant is involuntarily terminated within 12 months
following this change in control, then the vesting of awards
held by the participant will accelerate, as if the participant
provided another 12 months of service. A change in control
includes: a merger or consolidation after which the then-current
stockholders own less than 50% of the surviving corporation, a
sale of all or substantially all of the assets, a proxy contest
that results in replacement of more than one-half of the
directors over a 24-month period or an acquisition of 50% or
more of the outstanding stock by a person other than a person
related to the Company, including a corporation owned by the
stockholders. The Board of Directors may amend or terminate the
Supplemental Plan at any time. The Supplemental Plan will
continue in effect indefinitely unless the Board of Directors
decides to terminate the plan earlier.
The Company adopted the 1996 Stock Plan as
amended and restated March 28, 2001 (the 1996A
Plan). A total of approximately 8.1 million shares of
common stock have been reserved under the 1996A Plan. With
limited restrictions, if shares awarded under the 1996A Plan are
forfeited, those shares will again become available for new
awards under the 1996A Plan. The 1996A Plan permits the grant of
options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted stock,
and stock units. The types of options include incentive stock
options that qualify for favorable tax treatment for the
optionee under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 and nonstatutory stock options not designed to qualify for
favorable tax treatment. Employees, non-employee members of the
board and consultants are eligible to participate in the 1996A
Plan. Incentive stock options are granted at an exercise price
of not less than 100% of the fair market value per share of the
common stock on the date of grant, and nonstatutory stock
options are granted at an exercise price of not less than 85% of
the fair market value per share on the date of grant. Options
generally vest with respect to 25% of the shares one year after
the options vesting commencement date and the remainder
vest in equal monthly installments over the following
36 months. Options granted under the 1996A Plan have a
maximum term of ten years.
The Compensation Committee of the Board of
Directors administers the 1996A Plan and has complete discretion
to make all decisions relating to the interpretation and
operation of the 1996A Plan. The Compensation Committee has the
discretion to determine which eligible persons are to receive an
award, and to determine the type, number, vesting requirements
and other features and conditions of each award. The exercise
price of options may be paid with: cash, outstanding shares of
common stock, the cashless exercise method through a designated
broker, a pledge of shares to a broker or a promissory note. The
purchase price for newly issued restricted shares may be paid
with: cash, a promissory note or the rendering of past or future
services. The Compensation Committee may reprice options and may
modify, extend or assume outstanding options and stock
appreciation rights. The Compensation Committee may accept the
cancellation of outstanding options or stock appreciation rights
in return for the grant of new options or stock appreciation
F-28
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
rights. The new option or right may have the same
or a different number of shares and the same or a different
exercise price. If a merger or other reorganization occurs, the
agreement of merger or reorganization shall provide that
outstanding options and other awards under the 1996A Plan shall
be assumed or substituted with comparable awards by the
surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary, shall be
continued by the Company if it is the surviving corporation,
shall have accelerated vesting and then expire early or shall be
cancelled for a cash payment. If a change in control occurs and
a plan participant is involuntarily terminated within
12 months following this change in control, then the
vesting of awards held by the participant will accelerate, as if
the participant provided another 12 months of service. A
change in control includes: a merger or consolidation after
which the then-current stockholders own less than 50% of the
surviving corporation, a sale of all or substantially all of the
assets, a proxy contest that results in replacement of more than
one-half of the directors over a 24-month period or an
acquisition of 50% or more of the outstanding stock by a person
other than a person related to the Company, including a
corporation owned by the stockholders. The Board of Directors
may amend or terminate the 1996A Plan at any time. The 1996A
Plan will continue in effect indefinitely unless the Board of
Directors decides to terminate the plan earlier.
Activity under all stock option plans is as
follows:
F-29
1.
Organization and Operations
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting
Policies
Principles of Consolidation
Use of Estimates
Reclassification of Prior Year
Balances
Foreign Currency Transactions
Concentrations of Credit Risk
Table of Contents
Customer Concentrations
March 31,
2003
2002
2001
25
%
*
*
14
%
11
%
*
*
*
17
%
*
*
16
%
*
*
14
%
*
Revenues were less than 10% of total revenues.
March 31,
2003
2002
20
%
*
13
%
18
%
12
%
*
*
17
%
*
Customer account was less than 10% of gross
accounts receivable.
Cash Equivalents and Investments
Table of Contents
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
Balance at
Charged to
Balance
Beginning
Costs and
Amounts
at End of
Fiscal Year
of Period
Expenses
Written Off
Period
(in thousands)
$
1,194
$
$
453
$
741
$
1,051
$
667
$
524
$
1,194
$
415
$
1,596
$
960
$
1,051
Property and Equipment
Warranties and Indemnifications
Revenue Recognition
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Advertising Expense
Development Costs
Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income
Net Loss Per Share
Table of Contents
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
$
(29,748
)
$
(26,377
)
$
(49,867
)
32,331
35,531
36,474
(112
)
(441
)
(1,894
)
32,219
35,090
34,580
$
(0.92
)
$
(0.75
)
$
(1.44
)
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
(in thousands)
602
727
2,302
6,335
5,511
621
43
207
736
6,980
6,445
3,659
Stock-Based Compensation
Table of Contents
Segment Information
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
24
%
20
%
22
%
76
%
80
%
78
%
100
%
100
%
100
%
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
*
*
18%
*
Sales to international location were less than
10% of total revenues.
New Accounting Pronouncements
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
3.
Cash, Cash Equivalents and
Investments
Unrealized
Cost
Gain
Loss
Market
(in thousands)
$
35,896
$
$
$
35,896
14,226
14,226
4,871
4,871
$
54,993
$
$
$
54,993
$
44,102
$
$
(2
)
$
44,100
3,367
16
3,383
3,036
7
3,043
3,000
3,000
698
698
$
54,203
$
23
$
(2
)
$
54,224
$
8,232
$
30
$
$
8,262
3,856
(51
)
3,805
1,060
7
1,067
$
13,148
$
37
$
(51
)
$
13,134
$
12,179
$
$
$
12,179
37,581
37,581
2,997
2,997
$
52,757
$
$
$
52,757
$
25,850
$
$
$
25,850
27,659
29
27,688
17,643
116
17,759
2,000
3
2,003
$
73,152
$
148
$
$
73,300
Table of Contents
Unrealized
Cost
Gain
Loss
Market
(in thousands)
$
14,654
$
$
(104
)
$
14,550
2,607
(15
)
2,592
$
17,261
$
$
(119
)
$
17,142
4.
Property and Equipment
March 31,
2003
2002
(in thousands)
$
9,758
$
9,439
3,289
3,260
2,575
2,497
1,028
16,650
15,196
(11,376
)
(7,871
)
$
5,274
$
7,325
5.
Stockholder Notes Receivable
Table of Contents
6.
Operating Lease Commitments
Offices
Equipment
Total
(in thousands)
$
2,235
$
38
$
2,273
2,645
19
2,664
2,540
14
2,554
2,571
2,571
2,677
2,677
4,841
4,841
$
17,509
$
71
$
17,580
7.
Litigation
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
8.
Letters of Credit
9.
Acquisitions
Wakely Software, Inc. Acquisition
Valuation Methodology
Table of Contents
Estimated
Useful
Amount
Life (Years)
(in thousands)
$
240
3 years
362
7 years
1,814
3 years
1,870
1 year
10,727
7 years
$
15,013
LoanMarket Resources, LLC
Acquisition
10.
Goodwill
Table of Contents
March 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
(29,748
)
$
(26,377
)
$
(49,867
)
2,663
1,699
$
(29,748
)
$
(23,714
)
$
(48,168
)
$
(0.92
)
$
(0.75
)
$
(1.44
)
0.07
0.05
$
(0.92
)
$
(0.68
)
$
(1.39
)
Table of Contents
11.
Stockholders Equity
Common Stock Reserved for Future
Issuance
(in thousands)
8,550
5,714
1,999
100
16,363
Preferred Stock
Warrants
Table of Contents
Stock Issued for Services
Deferred Compensation
Accelerated Vesting on Stock Options
Stock Repurchase
Dividend Distribution of Preferred Stock
Purchase Rights
Table of Contents
Tender Offer
Stock Option Plans
Stock Option Plans Approved by
Stockholders
1996 Equity Incentive Plan
Table of Contents
1999 Equity Incentive Plan
Table of Contents
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Table of Contents
Stock Option Plans Not Required to
be Approved by Stockholders
Officer Option Agreement
Development Warrant
2001 Supplemental Plan
Table of Contents
1996A Plan
Table of Contents
Shares
Weighted-
Available for
Number of
Average
Grant
Shares
Exercise Price
Exercise Price
(in thousands)
2,200
3,447
$
0.100 $30.00
$
11.19
1,800
(2,362
)
2,362
$
12.059 $74.688
$
31.92
(254
)
$
0.100 $25.50
$
3.29
300
(1,021
)
$
0.100 $74.688
$
17.53
1,938
4,534
$
0.030 $74.688
$
21.13
6,325
(6,719
)
6,717
$
1.750 $61.683
$
3.64
(113
)
$
0.100 $ 4.380
$
2.14
1,405
(2,131
)
$
0.030 $74.688
$
20.58
2,949
9,007
$
0.100 $74.688
$
8.45
3,308
(2,623
)
2,623
$
1.990 $ 4.350
$
2.73
(187
)
$
0.100 $ 3.920
$
1.80
2,080
(2,893
)
$
0.300 $74.688
$
13.50
5,714
8,550
$
0.200 $63.484
$
5.13
Table of Contents
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Equity Compensation Plan Information
Options Outstanding
Options Vested
Weighted-
Weighted-
Number of
Average
Weighted-
Average
Outstanding
Remaining
Average
Options
Aggregate
Range of
Shares as of
Contractual
Exercise
Vested at
Purchase
Exercise Prices
March 31, 2003
Life
Price
March 31, 2003
Price
(in thousands)
(in thousands)
$ 0.2000 $ 0.20
00 35
5.30
$
0.2000
35
$
0.2000
$ 0.2500 $ 2.40
00 1,116
8.32
$
2.3183
898
$
2.3108
$ 2.5000 $ 2.50
00 179
6.49
$
2.5000
157
$
2.5000
$ 2.5600 $ 2.56
00 1,693
6.38
$
2.5600
111
$
2.5600
$ 2.6000 $ 3.49
00 996
9.08
$
2.8968
435
$
2.9625
$ 3.5000 $ 3.53
60 1,209
7.51
$
3.5329
685
$
3.5324
$ 3.5400 $ 3.92
00 488
8.80
$
3.8030
242
$
3.8642
$ 3.9440 $ 4.16
00 1,819
8.18
$
4.1580
858
$
4.1584
$ 4.2100 $30.000
858
7.33
$
14.7805
600
$
15.3732
$31.2500 $63.4844
157
7.30
$
46.3037
115
$
46.6648
$ 0.2000 $63,484
4 8,550
7.74
$
5.1316
4,136
$
6.1816
Weighted-Average
Number of Securities
Number of Securities to
Exercise Price of
Remaining Available
be Issued upon Exercise
Outstanding
for Future Issuance
of Outstanding Options,
Options, Warrants
Under Equity
Warrants and Rights
and Rights
Compensation Plans
677
$
7.80
0
3,628
$
6.14
3
5,450
(1)
$
8.02
8
1,999
(2)
50
$
25.50
100
2,428
$
3.39
5
51
1,767
$
3.73
1
213
8,550
7,713
(1) | On each January 1, starting in 2001, the number of shares reserved for issuance will be automatically increased by the lesser of 5% of the then outstanding shares of common stock or 1.8 million. |
(2) | On each May 1, starting in 2001, the number of shares reserved for issuance will be automatically increased by the lesser of 2% of the then outstanding shares of common stock or 1.0 million shares. |
All vested shares granted under all Plans are exercisable, however, shares exercised but not vested are subject to repurchase. At March 31, 2003, 43,016 shares were subject to repurchase under the 1996 Equity Incentive Plan.
Pro Forma Disclosure of the Effect of Stock-Based Compensation |
The Company uses the intrinsic value method in accounting for its employee stock options because, as discussed below, the alternative fair value accounting method requires use of option valuation models that
F-30
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
were not developed for use in valuing employee stock options. Under the intrinsic value method, when the exercise price of the Companys employee stock options equals the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant, there is no compensation expense recognized.
Pro forma information regarding net loss as if
the Company had accounted for its employee stock purchase during
the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 under
the fair value method was estimated at the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the year ended
March 31, 2003, 2002, and 2001 with the following weighted
average assumptions:
March 31,
2003
2002
2001
Low
High
Low
High
Low
High
1.27
%
5.76
%
1.73
%
6.72
%
5.69
%
6.72
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
37.33
%
94.96
%
63.28
%
175.86
%
91.37
%
245.50
%
0.5
2
0.5
2
0.5
2
Pro forma information regarding net loss as if
the Company had accounted for its employee stock options granted
during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001
under the fair value method was estimated at the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the year ended
March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 with the following weighted
average assumptions:
March 31,
2003
2002
2001
4.47
%
5.54
%
6.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
0.00
%
63.50
%
82.82
%
99.00
%
3.70
8.80
7.00
The option valuation models were developed for
use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no
vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition,
option valuation models require the input of highly subjective
assumptions, including the expected life of the option. Because
the Companys employee stock options have characteristics
significantly different from those of traded options and because
changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially
affect the fair value estimate, in managements opinion,
the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single
measure of the fair value of its employee stock options.
2003
2002
2001
$
(29,748
)
$
(26,377
)
$
(49,867
)
380
348
2,900
4,970
21,040
25,441
$
(35,098
)
$
(47,765
)
$
(78,208
)
$
(0.92
)
$
(0.75
)
$
(1.44
)
$
(1.09
)
$
(1.36
)
$
(2.26
)
F-31
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
12. | Income Taxes |
The provision for income taxes is based upon
income (loss) before income taxes as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
(20,358
)
$
(22,586
)
$
(42,121
)
584
(3,487
)
(7,471
)
$
(19,774
)
$
(26,073
)
$
(49,592
)
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
(9,822
)
$
(9,126
)
$
(17,357
)
6,417
7,043
15,023
724
944
1,150
3,276
1,139
1,184
(595
)
304
275
$
$
304
$
275
Years Ended March 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
$
$
304
275
$
$
304
$
275
Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 109 provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets if realization of such assets is more likely than not. Based on the weight of available evidence, which includes the Companys historical operation performance and the reported cumulative net losses in all prior years, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets.
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects
of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets
and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts
used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the
Companys deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):
March 31,
2003
2002
2001
$
38,181
$
31,610
$
14,800
4,065
1,419
1,490
5,766
3,705
6,034
4,576
294
6,526
52,588
37,028
28,850
(52,588
)
(37,028
)
(28,850
)
$
$
$
F-32
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future earnings, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Accordingly, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance increased by approximately $15.6 million, $8.2 million, and $11.6 million during 2003, 2002, and 2001, respectively.
As of March 31, 2003, the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $104.3 million and approximately $29.2 million, respectively. As of March 31, 2003, the Company also had federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $2.3 million and $1.8 million, respectively. The federal net operating loss and credit carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2012 through 2023, if not utilized. The state net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning in 2005 through 2015, if not utilized. The state tax credit carryforwards have no expiration date.
Utilization of the Companys net operating loss may be subject to substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code and similar state provisions. Such an annual limitation could result in the expiration of the net operating losses and credits before utilization.
13. | Benefit Plan |
Effective February 1998, the Company adopted a tax-deferred savings plan, the Selectica 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan), for the benefit of qualified employees. The 401(k) Plan is designed to provide employees with an accumulation of funds at retirement. Qualified employees may elect to make contributions to the 401(k) Plan on a monthly basis. The 401(k) Plan does not require the Company to make any contributions. No contributions were made by the Company for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001. Administrative expenses relating to the 401(k) Plan are insignificant.
14. | Restructuring |
In the quarter ended March 31, 2001, the Company began restructuring worldwide operations to reduce costs and improve efficiencies in response to a slower economic environment. The restructuring costs were accounted for under EITF No. 94-3, Liability Recognition for Certain Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit and Activity, and were charged to operations when the criteria in EITF 94-3 were met. The first plan was initiated in the quarter ended March 31, 2001 and was comprised of severance and related benefits of $667,000 for the reduction of 30 heads in the areas of professional services, research and development, sales, marketing, and general administration. The second plan was initiated and completed in the quarter ended June 30, 2001 (Plan 2) and was comprised of severance and related benefits of $1.8 million for the reduction of 41 heads in the areas of professional services, research and development, sales, marketing, and general administration. The third plan was initiated in July 2002 and was comprised of severance and related benefits of $1.7M for the reduction of 38 heads in the areas of professional services, research and development, sales, marketing, and general administration and will be complete by the second quarter of 2004.
Plan 1 reduced headcount by 6, 3, 11, and 10 for professional services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis for is approximately $3.3 million. Plan 2 further reduced headcount by 5, 18, 17, and 1 for professional services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis is approximately $4.4 million. Plan 3 reduced headcount by 9, 7, 17, and 5 for professional services, research and development, sales and marketing, and general administration, respectively. The anticipated savings for salaries and benefits on an annual basis is approximately $3.5 million.
F-33
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
As of March 31, 2003 and March 31, 2002, the balance of the reserve for restructuring was approximately $264,000 and $182,000, respectively, which was included in Other Accrued Liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The activity in the accrued restructuring balances related to all of the plans described above was as follows:
Include subtotals for each year-end.
(in thousands)
$
667
(317
)
350
1,759
(350
)
(1,577
)
182
1,760
(182
)
(249
)
(1,247
)
$
264
15. | Subsequent Events |
In May 2003, the Board an additional stock buyback program to repurchase up to $30 million worth of stock in the open market subject to certain criteria as determined by the Board. To date, no shares have been repurchased
On June 17, 2003, CSFB responded to this second amended complaint filed on April 18, 2003 by filing a demurrer (motion to dismiss) on the grounds that the plaintiff lacks standing to bring the action. Also on June 17, 2003, the Company and the individual defendants responded to the second amended complaint by joining CSFBs demurrer, while reserving other objections.
On June 25, 2003, a Special Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company approved a Memorandum of Understanding (the MOU) reflecting a settlement in which the plaintiffs agreed to dismiss the case against the Company with prejudice in return for the assignment by the Company of claims that the Company might have against its underwriters. No payment to the plaintiffs by the Company is required under the MOU. There can be no assurance that the MOU will result in a formal settlement or that the Court will approve the settlement that the MOU sets forth.
F-34
REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP,
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
We have audited the accompanying consolidated
balance sheets of Selectica, Inc. as of March 31, 2003 and
2002, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
stockholders equity, and cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended March 31, 2003. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Companys
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with
auditing standards generally accepted in the United States.
Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial
statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position of Selectica Inc. at
March 31, 2003 and 2002, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended March 31, 2003, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As discussed in Note 10 to the consolidated
financial statements, effective April 1, 2002, the Company
adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
San Jose, California
F-35
/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
April 21, 2003, except for Note 15,
as to which the date
is June 25, 2003
Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on the 30th day of June, 2003.
SELECTICA, INC. | |
Registrant | |
/s/ STEPHEN BENNION | |
|
|
Stephen Bennion | |
Chief Financial Officer and | |
Executive Vice President of Finance |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Title | Date | |||||
Signature |
|
|
||||
|
||||||
Principal Executive Officer and Director: | ||||||
/s/ DR. SANJAY MITTAL
Dr. Sanjay Mittal |
President and Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
|
June 30, 2003 | ||||
Principal Financial Officer and Principal
Accounting Officer: |
||||||
/s/ STEPHEN BENNION
Stephen Bennion |
Executive Vice President of Finance and Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary
|
June 30, 2003 | ||||
Additional Directors: | ||||||
/s/ RAJ JASWA
Raj Jaswa |
Director
|
June 30, 2003 | ||||
/s/ JOHN FISHER
John Fisher |
Director
|
June 30, 2003 | ||||
/s/ MICHAEL LYONS
Michael Lyons |
Director
|
June 30, 2003 | ||||
/s/ THOMAS NEUSTAETTER
Thomas Neustaetter |
Director
|
June 30, 2003 |
SELECTICA, INC.
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
CERTIFICATION
I, Sanjay Mittal, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Selectica, Inc;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
4. The registrants other certifying officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; | |
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual report (the Evaluation Date); and | |
c) presented in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date; |
5. The registrants other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation, to the registrants auditors and the audit committee of registrants board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a) all significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal controls which could adversely affect the registrants ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data and have identified for the registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal controls; and | |
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrants internal controls; and |
6. The registrants other certifying officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or not there were significant changes in internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies and material weaknesses.
/s/ SANJAY MITTAL | |
|
|
Sanjay Mittal | |
Chief Executive Officer |
Date: June 30, 2003
CERTIFICATION
I, Stephen R. Bennion, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on
Form 10-K of Selectica, Inc;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report
does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,
in light of the circumstances under which such statements were
made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial
statements, and other financial information included in this
annual report, fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual
report;
4. The registrants other certifying
officers and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14) for the registrant and we have:
5. The registrants other certifying
officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent
evaluation, to the registrants auditors and the audit
committee of registrants board of directors (or persons
performing the equivalent function):
6. The registrants other certifying
officers and I have indicated in this annual report whether or
not there were significant changes in internal controls or in
other factors that could significantly affect internal controls
subsequent to the date of our most recent evaluation, including
any corrective actions with regard to significant deficiencies
and material weaknesses.
Date: June 30, 2003
a) designed such disclosure controls and
procedures to ensure that material information relating to the
registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during
the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
b) evaluated the effectiveness of the
registrants disclosure controls and procedures as of a
date within 90 days prior to the filing date of this annual
report (the Evaluation Date); and
c) presented in this annual report our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls
and procedures based on our evaluation as of the Evaluation Date;
a) all significant deficiencies in the
design or operation of internal controls which could adversely
affect the registrants ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial data and have identified for the
registrants auditors any material weaknesses in internal
controls; and
b) any fraud, whether or not material, that
involves management or other employees who have a significant
role in the registrants internal controls; and
/s/ STEPHEN R. BENNION
Stephen R. Bennion
Chief Financial Officer
Table of Contents
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit
Number
Description
3
.1*
The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.
3
.2
Certificate of Designation of Series A
Junior or Participating Preferred Stock.
3
.3
Amended and Restated Bylaws.
4
.1*
Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1, 3.2 and
3.3.
4
.2*
Form of Registrants Common Stock
certificate.
4
.3*
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement
dated June 16, 1999.
4
.4**
Rights Agreement between Registrant and
U.S. Stock Transfer Corporation, as Rights Agent, dated
February 4, 2003.
10
.1*
Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10
.2*
1996 Stock Plan.
10
.3
1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10
.4
1999 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended and
restated December 11, 2002.
10
.5*
Lease between John Arrillaga Survivors Trust and
the Richard T. Perry Separate Property Trust as Landlord and the
Registrant as Tenant, dated October 1, 1999.
10
.6*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and Fujitsu Network Communications, Inc., dated
November 4, 1998.
10
.7*
Agreement for Web Site Design and Development
Service between the Registrant and BMW of North America, Inc.,
dated July 15, 1998.
10
.8*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and the Firemans Fund Insurance Company, dated
June 24, 1999.
10
.9*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and Aspect Telecommunications, dated May 17,
1999.
10
.10*
A Consulting Engagement Proposal from the
Registrant to 3Com, dated July 29, 1999.
10
.11*
A Consulting Engagement Proposal from the
Registrant to 3Com, dated August 10, 1999.
10
.12***
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and
Dr. Sanjay Mittal, dated as of January 1, 2003.
10
.13***
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and
Stephen Bennion dated as of January 1, 2003.
10
.14*
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated January 12,
2000; amendment #1 to Major Account License Agreement
between the Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated
February 10, 2000.
10
.15*
International Value Added Reseller Agreement
between the Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated
January 12, 2000; Amendment #1 to International Value
Added Reseller Agreement between the Registrant and Samsung SDS
Co., Ltd., dated February 29, 2000.
10
.16*
Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant
and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated January 31, 2000;
Amendment #1 to the Stock Purchase Agreement between the
Registrant and Samsung SDS Co., Ltd., dated February 8,
2000.
10
.17*
Lease between John Arrillaga Survivors Trust and
Richard T. Perry Separate Property Trust as Landlord and the
Registrant as Tenant, dated October 1, 1999.
10
.18*
Stock Purchase Agreement between the Registrant
and Dell USA, L.P., dated February 14, 2000.
10
.19****
Offer to exchange outstanding options, dated
April 27, 2001.
10
.20*****
Offer to exchange outstanding options dated
February 19, 2003.
10
.21
Warrant to Purchase Common Stock issued to MHJDGD
Selectica Trust, dated April 4, 2001.
10
.22
Licensed Works Agreement between the Registrant
and International Business Machines Corporation, dated
December 11, 2002.
10
.23
Licensed Works Agreement Statement of Work
between the Registrant and International Business Machines
Corporation, dated December 11, 2002.
Exhibit
Number
Description
10
.24
Professional Services Agreement between the
Registrant and GE Medical Services, dated June 28, 2002.
10
.25
Major Account License Agreement between the
Registrant and GE Medical Systems, dated June 28, 2002.
10
.26
Amendment #1 to Major Account License
Agreement between the Registrant and GE Medical Systems.
10
.27
Amendment #2 to Major Account License
Agreement between the Registrant and GE Medical Systems, dated
October 8, 2002.
10
.28
Amendment #3 to Major Account License
Agreement between the Registrant and GE Medical Systems, dated
March 31, 2003.
10
.29
Addendum #1 to Professional Services
Agreement between Registrant and GE Medical Services, dated
August 27, 2002.
10
.30
Amendment #2 to Professional Services
Agreement between Registrant and GE Medical Services, dated
March 3, 2003.
10
.31
Amendment #2 to Licensed Works Agreement
Statement of Work between the Registrant and International
Business Machines Corporation, dated February 28, 2003.
21
.1
Subsidiaries.
23
.1
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP,
independent auditors.
99
.1
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
99
.2
Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C.
Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
* | Previously filed in the Companys Registration Statement (No. 333-92545) declared effective on March 9, 2000. |
** | Previously filed in the Companys Report on Form 8-K filed on February 6, 2003. |
*** | Previously filed in the Companys report on Form 10-Q filed on February 14, 2003. |
**** | Previously filed in Schedule TO filed by the Company on April 27, 2001. |
***** | Previously filed in Schedule TO filed by the Company on February 19, 2003. |
EXHIBIT 3.2
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
of
SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
of
SELECTICA, INC.
Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware
Selectica, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), in accordance with the provisions of Section 103 thereof, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:
That pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of the said Corporation, the said Board of Directors on February 4, 2003 adopted the following resolution creating a series of 100,000 shares of Preferred Stock designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock":
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares thereof and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights of the shares of such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as follows:
SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock that shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock," and the number of shares constituting such series shall be 100,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock to less than the number of shares then issued and outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by the Corporation.
2. Dividends and Distribution.
(A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, in preference to the
holders of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking
junior to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in respect thereof,
shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in
cash on the last day of March, June, September and February, in each year (each
such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"),
commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance
of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater
of (a) $1.00 or (b) the Adjustment Number (as defined below) times the aggregate
per share amount of all cash dividends, and the Adjustment Number times the
aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other
distributions other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a
subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or
otherwise), declared on the Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share, of the
Corporation (the "Common Stock") since the immediately preceding Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment
Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock. The "Adjustment Number" shall initially be
1000. In the event the Corporation shall at any time after February 4, 2003 (i)
declare and pay any dividend on Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock,
(ii) subdivide the outstanding Common Stock or (iii) combine the outstanding
Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, then in each such case the
Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by
multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and
the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock).
(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the
determination of holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be no more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:
(A) Each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number of votes equal to the Adjustment Number on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation.
(B) Except as required by law, by Section 3(C)
and by Section 10 hereof, holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be
required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common
Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.
(C) If, at the time of any annual meeting of
stockholders for the election of directors, the equivalent of six quarterly
dividends (whether or not consecutive) payable on any share or shares of Series
A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are in default, the number of directors
constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by
two. In addition to voting together with the holders of Common Stock for the
election of other directors of the Corporation, the holders of record of the
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class to
the exclusion of the holders of Common Stock, shall be entitled at said meeting
of stockholders (and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders), unless
all dividends in arrears on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock
have been paid or declared and set apart for payment prior thereto, to vote for
the election of two directors of the Corporation, the holders of any Series A
Junior Participating Preferred Stock being entitled to cast a number of votes
per share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as is specified in
paragraph (A) of this Section 3. Each such additional director shall not be a
member of Class I, Class II or Class III of the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, but shall serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders for
the election of directors, or until his successor shall be elected and shall
qualify, or until his right to hold such office terminates pursuant to the
provisions of this Section 3(C). Until the default in payments of all dividends
which permitted the election of said directors shall cease to exist, any
director who shall have been so elected pursuant to the provisions of this
Section 3(C) may be removed at any time, without cause, only by the affirmative
vote of the holders of the shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred
Stock at the time entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast
for the election of any such director at a special meeting of such holders
called for that purpose, and any vacancy thereby created may be filled by the
vote of such holders. If and when such default shall cease to exist, the holders
of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be divested of the
foregoing special voting rights, subject to revesting in the event of each and
every subsequent like default in payments of dividends. Upon the termination of
the foregoing special voting rights, the terms of office of all persons who may
have been elected directors pursuant to said special voting rights shall
forthwith terminate, and the
number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall be reduced by two. The voting rights granted by this Section 3(C) shall be in addition to any other voting rights granted to the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in this Section 3.
4. Certain Restrictions.
(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
(i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; or
(iii) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, or to such holders and holders of any such shares ranking on a parity therewith, upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock to be created by resolution or
resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to any conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein.
6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.
(A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, voluntary or otherwise, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall have received an amount per share (the "Series A Liquidation Preference") equal to the greater of (i) $10.00 plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, or (ii) the Adjustment Number times the per share amount of all cash and other property to be distributed in respect of the Common Stock upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available for such distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the holders of such parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.
(C) Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity nor the merger or consolidation of any other entity into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 6.
7. Consolidation, Merger, Etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the outstanding shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed in an amount per share equal to the Adjustment Number times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged.
8. No Redemption. Shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall not be subject to redemption by the Corporation.
9. Ranking. The Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall rank junior to all other series of the Preferred Stock as to the payment of dividends and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, unless the terms of any such series shall provide otherwise, and shall rank senior to the Common Stock as to such matters.
10. Amendment. At any time that any shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock are outstanding, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, voting separately as a class.
11. Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder's fractional shares, to exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this 5th day of February 2003.
SELECTICA, INC.
By: // Stephen Bennion -------------------------- Stephen Bennion, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President of Finance and Secretary |
EXHIBIT 3.3
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF
SELECTICA, INC.,
A DELAWARE CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- ARTICLE I OFFICE AND RECORDS.................................................................................... 1 Section 1.1 Delaware Office............................................................................ 1 Section 1.2 Other Offices.............................................................................. 1 Section 1.3 Books and Records.......................................................................... 1 ARTICLE II STOCKHOLDERS......................................................................................... 1 Section 2.1 Annual Meeting............................................................................. 1 Section 2.2 Special Meeting............................................................................ 1 Section 2.3 Place of Meeting........................................................................... 1 Section 2.4 Notice of Meeting.......................................................................... 1 Section 2.5 Quorum and Adjournment..................................................................... 2 Section 2.6 Proxies.................................................................................... 2 Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations............................................. 2 Section 2.8 Procedure for Election of Directors........................................................ 4 Section 2.9 Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls..................................... 4 Section 2.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting................................................ 5 ARTICLE III BOARD OF DIRECTORS.................................................................................. 5 Section 3.1 General Powers............................................................................. 5 Section 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications.......................................................... 5 Section 3.3 Regular Meetings........................................................................... 5 Section 3.4 Special Meetings........................................................................... 5 Section 3.5 Notice..................................................................................... 5 Section 3.6 Conference Telephone Meetings.............................................................. 6 Section 3.7 Quorum..................................................................................... 6 Section 3.8 Vacancies.................................................................................. 6 Section 3.9 Committee.................................................................................. 6 Section 3.10 Removal................................................................................... 7 ARTICLE IV OFFICERS............................................................................................. 7 Section 4.1 Elected Officers........................................................................... 7 Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office................................................................ 7 Section 4.3 Chairman of the Board...................................................................... 7 Section 4.4 President and Chief Executive Officer...................................................... 7 Section 4.5 Secretary.................................................................................. 8 Section 4.6 Treasurer.................................................................................. 8 Section 4.7 Removal.................................................................................... 8 Section 4.8 Vacancies.................................................................................. 8 ARTICLE V STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS...................................................................... 9 Section 5.1 Stock Certificates and Transfers........................................................... 9 |
ARTICLE VI INDEMNIFICATION...................................................................................... 9 Section 6.1 Right to Indemnification................................................................... 9 Section 6.2 Prepayment of Expenses..................................................................... 9 Section 6.3 Claims..................................................................................... 10 Section 6.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights................................................................... 10 Section 6.5 Amendment or Repeal........................................................................ 10 Section 6.6 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses........................................... 10 ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS............................................................................ 10 Section 7.1 Fiscal Year................................................................................ 10 Section 7.2 Dividends.................................................................................. 10 Section 7.3 Seal....................................................................................... 10 Section 7.4 Waiver of Notice........................................................................... 10 Section 7.5 Audits..................................................................................... 11 Section 7.6 Resignations............................................................................... 11 Section 7.7 Contracts.................................................................................. 11 Section 7.8 Proxies.................................................................................... 11 ARTICLE VIII AMENDMENTS......................................................................................... 12 Section 8.1 Amendments................................................................................. 12 |
ARTICLE I
OFFICES AND RECORDS
Section 1.1 Delaware Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City of Dover, County of Kent.
Section 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.
Section 1.3 Books and Records. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept at the Corporation's headquarters in San Jose, California or at such other locations outside the State of Delaware as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE II
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 2.1 Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held at such date, place and/or time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 2.2 Special Meeting. A special meeting of the stockholders of the corporation may be called only by the President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board").
Section 2.3 Place of Meeting. The Board of Directors may designate the place of meeting for any meeting of the stockholders. If no designation is made by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation.
Section 2.4 Notice of Meeting. Written or printed notice, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be prepared and delivered by the Corporation not less than ten days nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting, either personally, or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the Corporation. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present (except as otherwise provided by law), or if notice is waived by those not present. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed and (unless the Certificate of Incorporation otherwise provides) any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the time previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders.
Section 2.5 Quorum and Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series voting separately as a class or series, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of such business. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares of Voting Stock so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum (or, in the case of specified business to be voted on by a class or series, the chairman or a majority of the shares of such class or series so represented may adjourn the meeting with respect to such specified business). No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by law. The stockholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
Section 2.6 Proxies. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing by the stockholder or as may be permitted by law, or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. Such proxy must be filed with the Secretary of the Corporation or his representative at or before the time of the meeting.
Section 2.7 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.
A. Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
(1) Nominations of persons for election
to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be
considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders:
(a) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting delivered pursuant to
Section 2.4 of these Bylaws; (b) by or at the direction of the Board of
Directors; or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote
at the meeting, who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in clauses
(2) and (3) of this paragraph (A) of this Bylaw and who was a stockholder of
record at the time such notice was delivered to the Secretary of the
Corporation.
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to a clause (c) of paragraph (A)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than seventy days nor more than ninety days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than twenty days, or delayed by more than seventy days, from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the ninetieth day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the seventieth day prior to such annual meeting or the ten day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to
nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and Rule 14a-11 thereunder, including such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (A)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least eighty days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
B. Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting pursuant to Section 2.4 of these Bylaws. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw and who is a stockholder of record at the time such notice is delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as are specified in the Corporation's Notice of Meeting, if the stockholder's notice as required by paragraph (A)(2) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the ninetieth day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the seventieth day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a
special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.
C. General.
(1) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.
(2) For purposes of this Bylaw, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
Section 2.8 Procedure for Election of Directors. Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by written ballot, and, except as otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation with respect to the right of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock or any other series or class of stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast thereat shall elect directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all matters other than the election of directors submitted to the stockholders at any meeting shall be decided by the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote thereon.
Section 2.9 Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls.
A. The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives of the Corporation, to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act, or if all inspectors or alternates who have been appointed are unable to act, at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or
her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
B. The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting.
Section 2.10 Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. The stockholders of the Corporation may not take action by written consent without a meeting but must take any such actions at a duly called annual or special meeting.
ARTICLE III
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
Section 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall initially be seven and shall be fixed from time to time thereafter by a majority of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.3 Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held without notice other than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, each annual meeting of stockholders. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without notice other than such resolution.
Section 3.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President or a majority of the Board of Directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings.
Section 3.5 Notice. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at his business or residence in writing or by telegram or by telephone communication. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five days before such meeting. If by telegram, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the telegraph company at least twenty-four hours before such meeting. If by facsimile transmission,
such notice shall be transmitted at least twenty-four hours before such meeting. If by telephone, the notice shall be given at least twelve hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws as provided under Section 8.1 of Article VIII hereof. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present (except as otherwise provided by law) or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in writing, either before or after such meeting.
Section 3.6 Conference Telephone Meetings. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.7 Quorum. A whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.8 Vacancies. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 3.9 Committee.
A. The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the
business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
B. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to these Bylaws.
Section 3.10 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, or any other series or class of stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 4.1 Elected Officers. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman of the Board, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and such other officers as the Board of Directors from time to time may deem proper. The Chairman of the Board shall be chosen from the directors. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, all officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of Articles II, III, IV and VII. Such officers shall also have powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.
Section 4.2 Election and Term of Office. The elected officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as convenient. Subject to Section 4.7 of these Bylaws, each officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified or until his death or until he shall resign.
Section 4.3 Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board at any meeting, a majority of the directors present at such meeting shall have the power to select any director present at the meeting to preside.
Section 4.4 President and Chief Executive Officer. The President and Chief Executive Officer shall be the general manager of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, and as such shall preside at all meetings of shareholders, shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, shall sign or countersign or authorize another officer to sign all certificates, contracts, and other instruments of the Corporation as authorized by the Board of Directors, shall make reports to the Board of Directors and shareholders, and
shall perform all such other duties as are incident to such office or are properly required by the Board of Directors. If the Board of Directors creates the office of Chief Executive Officer as a separate office from President, the President shall be the chief operating officer of the corporation and shall be subject to the general supervision, direction, and control of the Chief Executive Officer unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise.
Section 4.5 Secretary. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of stockholders and directors and all other notices required by law or by these Bylaws, and in case of his absence or refusal or neglect so to do, any such notice may be given by any person thereunto directed by the President or by the Board of Directors, upon whose request the meeting is called as provided in these Bylaws. He shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the Board of Directors, any committees thereof and the stockholders of the Corporation in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors, the President, or the Chairman of the Board (to the extent consistent with the Chairman's duty and authority to preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors). He shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and shall affix the same to all instruments requiring it, when authorized by the Board of Directors or the President, and attest to the same.
Section 4.6 Treasurer. The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation. The Treasurer shall deposit all moneys and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors or the President, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements. The Treasurer shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, whenever requested, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties in such amount and with such surety as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.
Section 4.7 Removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in their judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby. No elected officer shall have any contractual rights against the Corporation for compensation by virtue of such election beyond the date of the election of his successor, his death, his resignation or his removal, whichever event shall first occur, except as otherwise provided in an employment contract or an employee plan.
Section 4.8 Vacancies. A newly created office and a vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, or removal may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term at any meeting of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE V
STOCK CERTIFICATES AND TRANSFERS
Section 5.1 Stock Certificates and Transfers.
A. The interest of each stockholder of the Corporation shall be evidenced by certificates for shares of stock in such form as the appropriate officers of the Corporation may from time to time prescribe. The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in person or by his attorney, upon surrender for cancellation of certificates for the same number of shares, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and with such proof of the authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require.
B. The certificates of stock shall be signed, countersigned and registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit all or any of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
ARTICLE VI
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.1 Right to Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any person (an "Indemnitee") who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he, or a person for whom he is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys' fees) reasonably incurred by such Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify an Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) commenced by such Indemnitee only if the commencement of such proceeding (or part thereof) by the Indemnitee was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
Section 6.2 Prepayment of Expenses. The Corporation shall pay the expenses (including attorneys' fees) incurred by an Indemnitee in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, provided, however, that, to the extent required by law, such payment of
expenses in advance of the final disposition of the proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by the Indemnitee to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise.
Section 6.3 Claims. If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article VI is not paid in full within sixty days after a written claim therefor by the Indemnitee has been received by the Corporation, the Indemnitee may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
Section 6.4 Nonexclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any Indemnitee by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such Indemnitee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Section 6.5 Amendment or Repeal. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any Indemnitee in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
Section 6.6 Other Indemnification and Prepayment of Expenses. This Article VI shall not limit the right of the Corporation, to the extent and in the manner permitted by law, to indemnify and to advance expenses to persons other than Indemnitees when and as authorized by appropriate corporate action.
ARTICLE VII
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Section 7.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of April and end on the thirty-first day of March of each year.
Section 7.2 Dividends. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and its Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 7.3 Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed the name of the Corporation thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 7.4 Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Board of Directors need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 7.5 Audits. The accounts, books and records of the Corporation shall be audited upon the conclusion of each fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be made annually.
Section 7.6 Resignations. Any director or any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by serving written notice of such resignation on the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board, the President, or the Secretary or at such later date as is stated therein. No formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective.
Section 7.7 Contracts. Except as otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any contracts or other instruments may be executed and delivered in the name and on the behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may from time to time direct. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances as the Board may determine. The President or any Vice President may execute bonds, contracts, deeds, leases and other instruments to be made or executed for or on behalf of the Corporation. Subject to any restrictions imposed by the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President of the Corporation may delegate contractual powers to others under his jurisdiction, it being understood, however, that any such delegation of power shall not relieve such officer of responsibility with respect to the exercise of such delegated power.
Section 7.8 Proxies. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President may from time to time appoint any attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation or other entity, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock and other securities of such other corporation or other entity, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation or other entity, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
Section 7.9 Authority of Board Resolutions. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws, any power or duty of an officer set forth in these Bylaws may be eliminated or expanded, in whole or in part, by resolution of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof to which such power has been delegated by the Board of Directors, and any
powers and duties conferred by these Bylaws on the Company's officers are expressly subject to this provision.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
Section 8.1 Amendments. These Bylaws may be amended, altered, added to, rescinded or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the case of a meeting of the Board of Directors, in a notice given no less than twenty-four hours prior to the meeting; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bylaws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the stock required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required in order for stockholders to alter, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws or to adopt any additional bylaw.
CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY OF
SELECTICA, INC.
The undersigned, Stephen Bennion, hereby certifies that he is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and that the Amended and Restated Bylaws attached hereto constitute the Bylaws of said Corporation as duly adopted by the Directors on July 10, 2002.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 10 day of July, 2002.
/s/ Stephen Bennion ----------------------------------------- Stephen Bennion Secretary |
EXIBIT 10.3
SELECTICA, INC.
1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
(AS ADOPTED NOVEMBER 18, 1999)
Page ---- SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN................................................1 SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.........................................1 (a) Committee Composition..................................................1 (b) Committee Responsibilities.............................................1 SECTION 3. ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION.......................................1 (a) Offering Periods.......................................................1 (b) Accumulation Periods...................................................1 (c) Enrollment.............................................................1 (d) Duration of Participation..............................................1 (e) Applicable Offering Period.............................................2 SECTION 4. EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.............................................2 (a) Frequency of Payroll Deductions........................................2 (b) Amount of Payroll Deductions...........................................2 (c) Changing Withholding Rate..............................................2 (d) Discontinuing Payroll Deductions.......................................3 (e) Limit on Number of Elections...........................................3 SECTION 5. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN........................ ..................3 (a) Withdrawal.............................................................3 (b) Re-Enrollment After Withdrawal.........................................3 SECTION 6. CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS........................................3 (a) Termination of Employment..............................................3 (b) Leave of Absence.......................................................3 (c) Death..................................................................3 SECTION 7. PLAN ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE OF SHARES...............................4 (a) Plan Accounts..........................................................4 (b) Purchase Price.........................................................4 (c) Number of Shares Purchased.............................................4 (d) Available Shares Insufficient..........................................4 (e) Issuance of Stock......................................................4 (f) Unused Cash Balances...................................................5 (g) Stockholder Approval...................................................5 SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON STOCK OWNERSHIP.....................................5 (a) Five Percent Limit.....................................................5 (b) Dollar Limit...........................................................5 |
SECTION 9. RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE............................................6 SECTION 10. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE..........................................6 SECTION 11. NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER...................................... .6 SECTION 12. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.......................................6 SECTION 13. STOCK OFFERED UNDER THE PLAN......................................7 (a) Authorized Shares.....................................................7 (b) Anti-Dilution Adjustments.............................................7 (c) Reorganizations.......................................................7 SECTION 14. AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE.......................................7 SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.......................................................7 (a) Accumulation Period...................................................7 (b) Board.................................................................7 (c) Code 7 (d) Committee.............................................................7 (e) Company...............................................................8 (f) Compensation..........................................................8 (g) Corporate Reorganization..............................................8 (h) Eligible Employee.....................................................8 (i) Exchange Act..........................................................8 (j) Fair Market Value.....................................................8 (k) IPO 9 (l) Offering Period.......................................................9 (m) Participant...........................................................9 (n) Participating Company.................................................9 (o) Plan 9 (p) Plan Account..........................................................9 (q) Purchase Price........................................................9 (r) Stock.................................................................9 (s) Subsidiary............................................................9 |
SELECTICA, INC.
1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
SECTION 1. PURPOSE OF THE PLAN.
The Plan was adopted by the Board effective as of the date of the IPO. The purpose of the Plan is to provide Eligible Employees with an opportunity to increase their proprietary interest in the success of the Company by purchasing Stock from the Company on favorable terms and to pay for such purchases through payroll deductions. The Plan is intended to qualify under section 423 of the Code.
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN.
(a) COMMITTEE COMPOSITION. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist exclusively of one or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board.
(b) COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES. The Committee shall interpret the Plan and make all other policy decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules, guidelines and forms as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committee's determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.
SECTION 3. ENROLLMENT AND PARTICIPATION.
(a) OFFERING PERIODS. While the Plan is in effect, two overlapping Offering Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Offering Periods shall consist of the 24-month periods commencing on each May 1 and November 1, except that the first Offering Period shall commence on the date of the IPO and end on April 30, 2002.
(b) ACCUMULATION PERIODS. While the Plan is in effect, two Accumulation Periods shall commence in each calendar year. The Accumulation Periods shall consist of the six-month periods commencing on each May 1 and November 1, except that the first Accumulation Period shall commence on the date of the IPO and end on October 31, 2000.
(c) ENROLLMENT. Any individual who, on the day preceding the first day of an Offering Period, qualifies as an Eligible Employee may elect to become a Participant in the Plan for such Offering Period by executing the enrollment form prescribed for this purpose by the Committee. The enrollment form shall generally be filed with the Company at the prescribed location not later than 15 days prior to the commencement of such Offering Period.
(d) DURATION OF PARTICIPATION. Once enrolled in the Plan, a Participant shall continue to participate in the Plan until he or she ceases to be an Eligible Employee, withdraws from the Plan under Section 5(a) or reaches the end of the Accumulation Period in which his or her employee contributions were discontinued under Section 4(d) or 8(b). A Participant who
discontinued employee contributions under Section 4(d) or withdrew from the Plan
under Section 5(a) may again become a Participant, if he or she then is an
Eligible Employee, by following the procedure described in Subsection (c) above.
A Participant whose employee contributions were discontinued automatically under
Section 8(b) shall automatically resume participation at the beginning of the
earliest Accumulation Period ending in the next calendar year, if he or she then
is an Eligible Employee.
(e) APPLICABLE OFFERING PERIOD. For purposes of calculating the Purchase Price under Section 7(b), the applicable Offering Period shall be determined as follows:
(i) Once a Participant is enrolled in the Plan for an Offering Period, such Offering Period shall continue to apply to him or her until the earliest of (A) the end of such Offering Period, (B) the end of his or her participation under Subsection (d) above or (C) re-enrollment for a subsequent Offering Period under Paragraph (ii) or (iii) below.
(ii) In the event that the Fair Market Value of Stock on the last trading day before the commencement of the Offering Period for which the Participant is enrolled is higher than on the last trading day before the commencement of any subsequent Offering Period, the Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for such subsequent Offering Period.
(iii) Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, the Company (at its sole discretion) may determine prior to the commencement of any new Offering Period that all Participants shall be re-enrolled for such new Offering Period.
(iv) When a Participant reaches the end of an Offering Period but his or her participation is to continue, then such Participant shall automatically be re-enrolled for the Offering Period that commences immediately after the end of the prior Offering Period.
SECTION 4. EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS.
(a) FREQUENCY OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. A Participant may purchase shares of Stock under the Plan solely by means of payroll deductions. Payroll deductions, as designated by the Participant pursuant to Subsection (b) below, shall occur on each payday during participation in the Plan.
(b) AMOUNT OF PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. An Eligible Employee shall designate on the enrollment form the portion of his or her Compensation that he or she elects to have withheld for the purchase of Stock. Such portion shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee's Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%.
(c) CHANGING WITHHOLDING RATE. If a Participant wishes to change the rate of payroll withholding, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time. The new withholding rate shall be effective as soon as
reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company. The new withholding rate shall be a whole percentage of the Eligible Employee's Compensation, but not less than 1% nor more than 15%.
(d) DISCONTINUING PAYROLL DEDUCTIONS. If a Participant wishes to discontinue employee contributions entirely, he or she may do so by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time. Payroll withholding shall cease as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company. (In addition, employee contributions may be discontinued automatically pursuant to Section 8(b).) A Participant who has discontinued employee contributions may resume such contributions by filing a new enrollment form with the Company at the prescribed location. Payroll withholding shall resume as soon as reasonably practicable after such form has been received by the Company.
(e) LIMIT ON NUMBER OF ELECTIONS. No Participant shall make more than two elections under Subsection (c) or (d) above during any Accumulation Period.
SECTION 5. WITHDRAWAL FROM THE PLAN.
(a) WITHDRAWAL. A Participant may elect to withdraw from the Plan by filing the prescribed form with the Company at the prescribed location at any time before the last day of an Accumulation Period. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, payroll deductions shall cease and the entire amount credited to the Participant's Plan Account shall be refunded to him or her in cash, without interest. No partial withdrawals shall be permitted.
(b) RE-ENROLLMENT AFTER WITHDRAWAL. A former Participant who has withdrawn from the Plan shall not be a Participant until he or she re-enrolls in the Plan under Section 3(c). Re-enrollment may be effective only at the commencement of an Offering Period.
SECTION 6. CHANGE IN EMPLOYMENT STATUS.
(a) TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Termination of employment as an Eligible Employee for any reason, including death, shall be treated as an automatic withdrawal from the Plan under Section 5(a). (A transfer from one Participating Company to another shall not be treated as a termination of employment.)
(b) LEAVE OF ABSENCE. For purposes of the Plan, employment shall not be deemed to terminate when the Participant goes on a military leave, a sick leave or another bona fide leave of absence, if the leave was approved by the Company in writing. Employment, however, shall be deemed to terminate 90 days after the Participant goes on a leave, unless a contract or statute guarantees his or her right to return to work. Employment shall be deemed to terminate in any event when the approved leave ends, unless the Participant immediately returns to work.
(c) DEATH. In the event of the Participant's death, the amount credited to his or her Plan Account shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by him or her for this purpose on the prescribed form or, if none, to the Participant's estate. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participant's death.
SECTION 7. PLAN ACCOUNTS AND PURCHASE OF SHARES.
(a) PLAN ACCOUNTS. The Company shall maintain a Plan Account on its books in the name of each Participant. Whenever an amount is deducted from the Participant's Compensation under the Plan, such amount shall be credited to the Participant's Plan Account. Amounts credited to Plan Accounts shall not be trust funds and may be commingled with the Company's general assets and applied to general corporate purposes. No interest shall be credited to Plan Accounts.
(b) PURCHASE PRICE. The Purchase Price for each share of Stock purchased at the close of an Accumulation Period shall be the lower of:
(i) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last trading day in such Accumulation Period; or
(ii) 85% of the Fair Market Value of such share on the last trading day
before the commencement of the applicable Offering Period (as determined under
Section 3(e)) or, in the case of the first Offering Period under the Plan, 85%
of the price at which one share of Stock is offered to the public in the IPO.
(c) NUMBER OF SHARES PURCHASED. As of the last day of each Accumulation
Period, each Participant shall be deemed to have elected to purchase the number
of shares of Stock calculated in accordance with this Subsection (c), unless the
Participant has previously elected to withdraw from the Plan in accordance with
Section 5(a). The amount then in the Participant's Plan Account shall be divided
by the Purchase Price, and the number of shares that results shall be purchased
from the Company with the funds in the Participant's Plan Account. The foregoing
notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase more than 750 shares of Stock
with respect to any Accumulation Period nor more than the amounts of Stock set
forth in Sections 8(b) and 13(a). The Committee may determine with respect to
all Participants that any fractional share, as calculated under this Subsection
(c), shall be (i) rounded down to the next lower whole share or (ii) credited as
a fractional share.
(d) AVAILABLE SHARES INSUFFICIENT. In the event that the aggregate number of shares that all Participants elect to purchase during an Accumulation Period exceeds the maximum number of shares remaining available for issuance under Section 13(a), then the number of shares to which each Participant is entitled shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares available for issuance by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares that such Participant has elected to purchase and the denominator of which is the number of shares that all Participants have elected to purchase.
(e) ISSUANCE OF STOCK. Certificates representing the shares of Stock purchased by a Participant under the Plan shall be issued to him or her as soon as reasonably practicable after the close of the applicable Accumulation Period, except that the Committee may determine that such shares shall be held for each Participant's benefit by a broker designated by the Committee (unless the Participant has elected that certificates be issued to him or her). Shares may be registered in the name of the Participant or jointly in the name of the Participant and his or her spouse as joint tenants with right of survivorship or as community property.
(f) UNUSED CASH BALANCES. An amount remaining in the Participant's Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for any fractional share shall be carried over in the Participant's Plan Account to the next Accumulation Period. Any amount remaining in the Participant's Plan Account that represents the Purchase Price for whole shares that could not be purchased by reason of Subsection (c) above, Section 8(b) or Section 13(a) shall be refunded to the Participant in cash, without interest.
(g) STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no shares of Stock shall be purchased under the Plan unless and until the Company's stockholders have approved the adoption of the Plan.
SECTION 8. LIMITATIONS ON STOCK OWNERSHIP.
(a) FIVE PERCENT LIMIT. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall be granted a right to purchase Stock under the Plan if such Participant, immediately after his or her election to purchase such Stock, would own stock pos sessing more than 5% of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company. For purposes of this Subsection (a), the following rules shall apply:
(i) Ownership of stock shall be determined after applying the attribution rules of section 424(d) of the Code;
(ii) Each Participant shall be deemed to own any stock that he or she has a right or option to purchase under this or any other plan; and
(iii) Each Participant shall be deemed to have the right to purchase 750 shares of Stock under this Plan with respect to each Accumulation Period.
(b) DOLLAR LIMIT. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, no Participant shall purchase Stock with a Fair Market Value in excess of the following limit:
(i) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the current calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $25,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased in the current calendar year (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company).
(ii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the immediately preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $50,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the immediately preceding calendar year.
(iii) In the case of Stock purchased during an Offering Period that commenced in the second preceding calendar year, the limit shall be equal to (A) $75,000 minus (B) the Fair Market Value of the Stock that the Participant previously purchased (under this Plan and all other employee stock purchase plans of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary of the Company) in the current calendar year and in the two preceding calendar years.
For purposes of this Subsection (b), the Fair Market Value of Stock shall be determined in each case as of the beginning of the Offering Period in which such Stock is purchased. Employee stock purchase plans not described in section 423 of the Code shall be disregarded. If a Participant is precluded by this Subsection (b) from purchasing additional Stock under the Plan, then his or her employee contributions shall automatically be discontinued and shall resume at the beginning of the earliest Accumulation Period ending in the next calendar year (if he or she then is an Eligible Employee).
SECTION 9. RIGHTS NOT TRANSFERABLE.
The rights of any Participant under the Plan, or any Participant's interest in any Stock or moneys to which he or she may be entitled under the Plan, shall not be transferable by voluntary or involuntary assignment or by operation of law, or in any other manner other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution. If a Participant in any manner attempts to transfer, assign or otherwise encumber his or her rights or interest under the Plan, other than by beneficiary designation or the laws of descent and distribution, then such act shall be treated as an election by the Participant to withdraw from the Plan under Section 5(a).
SECTION 10. NO RIGHTS AS AN EMPLOYEE.
Nothing in the Plan or in any right granted under the Plan shall confer upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ of a Participating Company for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Participating Companies or of the Participant, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her employment at any time and for any reason, with or without cause.
SECTION 11. NO RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.
A Participant shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Stock that he or she may have a right to purchase under the Plan until such shares have been purchased on the last day of the applicable Accumulation Period.
SECTION 12. SECURITIES LAW REQUIREMENTS.
Shares of Stock shall not be issued under the Plan unless the issuance and delivery of such shares comply with (or are exempt from) all applicable requirements of law, including (without limitation) the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, state securities laws and regulations, and the regulations of any stock exchange or other securities market on which the Company's securities may then be traded.
SECTION 13. STOCK OFFERED UNDER THE PLAN.
(a) AUTHORIZED SHARES. The number of shares of Stock available for purchase under the Plan shall be 1,000,000 (subject to adjustment pursuant to this Section 13). On May 1 of each year, commencing with May 1, 2001, the aggregate number of shares of Stock available for purchase during the life of the Plan shall automatically be increased by a number equal to the lesser of (a) 2% of the number of shares of Stock then outstanding or (b) 1,000,000 shares (subject to adjustment pursuant to this Section 13).
(b) ANTI-DILUTION ADJUSTMENTS. The aggregate number of shares of Stock offered under the Plan, the 750-share limitation described in Section 7(c) and the price of shares that any Participant has elected to purchase shall be adjusted proportionately by the Committee for any increase or decrease in the number of outstanding shares of Stock resulting from a subdivision or consolidation of shares or the payment of a stock dividend, any other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt or payment of consideration by the Company, the distribution of the shares of a Subsidiary to the Company's stockholders or a similar event.
(c) REORGANIZATIONS. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, immediately prior to the effective time of a Corporate Reorganization, the Offering Period and Accumulation Period then in progress shall terminate and shares shall be purchased pursuant to Section 7, unless the Plan is continued or assumed by the surviving corporation or its parent corporation. The Plan shall in no event be construed to restrict in any way the Company's right to undertake a dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation or other reorganization.
SECTION 14. AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE.
The Board shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and without notice. Except as provided in Section 13, any increase in the aggregate number of shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company. In addition, any other amendment of the Plan shall be subject to approval by a vote of the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by an applicable law or regulation. The Plan shall terminate automatically 20 years after its adoption by the Board, unless (a) the Plan is extended by the Board and (b) the extension is approved within 12 months by a vote of the stockholders of the Company.
SECTION 15. DEFINITIONS.
(a) "ACCUMULATION PERIOD" means a six-month period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 3(b).
(b) "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted from time to time.
(c) "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board, as described in Section 2.
(e) "COMPANY" means Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(f) "COMPENSATION" means (i) the total compensation paid in cash to a Participant by a Participating Company, including salaries, wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, overtime pay and shift premiums, plus (ii) any pre-tax contributions made by the Participant under section 401(k) or 125 of the Code. "Compensation" shall exclude all non-cash items, moving or relocation allowances, cost-of-living equalization payments, car allowances, tuition reimbursements, imputed income attributable to cars or life insurance, severance pay, fringe benefits, contributions or benefits received under employee benefit plans, income attributable to the exercise of stock options, and similar items. The Committee shall determine whether a particular item is included in Compensation.
(g) "CORPORATE REORGANIZATION" means:
(i) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization; or
(ii) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets or the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
(h) "ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE" means any employee of a Participating Company whose customary employment is for more than five months per calendar year and for more than 20 hours per week. The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be considered an Eligible Employee if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country which has jurisdiction over him or her or if he or she is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for participation in the Plan.
(i) "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(j) "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the market price of Stock, determined by the Committee as follows:
(i) If the Stock was traded on The Nasdaq National Market on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the last-transaction price quoted for such date by The Nasdaq National Market;
(ii) If the Stock was traded on a stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite transactions report for such date; or
(iii) If none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate.
Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported in The Wall Street Journal or as reported directly to the Company by Nasdaq or a stock exchange. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
(k) "IPO" means the initial offering of Stock to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
(l) "OFFERING PERIOD" means a 24-month period with respect to which the right to purchase Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 3(a).
(m) "PARTICIPANT" means an Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the Plan, as provided in Section 3(c).
(n) "PARTICIPATING COMPANY" means (i) the Company and (ii) each present or future Subsidiary designated by the Committee as a Participating Company.
(o) "PLAN" means this Selectica, Inc. 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.
(p) "PLAN ACCOUNT" means the account established for each Participant pursuant to Section 7(a).
(q) "PURCHASE PRICE" means the price at which Participants may purchase Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 7(b).
(r) "STOCK" means the common stock of the Company.
(s) "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
EXHIBIT 10.4
SELECTICA, INC.
1999 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
ADOPTED NOVEMBER 18, 1999
AMENDED AND RESTATED DECEMBER 11, 2002
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page ARTICLE 1. INTRODUCTION......................................................................................... 1 ARTICLE 2. ADMINISTRATION....................................................................................... 1 2.1 Committee Composition.................................................................................. 1 2.2 Committee Responsibilities............................................................................. 1 2.3 Committee for Non-Officer Grants....................................................................... 1 ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.......................................................................... 2 3.1 Basic Limitation....................................................................................... 2 3.2 Annual Increase in Shares.............................................................................. 2 3.3 Additional Shares...................................................................................... 2 3.4 Dividend Equivalents................................................................................... 2 ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY.......................................................................................... 2 4.1 Incentive Stock Options................................................................................ 2 4.2 Other Grants........................................................................................... 3 ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS.............................................................................................. 3 5.1 Stock Option Agreement................................................................................. 3 5.2 Number of Shares....................................................................................... 3 5.3 Exercise Price......................................................................................... 3 5.4 Exercisability and Term................................................................................ 3 5.5 Modification or Assumption of Options.................................................................. 3 5.6 Buyout Provisions...................................................................................... 4 ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES............................................................................ 4 6.1 General Rule........................................................................................... 4 6.2 Surrender of Stock..................................................................................... 4 6.3 Exercise/Sale.......................................................................................... 4 6.4 Exercise/Pledge........................................................................................ 4 6.5 Promissory Note........................................................................................ 4 6.6 Other Forms of Payment................................................................................. 5 ARTICLE 7. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS......................................................... 5 7.1 Initial Grants......................................................................................... 5 7.2 Annual Grants.......................................................................................... 5 7.3 Accelerated Exercisability............................................................................. 5 7.4 Exercise Price......................................................................................... 5 7.5 Term................................................................................................... 5 7.6 Affiliates of Outside Directors........................................................................ 5 |
ARTICLE 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS............................................................................ 6 8.1 SAR Agreement.......................................................................................... 6 8.2 Number of Shares....................................................................................... 6 8.3 Exercise Price......................................................................................... 6 8.4 Exercisability and Term................................................................................ 6 8.5 Exercise of SARs....................................................................................... 6 8.6 Modification or Assumption of SARs..................................................................... 7 ARTICLE 9. RESTRICTED SHARES.................................................................................... 7 9.1 Restricted Stock Agreement............................................................................. 7 9.2 Payment for Awards..................................................................................... 7 9.3 Vesting Conditions..................................................................................... 7 9.4 Voting and Dividend Rights............................................................................. 7 ARTICLE 10. STOCK UNITS......................................................................................... 7 10.1 Stock Unit Agreement................................................................................. 7 10.2 Payment for Awards................................................................................... 8 10.3 Vesting Conditions................................................................................... 8 10.4 Voting and Dividend Rights........................................................................... 8 10.5 Form and Time of Settlement of Stock Units........................................................... 8 10.6 Death of Recipient................................................................................... 8 10.7 Creditors' Rights.................................................................................... 8 ARTICLE 11. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION......................................................................... 9 11.1 Adjustments.......................................................................................... 9 11.2 Dissolution or Liquidation........................................................................... 9 11.3 Reorganizations...................................................................................... 9 ARTICLE 12. CHANGE IN CONTROL................................................................................... 10 ARTICLE 13. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.................................................................................. 10 ARTICLE 14. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS............................................................................ 11 ARTICLE 15. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES............................................................ 11 15.1 Effective Date....................................................................................... 11 15.2 Elections to Receive NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units.......................................... 11 15.3 Number and Terms of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units........................................... 11 ARTICLE 16. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS................................................................................ 11 16.1 Retention Rights..................................................................................... 11 16.2 Stockholders' Rights................................................................................. 11 16.3 Regulatory Requirements.............................................................................. 12 ARTICLE 17. WITHHOLDING TAXES................................................................................... 12 17.1 General.............................................................................................. 12 17.2 Share Withholding.................................................................................... 12 |
ARTICLE 18. FUTURE OF THE PLAN.................................................................................. 12 18.1 Term of the Plan..................................................................................... 12 18.2 Amendment or Termination............................................................................. 12 ARTICLE 19. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS.............................................................................. 12 19.1 Scope of Limitation.................................................................................. 12 19.2 Basic Rule........................................................................................... 13 19.3 Reduction of Payments................................................................................ 13 19.4 Overpayments and Underpayments....................................................................... 13 19.5 Related Corporations................................................................................. 14 ARTICLE 20. DEFINITIONS......................................................................................... 14 |
SELECTICA, INC.
1999 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
ARTICLE 1.INTRODUCTION.
The Board adopted the Plan on November 18, 1999, effective as of March 9, 2000 (the date of the Company's initial public offering). The Board amended and restated the Plan on December 11, 2002. The purpose of the Plan is to promote the long-term success of the Company and the creation of stockholder value by (a) encouraging Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants to focus on critical long-range objectives, (b) encouraging the attraction and retention of Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants with exceptional qualifications and (c) linking Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants directly to stockholder interests through increased stock ownership. The Plan seeks to achieve this purpose by providing for Awards in the form of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Options (which may constitute incentive stock options or nonstatutory stock options) or stock appreciation rights.
The Plan shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware (except their choice-of-law provisions).
ARTICLE 2.ADMINISTRATION.
2.1 COMMITTEE COMPOSITION. The Committee shall administer the Plan. The Committee shall consist exclusively of two or more directors of the Company, who shall be appointed by the Board. In addition, the composition of the Committee shall satisfy:
(a) Such requirements as the Securities and Exchange Commission may establish for administrators acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act; and
(b) Such requirements as the Internal Revenue Service may establish for outside directors acting under plans intended to qualify for exemption under section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.
2.2 COMMITTEE RESPONSIBILITIES. The Committee shall (a) select the Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants who are to receive Awards under the Plan, (b) determine the type, number, vesting requirements and other features and conditions of such Awards, (c) interpret the Plan and (d) make all other decisions relating to the operation of the Plan. The Committee may adopt such rules or guidelines as it deems appropriate to implement the Plan. The Committee's determinations under the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons.
2.3 COMMITTEE FOR NON-OFFICER GRANTS. The Board may also appoint a secondary committee of the Board, which shall be composed of one or more directors of the
Company who need not satisfy the requirements of Section 2.1. Such secondary committee may administer the Plan with respect to Employees and Consultants who are not considered officers or directors of the Company under section 16 of the Exchange Act, may grant Awards under the Plan to such Employees and Consultants and may determine all features and conditions of such Awards. Within the limitations of this Section 2.3, any reference in the Plan to the Committee shall include such secondary committee.
ARTICLE 3. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS.
3.1 BASIC LIMITATION. Common Shares issued pursuant to
the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. The aggregate
number of Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Shares awarded under the
Plan shall not exceed (a) 2,200,000 plus (b) the additional Common Shares
described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3. The limitations of this Section 3.1 and
Section 3.2 shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 11.
3.2 ANNUAL INCREASE IN SHARES. As of January 1 of each year, commencing with the year 2001, the aggregate number of Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Shares that may be awarded under the Plan shall automatically increase by a number equal to the lowest of (a) 5% of the total number of Common Shares then outstanding, (b) 1,800,000 Common Shares or (c) the number determined by the Board.
3.3 ADDITIONAL SHARES. If Restricted Shares or Common Shares issued upon the exercise of Options are forfeited, then such Common Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Stock Units, Options or SARs are forfeited or terminate for any other reason before being exercised, then the corresponding Common Shares shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If Stock Units are settled, then only the number of Common Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such Stock Units shall reduce the number available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. If SARs are exercised, then only the number of Common Shares (if any) actually issued in settlement of such SARs shall reduce the number available under Section 3.1 and the balance shall again become available for Awards under the Plan. The foregoing notwithstanding, the aggregate number of Common Shares that may be issued under the Plan upon the exercise of ISOs shall not be increased when Restricted Shares or other Common Shares are forfeited.
3.4 DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. Any dividend equivalents paid or credited under the Plan shall not be applied against the number of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, Options or SARs available for Awards, whether or not such dividend equivalents are converted into Stock Units.
ARTICLE 4. ELIGIBILITY.
4.1 INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. Only Employees who are common-law employees of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary shall be eligible for the grant of ISOs. In addition, an Employee who owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding stock of the Company or any of its Parents or Subsidiaries shall not be
eligible for the grant of an ISO unless the requirements set forth in section 422(c)(6) of the Code are satisfied.
4.2 OTHER GRANTS. Only Employees, Outside Directors and Consultants shall be eligible for the grant of Restricted Shares, Stock Units, NSOs or SARs.
ARTICLE 5. OPTIONS.
5.1 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT. Each grant of an Option under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Option Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such Option shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The Stock Option Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an ISO or an NSO. The provisions of the various Stock Option Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Options may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee's other compensation. A Stock Option Agreement may provide that a new Option will be granted automatically to the Optionee when he or she exercises a prior Option and pays the Exercise Price in the form described in Section 6.2.
5.2 NUMBER OF SHARES. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the number of Common Shares subject to the Option and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Article 11. Options granted to any Optionee in a single fiscal year of the Company shall not cover more than 330,000 Common Shares, except that Options granted to a new Employee in the fiscal year of the Company in which his or her Service as an Employee first commences shall not cover more than 660,000 Common Shares. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 11.
5.3 EXERCISE PRICE. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price; provided that the Exercise Price under an ISO shall in no event be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant and the Exercise Price under an NSO shall in no event be less than 85% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant. In the case of an NSO, a Stock Option Agreement may specify an Exercise Price that varies in accordance with a predetermined formula while the NSO is outstanding.
5.4 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM. Each Stock Option Agreement shall specify the date or event when all or any installment of the Option is to become exercisable. The Stock Option Agreement shall also specify the term of the Option; provided that the term of an ISO shall in no event exceed 10 years from the date of grant. A Stock Option Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee's Service. Options may be awarded in combination with SARs, and such an Award may provide that the Options will not be exercisable unless the related SARs are forfeited.
5.5 MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF OPTIONS. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding options or may accept the cancellation of outstanding options (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new options for the same or a different number of shares and at the same
or a different exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an Option shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such Option.
5.6 BUYOUT PROVISIONS. The Committee may at any time (a) offer to buy out for a payment in cash or cash equivalents an Option previously granted or (b) authorize an Optionee to elect to cash out an Option previously granted, in either case at such time and based upon such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish.
ARTICLE 6. PAYMENT FOR OPTION SHARES.
6.1 GENERAL RULE. The entire Exercise Price of Common Shares issued upon exercise of Options shall be payable in cash or cash equivalents at the time when such Common Shares are purchased, except as follows:
(a) In the case of an ISO granted under the Plan, payment shall be made only pursuant to the express provisions of the applicable Stock Option Agreement. The Stock Option Agreement may specify that payment may be made in any form(s) described in this Article 6.
(b) In the case of an NSO, the Committee may at any time accept payment in any form(s) described in this Article 6.
6.2 SURRENDER OF STOCK. To the extent that this Section 6.2 is applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price may be paid by surrendering, or attesting to the ownership of, Common Shares that are already owned by the Optionee. Such Common Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when the new Common Shares are purchased under the Plan. The Optionee shall not surrender, or attest to the ownership of, Common Shares in payment of the Exercise Price if such action would cause the Company to recognize compensation expense (or additional compensation expense) with respect to the Option for financial reporting purposes.
6.3 EXERCISE/SALE. To the extent that this Section 6.3 is applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to a securities broker approved by the Company to sell all or part of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company.
6.4 EXERCISE/PLEDGE. To the extent that this Section 6.4 is applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) an irrevocable direction to pledge all or part of the Common Shares being purchased under the Plan to a securities broker or lender approved by the Company, as security for a loan, and to deliver all or part of the loan proceeds to the Company.
6.5 PROMISSORY NOTE. To the extent that this Section 6.5 is applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any withholding taxes may be paid by delivering (on a form prescribed by the Company) a full-recourse promissory note. However, the par value of the
Common Shares being purchased under the Plan, if newly issued, shall be paid in cash or cash equivalents.
6.6 OTHER FORMS OF PAYMENT. To the extent that this
Section 6.6 is applicable, all or any part of the Exercise Price and any
withholding taxes may be paid in any other form that is consistent with
applicable laws, regulations and rules.
ARTICLE 7. AUTOMATIC OPTION GRANTS TO OUTSIDE DIRECTORS.
7.1 INITIAL GRANTS. Each Outside Director who first becomes a member of the Board after December 11, 2002, shall receive a one-time grant of an NSO covering 50,000 Common Shares (subject to adjustment under Article 11). Such NSO shall be granted on the date when such Outside Director first joins the Board. Such NSO shall become exercisable with respect to 12,500 Common Shares when the outside Director completes 12 months of continuous Service after the date of grant and with respect to an additional 1,041.667 Common Shares when the Outside Director completes each of the next 36 months of continuous Service. An Outside Director who previously was an Employee shall not receive a grant under this Section 7.1.
7.2 ANNUAL GRANTS. Upon the conclusion of each regular
annual meeting of the Company's stockholders held in the year 2003 or
thereafter, each Outside Director who will continue serving as a member of the
Board thereafter shall receive an NSO covering 12,500 Common Shares (subject to
adjustment under Article 11), except that such NSO shall not be granted in the
calendar year in which the same Outside Director received the NSO described in
Section 7.1. NSOs granted under this Section 7.2 shall become exercisable in
full on the first anniversary of the date of grant. An Outside Director who
previously was an Employee shall be eligible to receive grants under this
Section 7.2.
7.3 ACCELERATED EXERCISABILITY. All NSOs granted to a Outside Director under this Article 7 shall also become exercisable in full in the event that:
(a) Such Outside Director's Service terminates because of death, total and permanent disability or retirement at or after age 65; or
(b) The Company is subject to a Change in Control before such Outside Director's Service terminates.
Acceleration of exercisability may also be required by Section 11.3.
7.4 EXERCISE PRICE. The Exercise Price under all NSOs granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7 shall be equal to 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Common Share on the date of grant, payable in one of the forms described in Sections 6.1, 6.2 and 6.3.
7.5 TERM. All NSOs granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7 shall terminate on the earliest of (a) the 10th anniversary of the date of grant, (b) the date 12 months after the termination of such Outside Director's Service for any reason.
7.6 AFFILIATES OF OUTSIDE DIRECTORS. The Committee may provide that the NSOs that otherwise would be granted to an Outside Director under this Article 7 shall instead
be granted to an affiliate of such Outside Director. Such affiliate shall then be deemed to be an Outside Director for purposes of the Plan, provided that the Service-related vesting and termination provisions pertaining to the NSOs shall be applied with regard to the Service of the Outside Director.
ARTICLE 8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.
8.1 SAR AGREEMENT. Each grant of an SAR under the Plan shall be evidenced by an SAR Agreement between the Optionee and the Company. Such SAR shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various SAR Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. SARs may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the Optionee's other compensation.
8.2 NUMBER OF SHARES. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the number of Common Shares to which the SAR pertains and shall provide for the adjustment of such number in accordance with Article 11. SARs granted to any Optionee in a single fiscal year shall in no event pertain to more than 330,000 Common Shares, except that SARs granted to a new Employee in the fiscal year of the Company in which his or her Service as an Employee first commences shall not pertain to more than 660,000 Common Shares. The limitations set forth in the preceding sentence shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 11.
8.3 EXERCISE PRICE. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the Exercise Price. An SAR Agreement may specify an Exercise Price that varies in accordance with a predetermined formula while the SAR is outstanding.
8.4 EXERCISABILITY AND TERM. Each SAR Agreement shall specify the date when all or any installment of the SAR is to become exercisable. The SAR Agreement shall also specify the term of the SAR. An SAR Agreement may provide for accelerated exercisability in the event of the Optionee's death, disability or retirement or other events and may provide for expiration prior to the end of its term in the event of the termination of the Optionee's Service. SARs may be awarded in combination with Options, and such an Award may provide that the SARs will not be exercisable unless the related Options are forfeited. An SAR may be included in an ISO only at the time of grant but may be included in an NSO at the time of grant or thereafter. An SAR granted under the Plan may provide that it will be exercisable only in the event of a Change in Control.
8.5 EXERCISE OF SARs. Upon exercise of an SAR, the Optionee (or any person having the right to exercise the SAR after his or her death) shall receive from the Company (a) Common Shares, (b) cash or (c) a combination of Common Shares and cash, as the Committee shall determine. The amount of cash and/or the Fair Market Value of Common Shares received upon exercise of SARs shall, in the aggregate, be equal to the amount by which the Fair Market Value (on the date of surrender) of the Common Shares subject to the SARs exceeds the Exercise Price. If, on the date when an SAR expires, the Exercise Price under such SAR is less than the Fair Market Value on such date but any portion of such SAR has not been exercised or surrendered, then such SAR shall automatically be deemed to be exercised as of such date with respect to such portion.
8.6 MODIFICATION OR ASSUMPTION OF SARs. Within the limitations of the Plan, the Committee may modify, extend or assume outstanding SARs or may accept the cancellation of outstanding SARs (whether granted by the Company or by another issuer) in return for the grant of new SARs for the same or a different number of shares and at the same or a different exercise price. The foregoing notwithstanding, no modification of an SAR shall, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair his or her rights or obligations under such SAR.
ARTICLE 9. RESTRICTED SHARES.
9.1 RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT. Each grant of Restricted Shares under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Restricted Shares shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Restricted Stock Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical.
9.2 PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. Subject to the following sentence, Restricted Shares may be sold or awarded under the Plan for such consideration as the Committee may determine, including (without limitation) cash, cash equivalents, full-recourse promissory notes, past services and future services. To the extent that an Award consists of newly issued Restricted Shares, the consideration shall consist exclusively of cash, cash equivalents or past services rendered to the Company (or a Parent or Subsidiary) or, for the amount in excess of the par value of such newly issued Restricted Shares, full-recourse promissory notes, as the Committee may determine.
9.3 VESTING CONDITIONS. Each Award of Restricted Shares may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Restricted Stock Agreement. A Restricted Stock Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, disability or retirement or other events.
9.4 VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS. The holders of Restricted Shares awarded under the Plan shall have the same voting, dividend and other rights as the Company's other stockholders. A Restricted Stock Agreement, however, may require that the holders of Restricted Shares invest any cash dividends received in additional Restricted Shares. Such additional Restricted Shares shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Award with respect to which the dividends were paid.
ARTICLE 10. STOCK UNITS.
10.1 STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT. Each grant of Stock Units under the Plan shall be evidenced by a Stock Unit Agreement between the recipient and the Company. Such Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable terms of the Plan and may be subject to any other terms that are not inconsistent with the Plan. The provisions of the various Stock Unit Agreements entered into under the Plan need not be identical. Stock Units may be granted in consideration of a reduction in the recipient's other compensation.
10.2 PAYMENT FOR AWARDS. To the extent that an Award is granted in the form of Stock Units, no cash consideration shall be required of the Award recipients.
10.3 VESTING CONDITIONS. Each Award of Stock Units may or may not be subject to vesting. Vesting shall occur, in full or in installments, upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the Stock Unit Agreement. A Stock Unit Agreement may provide for accelerated vesting in the event of the Participant's death, disability or retirement or other events.
10.4 VOTING AND DIVIDEND RIGHTS. The holders of Stock Units shall have no voting rights. Prior to settlement or forfeiture, any Stock Unit awarded under the Plan may, at the Committee's discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents. Such right entitles the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Common Share while the Stock Unit is outstanding. Dividend equivalents may be converted into additional Stock Units. Settlement of dividend equivalents may be made in the form of cash, in the form of Common Shares, or in a combination of both. Prior to distribution, any dividend equivalents that are not paid shall be subject to the same conditions and restrictions as the Stock Units to which they attach.
10.5 FORM AND TIME OF SETTLEMENT OF STOCK UNITS. Settlement of vested Stock Units may be made in the form of (a) cash, (b) Common Shares or (c) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee. The actual number of Stock Units eligible for settlement may be larger or smaller than the number included in the original Award, based on predetermined performance factors. Methods of converting Stock Units into cash may include (without limitation) a method based on the average Fair Market Value of Common Shares over a series of trading days. Vested Stock Units may be settled in a lump sum or in installments. The distribution may occur or commence when all vesting conditions applicable to the Stock Units have been satisfied or have lapsed, or it may be deferred to any later date. The amount of a deferred distribution may be increased by an interest factor or by dividend equivalents. Until an Award of Stock Units is settled, the number of such Stock Units shall be subject to adjustment pursuant to Article 11.
10.6 DEATH OF RECIPIENT. Any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient's death shall be distributed to the recipient's beneficiary or beneficiaries. Each recipient of a Stock Units Award under the Plan shall designate one or more beneficiaries for this purpose by filing the prescribed form with the Company. A beneficiary designation may be changed by filing the prescribed form with the Company at any time before the Award recipient's death. If no beneficiary was designated or if no designated beneficiary survives the Award recipient, then any Stock Units Award that becomes payable after the recipient's death shall be distributed to the recipient's estate.
10.7 CREDITORS' RIGHTS. A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Stock Unit Agreement.
ARTICLE 11. PROTECTION AGAINST DILUTION.
11.1 ADJUSTMENTS. In the event of a subdivision of the outstanding Common Shares, a declaration of a dividend payable in Common Shares or a combination or consolidation of the outstanding Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise) into a lesser number of Common Shares, corresponding adjustments shall automatically be made in each of the following:
(a) The number of Options, SARs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units available for future Awards under Article 3;
(b) The limitations set forth in Sections 5.2 and 8.2;
(c) The number of NSOs to be granted to Outside Directors under Article 7;
(d) The number of Common Shares covered by each outstanding Option and SAR;
(e) The Exercise Price under each outstanding Option and SAR; or
(f) The number of Stock Units included in any prior Award that has not yet been settled.
In the event of a declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than Common Shares in an amount that has a material effect on the price of Common Shares, a recapitalization, a spin-off or a similar occurrence, the Committee shall make such adjustments as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate in one or more of the foregoing. Except as provided in this Article 11, a Participant shall have no rights by reason of any issuance by the Company of stock of any class or securities convertible into stock of any class, any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any stock dividend or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class.
11.2 DISSOLUTION OR LIQUIDATION. To the extent not previously exercised or settled, Options, SARs and Stock Units shall terminate immediately prior to the dissolution or liquidation of the Company.
11.3 REORGANIZATIONS. In the event that the Company is a
party to a merger or other reorganization, outstanding Awards shall be subject
to the agreement of merger or reorganization. Such agreement shall provide for
(a) the continuation of the outstanding Awards by the Company, if the Company is
a surviving corporation, (b) the assumption of the outstanding Awards by the
surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary, (c) the substitution by the
surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of its own awards for the
outstanding Awards, (d) full exercisability or vesting and accelerated
expiration of the outstanding Awards or (e) settlement of the full value of the
outstanding Awards in cash or cash equivalents followed by cancellation of such
Awards.
ARTICLE 12. CHANGE IN CONTROL.
Unless the applicable agreement evidencing the Award provides otherwise, in the event of any Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding Award shall automatically accelerate so that each such Award shall, immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, become fully exercisable for all of the Common Shares at the time subject to such Award and may be exercised for any or all of those shares as fully vested Common Shares. However, the vesting and exercisability of an outstanding Award shall not so accelerate if and to the extent such Award, in connection with the Change in Control, remains outstanding, or is assumed by the surviving corporation (or parent or subsidiary thereof) or substituted with an award with substantially the same terms by the surviving corporation (or parent or subsidiary thereof). The determination of whether a substituted award has substantially the same terms as an Award shall be made by the Committee, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
Unless the applicable agreement evidencing the Award provides otherwise, in the event of any Change in Control and in the event that a recipient of an Award experiences an Involuntary Termination within 12 months following such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of each outstanding Award held by such recipient shall automatically accelerate, as if the recipient of the Award provided another 12 months of service following such Involuntary Termination.
ARTICLE 13. DEFERRAL OF AWARDS.
The Committee (in its sole discretion) may permit or require a Participant to:
(a) Have cash that otherwise would be paid to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an SAR or the settlement of Stock Units credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company's books;
(b) Have Common Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR converted into an equal number of Stock Units; or
(c) Have Common Shares that otherwise would be delivered to such Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or SAR or the settlement of Stock Units converted into amounts credited to a deferred compensation account established for such Participant by the Committee as an entry on the Company's books. Such amounts shall be determined by reference to the Fair Market Value of such Common Shares as of the date when they otherwise would have been delivered to such Participant.
A deferred compensation account established under this Article 13 may be credited with interest or other forms of investment return, as determined by the Committee. A Participant for whom such an account is established shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company. Such an account shall represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable agreement between
such Participant and the Company. If the deferral or conversion of Awards is permitted or required, the Committee (in its sole discretion) may establish rules, procedures and forms pertaining to such Awards, including (without limitation) the settlement of deferred compensation accounts established under this Article 13.
ARTICLE 14. AWARDS UNDER OTHER PLANS.
The Company may grant awards under other plans or programs. Such awards may be settled in the form of Common Shares issued under this Plan. Such Common Shares shall be treated for all purposes under the Plan like Common Shares issued in settlement of Stock Units and shall, when issued, reduce the number of Common Shares available under Article 3.
ARTICLE 15. PAYMENT OF DIRECTOR'S FEES IN SECURITIES.
15.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. No provision of this Article 15 shall be effective unless and until the Board has determined to implement such provision.
15.2 ELECTIONS TO RECEIVE NSOs, RESTRICTED SHARES OR STOCK UNITS. An Outside Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash, NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Board. Such NSOs, Restricted Shares and Stock Units shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Article 15 shall be filed with the Company on the prescribed form.
15.3 NUMBER AND TERMS OF NSOs, RESTRICTED SHARES OR STOCK UNITS. The number of NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units to be granted to Outside Directors in lieu of annual retainers and meeting fees that would otherwise be paid in cash shall be calculated in a manner determined by the Board. The Board shall also determine the terms of such NSOs, Restricted Shares or Stock Units.
ARTICLE 16. LIMITATION ON RIGHTS.
16.1 RETENTION RIGHTS. Neither the Plan nor any Award granted under the Plan shall be deemed to give any individual a right to remain an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. The Company and its Parents, Subsidiaries and Affiliates reserve the right to terminate the Service of any Employee, Outside Director or Consultant at any time, with or without cause, subject to applicable laws, the Company's certificate of incorporation and by-laws and a written employment agreement (if any).
16.2 STOCKHOLDERS' RIGHTS. A Participant shall have no dividend rights, voting rights or other rights as a stockholder with respect to any Common Shares covered by his or her Award prior to the time when a stock certificate for such Common Shares is issued or, if applicable, the time when he or she becomes entitled to receive such Common Shares by filing any required notice of exercise and paying any required Exercise Price. No adjustment shall be made for cash dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to such time, except as expressly provided in the Plan.
16.3 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS. Any other provision of the Plan notwithstanding, the obligation of the Company to issue Common Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations and such approval by any regulatory body as may be required. The Company reserves the right to restrict, in whole or in part, the delivery of Common Shares pursuant to any Award prior to the satisfaction of all legal requirements relating to the issuance of such Common Shares, to their registration, qualification or listing or to an exemption from registration, qualification or listing.
ARTICLE 17. WITHHOLDING TAXES.
17.1 GENERAL. To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant or his or her successor shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company shall not be required to issue any Common Shares or make any cash payment under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
17.2 SHARE WITHHOLDING. To the extent that applicable law subjects a Participant to tax withholding obligations, the Committee may permit such Participant to satisfy all or part of such obligations by having the Company withhold all or a portion of any Common Shares that otherwise would be issued to him or her or by surrendering all or a portion of any Common Shares that he or she previously acquired. Such Common Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date when they are withheld or surrendered.
ARTICLE 18. FUTURE OF THE PLAN.
18.1 TERM OF THE PLAN. The amended and restated Plan, as set forth herein, shall become effective on December 11, 2002. The Plan shall remain in effect until it is terminated under Section 18.2, except that no ISOs shall be granted on or after the 10th anniversary of the later of (a) the date when the Board adopted the original Plan or (b) the date when the Board adopted the most recent increase in the number of Common Shares available under Article 3 that was approved by the Company's stockholders.
18.2 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION. The Board may, at any time and for any reason, amend or terminate the Plan. An amendment of the Plan shall be subject to the approval of the Company's stockholders only to the extent required by applicable laws, regulations or rules. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after the termination thereof. The termination of the Plan, or any amendment thereof, shall not affect any Award previously granted under the Plan.
ARTICLE 19. LIMITATION ON PAYMENTS.
19.1 SCOPE OF LIMITATION. This Article 19 shall apply to an Award only if:
(a) The independent auditors most recently selected by the Board (the "Auditors") determine that the after-tax value of such Award to the Participant, taking into account the effect of all federal, state and local income taxes, employment taxes and excise taxes applicable to the Participant (including the excise tax under section 4999 of the Code), will be greater after the
application of this Article 19 than it was before the application of this Article 19; or
(b) The Committee, at the time of making an Award under the Plan or at any time thereafter, specifies in writing that such Award shall be subject to this Article 19 (regardless of the after-tax value of such Award to the Participant).
If this Article 19 applies to an Award, it shall supersede any contrary provision of the Plan or of any Award granted under the Plan.
19.2 BASIC RULE. In the event that the Auditors determine that any payment or transfer by the Company under the Plan to or for the benefit of a Participant (a "Payment") would be nondeductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes because of the provisions concerning "excess parachute payments" in section 280G of the Code, then the aggregate present value of all Payments shall be reduced (but not below zero) to the Reduced Amount. For purposes of this Article 19, the "Reduced Amount" shall be the amount, expressed as a present value, which maximizes the aggregate present value of the Payments without causing any Payment to be nondeductible by the Company because of section 280G of the Code.
19.3 REDUCTION OF PAYMENTS. If the Auditors determine that any Payment would be nondeductible by the Company because of section 280G of the Code, then the Company shall promptly give the Participant notice to that effect and a copy of the detailed calculation thereof and of the Reduced Amount, and the Participant may then elect, in his or her sole discretion, which and how much of the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall advise the Company in writing of his or her election within 10 days of receipt of notice. If no such election is made by the Participant within such 10-day period, then the Company may elect which and how much of the Payments shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such election the aggregate present value of the Payments equals the Reduced Amount) and shall notify the Participant promptly of such election. For purposes of this Article 19, present value shall be determined in accordance with section 280G(d)(4) of the Code. All determinations made by the Auditors under this Article 19 shall be binding upon the Company and the Participant and shall be made within 60 days of the date when a Payment becomes payable or transferable. As promptly as practicable following such determination and the elections hereunder, the Company shall pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant such amounts as are then due to him or her under the Plan and shall promptly pay or transfer to or for the benefit of the Participant in the future such amounts as become due to him or her under the Plan.
19.4 OVERPAYMENTS AND UNDERPAYMENTS. As a result of uncertainty in the application of section 280G of the Code at the time of an initial determination by the Auditors hereunder, it is possible that Payments will have been made by the Company which should not have been made (an "Overpayment") or that additional Payments which will not have been made by the Company could have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent in each case with the calculation of the Reduced Amount hereunder. In the event that the Auditors, based upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Company or the Participant that the Auditors believe has a high probability of success, determine that an Overpayment has
been made, such Overpayment shall be treated for all purposes as a loan to the Participant that he or she shall repay to the Company, together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided in section 7872(f)(2) of the Code; provided, however, that no amount shall be payable by the Participant to the Company if and to the extent that such payment would not reduce the amount that is subject to taxation under section 4999 of the Code. In the event that the Auditors determine that an Underpayment has occurred, such Underpayment shall promptly be paid or transferred by the Company to or for the benefit of the Participant, together with interest at the applicable federal rate provided in section 7872(f)(2) of the Code.
19.5 RELATED CORPORATIONS. For purposes of this Article 19, the term "Company" shall include affiliated corporations to the extent determined by the Auditors in accordance with section 280G(d)(5) of the Code.
ARTICLE 20. DEFINITIONS.
20.1 "AFFILIATE" means any entity other than a Subsidiary, if the Company and/or one or more Subsidiaries own not less than 50% of such entity.
20.2 "AWARD" means any award of an Option, an SAR, a Restricted Share or a Stock Unit under the Plan.
20.3 "BOARD" means the Company's Board of Directors, as constituted from time to time.
20.4 "CAUSE" means the commission of any act of fraud, embezzlement or dishonesty by the recipient of the Award, any unauthorized use or disclosure by such person of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary), or any other intentional misconduct by such person adversely affecting the business or affairs of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary) in a material manner.
20.5 "CHANGE IN CONTROL" means:
(a) The consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, if persons who were not stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or other reorganization own immediately after such merger, consolidation or other reorganization 50% or more of the voting power of the outstanding securities of each of (i) the continuing or surviving entity and (ii) any direct or indirect parent corporation of such continuing or surviving entity;
(b) The sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company's assets;
(c) A change in the composition of the Board, as a result of which fewer than 50% of the incumbent directors are directors who either:
(i) Had been directors of the Company on the date 24 months prior to the date of such change in the composition of the Board (the "Original Directors"); or
(ii) Were appointed to the Board, or nominated for election to the Board, with the affirmative votes of at least a majority of the aggregate of (A) the Original Directors who were in office at the time of their appointment or nomination and (B) the directors whose appointment or nomination was previously approved in a manner consistent with this Paragraph (ii); or
(d) Any transaction as a result of which any
person is the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the
Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company
representing at least 50% of the total voting power represented by the
Company's then outstanding voting securities. For purposes of this
Subsection (d), the term "person" shall have the same meaning as when
used in sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act but shall exclude
(i) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee
benefit plan of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary and (ii) a
corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the
Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the
common stock of the Company.
A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company's incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company's securities immediately before such transaction.
20.6 "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
20.7 "COMMITTEE" means a committee of the Board, as described in Article 2.
20.8 "COMMON SHARE" means one share of the common stock of the Company.
20.9 "COMPANY" means Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
20.10 "CONSULTANT" means a consultant or adviser who
provides bona fide services to the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an
Affiliate as an independent contractor. Service as a Consultant shall be
considered employment for all purposes of the Plan, except as provided in
Section 4.1.
20.11 "EMPLOYEE" means a common-law employee of the Company, a Parent, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate.
20.12 "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 20.13 "EXERCISE PRICE," in the case of an Option, means the |
amount for which one Common Share may be purchased upon exercise of such Option, as specified in the
applicable Stock Option Agreement. "Exercise Price," in the case of an SAR, means an amount, as specified in the applicable SAR Agreement, which is subtracted from the Fair Market Value of one Common Share in determining the amount payable upon exercise of such SAR.
20.14 "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means the market price of Common Shares, determined by the Committee in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate. Whenever possible, the determination of Fair Market Value by the Committee shall be based on the prices reported in The Wall Street Journal. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.
20.15 "INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION" means the termination of
the service of the recipient of the Award which occurs by reason of (a) such
recipient's involuntary dismissal or discharge by the Company for reasons other
than Cause or (b) such recipient's voluntary resignation following (i) a change
in his or her position with the Company which materially reduces his or her
level of responsibility, (ii) a reduction in his or her level of base salary or
(iii) a relocation of such recipient's place of employment by more than 35
miles, provided and only if such change, reduction or relocation is effected by
the Company without the recipient's consent.
20.16 "ISO" means an incentive stock option described in section 422(b) of the Code.
20.17 "NSO" means a stock option not described in sections 422 or 423 of the Code. 20.18 "OPTION" means an ISO or NSO granted under the Plan and entitling the holder to purchase Common Shares. 20.19 "OPTIONEE" means an individual or estate who holds an Option or SAR. 20.20 "OUTSIDE DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board who is |
not an Employee. Service as an Outside Director shall be considered employment for all purposes of the Plan, except as provided in Section 4.1.
20.21 "PARENT" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Parent on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Parent commencing as of such date.
20.22 "PARTICIPANT" means an individual or estate who holds an Award. 20.23 "PLAN" means this Selectica, Inc. 1999 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time. 20.24 "RESTRICTED SHARE" means a Common Share awarded under the Plan. 16 |
20.25 "RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT" means the agreement |
between the Company and the recipient of a Restricted Share that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Restricted Share.
20.26 "SAR" means a stock appreciation right granted under the Plan. 20.27 "SAR AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the |
Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her SAR.
20.28 "SERVICE" means service as an Employee, Outside Director or Consultant. 20.29 "STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT" means the agreement between |
the Company and an Optionee that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to his or her Option.
20.30 "STOCK UNIT" means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one Common Share, as awarded under the Plan.
20.31 "STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT" means the agreement between the Company and the recipient of a Stock Unit that contains the terms, conditions and restrictions pertaining to such Stock Unit.
20.32 "SUBSIDIARY" means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company, if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain. A corporation that attains the status of a Subsidiary on a date after the adoption of the Plan shall be considered a Subsidiary commencing as of such date.
EXHIBIT 10.21
THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON THE EXERCISE HEREOF HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. THEY MAY NOT BE SOLD, OFFERED FOR SALE, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER SUCH ACT OR UNLESS SOLD PURSUANT TO RULE 144 UNDER SUCH ACT.
WARRANT TO PURCHASE COMMON STOCK
OF
SELECTICA, INC.
VOID AFTER APRIL 4, 2004
This Warrant is issued to MHJDGD Selectica Trust ("Holder") by Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), on April 4, 2001 (the "Warrant Issue Date").
1. Purchase of Shares. The Holder is entitled, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the holder hereof in writing), to purchase from the Company up to one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Common Stock of the Company ("Common Stock").
2. Exercise Price. The exercise price for the Shares shall be $3.53 per share (such price, as adjusted from time to time, is herein referred to as the "Exercise Price").
3. Term. This Warrant shall remain exercisable until 5:00 p.m. on April 4, 2004; provided, however, that in the event of (a) the closing of the Company's sale or transfer of all or substantially all of its assets, or (b) the closing of the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger, consolidation or other transaction or series of related transactions, resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company's capital stock such that the shareholders of the Company prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity, this Warrant shall, on the date of such event, no longer be exercisable and become null and void. In the event of a proposed transaction of the kind described above, the Company shall notify the holder of the Warrant at least fifteen (15) days prior to the consummation of such event or transaction.
4. Method of Exercise. While this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable in accordance with Section 3 above, the Holder may exercise, in whole or in part, the purchase rights evidenced hereby. Such exercise shall be effected by:
(a) the surrender of the Warrant, together with a duly executed copy of the form of Notice of Election attached hereto, to the Secretary of the Company at its principal offices; and
(b) the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased.
5. Net Exercise. In lieu of exercising this Warrant pursuant to Section 5, the Holder may elect to receive, without the payment by the Holder of any additional consideration, shares of Common Stock equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being canceled) by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election, in which event the Company shall issue to the holder hereof a number of shares of Common Stock computed using the following formula:
Where: X = The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued to the Holder pursuant to this net exercise; Y = The number of Shares in respect of which the net issue election is made; A = The fair market value of one share of the Common Stock at the time the net issue election is made; B = The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of the net issuance). |
For purposes of this Section 6, the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as of a particular date shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company; provided, that, if the Warrant is being exercised upon the closing of the IPO, the value will be the Price to Public of one share of such Common Stock specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering.
6. Certificates for Shares. Upon the exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, one or more certificates for the number of Shares so purchased shall be issued as soon as practicable thereafter (with appropriate restrictive legends, if applicable), and in any event within thirty (30) days of the delivery of the subscription notice.
7. Issuance of Shares. The Company covenants that the Shares, when issued pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens, and charges with respect to the issuance thereof.
8. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares. The number of and kind of securities purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:
(a) Subdivisions, Combinations and Other Issuances. If the Company shall at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant subdivide its Common Stock, by split-up or otherwise, or combine its Common Stock, or issue additional shares of its Common Stock or Common Stock as a dividend with respect to any shares of its Common Stock, the number of Shares issuable on the exercise of this Warrant shall forthwith be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision or stock dividend, or proportionately decreased in the case of a combination. Appropriate adjustments shall also be made to the purchase price payable per share, but the aggregate purchase price payable for the total number of Shares purchasable under this Warrant (as adjusted) shall remain the same. Any adjustment under this Section 9(a) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective, or as of the record date of such dividend, or in the event that no record date is fixed, upon the making of such dividend.
(b) Reclassification, Reorganization and Consolidation. In case of any reclassification, capital reorganization, or change in the Common Stock of the Company (other than as a result of a subdivision, combination, or stock dividend provided for in Section 9(a) above), then, as a condition of such reclassification, reorganization, or change, lawful provision shall be made, and duly executed documents evidencing the same from the Company or its successor shall be delivered to the Holder, so that the Holder shall have the right at any time prior to the expiration of this Warrant to purchase, at a total price equal to that payable upon the exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property receivable in connection with such reclassification, reorganization, or change by a holder of the same number of shares of Common Stock as were purchasable by the Holder immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization, or change. In any such case appropriate provisions shall be made with respect to the rights and interest of the Holder so that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable with respect to any shares of stock or other securities and property deliverable upon exercise hereof, and appropriate adjustments shall be made to the purchase price per share payable hereunder, provided the aggregate purchase price shall remain the same.
(c) Notice of Adjustment. When any adjustment is required to be made in the number or kind of shares purchasable upon exercise of the Warrant, or in the Warrant Price, the Company shall promptly notify the holder of such event and of the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities or property thereafter purchasable upon exercise of this Warrant.
9. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor on the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.
10. No Shareholder Rights. Prior to exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall not be entitled to any rights of a shareholder with respect to the Shares, including (without limitation) the right to vote such Shares, receive dividends or other distributions thereon, exercise preemptive rights or be notified of shareholder meetings, and such holder shall not be entitled to any notice or other communication concerning the business or affairs of the Company. However, nothing in this Section 11 shall limit the right of the Holder to be provided the Notices required under this Warrant.
11. Transfers of Warrant. This Warrant and all rights hereunder are not transferable in whole or in part by the Holder.
12. Successors and Assigns. The terms and provisions of this Warrant and the Purchase Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the Holders hereof and their respective successors and assigns.
13. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Warrant may be amended and the observance of any term of this Warrant may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.
14. Notices. All notices required under this Warrant and shall be deemed to have been given or made for all purposes (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) upon confirmation receipt that the communication was successfully sent to the applicable number if sent by facsimile; (iii) one day after being sent, when sent by professional overnight courier service, or (iv) five days after posting when sent by registered or certified mail. Notices to the Company shall be sent to the principal office of the Company (or at such other place as the Company shall notify the Holder hereof in writing). Notices to the Holder shall be sent to the address of the Holder on the books of the Company (or at such other place as the Holder shall notify the Company hereof in writing).
15. Attorneys' Fees. If any action of law or equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Warrant, the prevailing party shall be entitled to its reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and disbursements in addition to any other relief to which it may be entitled.
16. Captions. The section and subsection headings of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and shall not constitute a part of this Warrant in construing or interpreting any provision hereof.
17. Governing Law. This Warrant shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as applied to agreements among California residents made and to be performed entirely within the State of California.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company caused this Warrant to be executed by an officer thereunto duly authorized.
SELECTICA, INC.
By: /s/ Raj Jaswa -------------------------------------- Name: Raj Jaswa Title: CEO |
AGREED AND ACKNOWLEDGED:
MHJDGD SELECTICA TRUST
By: /s/ Morris Allan Hodges ----------------------------- Name: Morris Allan Hodges Title: Trustee |
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
To: SELECTICA, INC.
The undersigned hereby elects to [check applicable
subsection]: ________ (a) Purchase _________________ shares of Series ___Common Stock of _________________, pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant and payment of the Exercise Price per share required under such Warrant accompanies this notice; OR ________ (b) Exercise the attached Warrant for [all of the shares] [________ of the shares] [cross out inapplicable phrase] purchasable under the Warrant pursuant to the net exercise provisions of Section 5 of such Warrant. |
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned is acquiring such shares for its own account for investment purposes only, and not for resale or with a view to distribution of such shares or any part thereof.
MHJDGD SELECTICA TRUST
By:_______________________
Name:_____________________
Title:____________________
Address:__________________
Date:_____________________
EXHIBIT 10.22
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
This Base Agreement ("BASE AGREEMENT") dated as of December 11, 2002 ("EFFECTIVE DATE"), between International Business Machines, Corporation ("BUYER") and Selectica, Inc. ("SUPPLIER"), establishes the basis for a multinational procurement relationship under which Supplier will provide Buyer the Deliverables and Services described in SOWs issued under this Base Agreement. Deliverables and Services acquired by Buyer on or after the Effective Date will be covered by this Base Agreement. This Base Agreement will remain in effect until terminated.
DEFINITIONS:
"AFFILIATES" means entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, a party to this Agreement.
"AGREEMENT" means this Base Agreement and any relevant Statements of Work ("SOW"), Work Authorizations ("WA"), and other attachments or appendices specifically referenced in this Agreement.
"APPEARANCE DESIGN" means the appearance presented by an object, formed in hardware or by software, that creates a visual impression on an observer. Appearance Design refers to the ornamental and not the functional aspects of the object.
"CODE" means computer programming code, including both "OBJECT CODE" (computer programming code substantially in binary form that is directly executable by a computer after processing, but without compilation or assembly) and "SOURCE "CODE" (computer programming code that may be displayed in a form readable and understandable by a programmer of ordinary skill, excluding Object Code).
"DELIVERABLES" means items that Supplier prepares for or provides to Buyer as described in a SOW. Deliverables include Developed Works, Licensed Works, Preexisting Materials, and Tools.
"DEVELOPED WORKS" means all work product (including software and its Externals), developed in the performance of this Agreement as described in a SOW. Developed Works do not include Licensed Works, Preexisting Materials, Tools, or items specifically excluded in a SOW.
"ENHANCEMENTS" means changes or additions, other than Error Corrections, to the Licensed Work. If an Enhancement adds substantial value to the Licensed Work and is offered to customers for an additional charge it will be considered a "MAJOR ENHANCEMENT", and all other Enhancements, including those that support new releases of operating systems and devices, will be considered "BASIC ENHANCEMENTS".
"ERROR CORRECTIONS" means revisions that correct errors and deficiencies (collectively referred to as "errors") in the Licensed Work.
"EXTERNALS" means any pictorial, graphic, audiovisual works, reports or data generated by execution of code and any programming interfaces, languages or protocols implemented in code to enable interaction with other computer programs or end users. Externals do not include the code that implements them.
"INVENTIONS" means ideas, designs, concepts, techniques, inventions, discoveries or improvements, whether or not patentable, conceived or reduced to practice by Supplier Personnel in performance of this Agreement.
"JOINT INVENTIONS" means Inventions made by Supplier Personnel jointly with Buyer Personnel.
"LICENSED WORK" is any material described in or that conforms to the Description of Licensed Work in the relevant SOW and includes Code, associated documentation, Externals, Error Corrections, and Enhancements.
"PARTICIPATION AGREEMENT" or "PA" means an agreement signed by one or more Affiliates which incorporates by reference the terms and conditions in this Base Agreement, any relevant SOW, and other attachments or appendices specifically referenced in the PA.
"PREEXISTING MATERIALS" means items including their Externals, contained within a Deliverable, in which the copyrights are owned by a third party or that Supplier prepared or had prepared outside the scope of this Agreement. Preexisting Materials exclude Tools, but may include material that is created by the use of Tools.
"PERSONNEL" means agents, employees or subcontractors engaged or appointed by Buyer or Supplier.
"PRICES" means the agreed upon payments and currency for Deliverables and Services, including all applicable fees, royalty payments and taxes, as specified in the relevant SOW.
"PRODUCTS" means an offering to customers or other users, whether or not branded by Buyer or its Affiliates, that includes the Licensed Work or a derivative work of a Licensed Work.
"SERVICES" means work that Supplier performs for Buyer as described in a SOW.
"STATEMENT OF WORK" or "SOW" means any document that:
1. identifies itself as a statement of work;
2. is signed by both parties;
3. incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of this Base Agreement; and
4. describes the Deliverables and Services, including any requirements, specifications or schedules.
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 1 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
"TAXES" means any and all applicable taxes, charges, fees, levies or other assessments imposed or collected by any governmental entity worldwide or any political subdivision thereof and however designated or levied on sales of Deliverables or Services, or sales, use, transfer, goods and services or value added tax or any other duties or fees related to any payment made by Buyer to Supplier for Deliverables and/or Service provided by Supplier to Buyer under or pursuant to this Agreement; exclusive, however, of taxes imposed upon the net income or capital of Supplier or taxes in lieu of such net income taxes or such other taxes which are to be borne by the Supplier under law. Supplier shall also bear sole responsibility for all taxes, assessments, or other levies on its own leased or purchased property, equipment or software.
"TOOLS" means software that is not commercially available, and its Externals, required for the development, maintenance or implementation of a software Deliverable.
"WORK AUTHORIZATION" or "WA" means Buyer's authorization in either electronic or tangible form for Supplier to conduct transactions under this Agreement in accordance with the applicable SOW (i.e., a purchase order, bill of lading, or other Buyer designated document). A SOW is a WA only if designated as such in writing by Buyer.
STATEMENT OF WORK
LICENSED WORKS
Supplier will deliver to Buyer:
1. one complete copy of the Licensed Work described in the relevant SOW;
2. a completed Certificate of Originality in the form specified in the SOW with the Licensed Work and with each Enhancement to the Licensed Work;
3. complete copies of all Tools, including updates to Tools as soon as practicable; and
4. a complete list of all commercially available software required for the development, maintenance or implementation of a software Deliverable, including updates to the list as soon as practicable.
ADDITIONAL DELIVERABLES
Supplier will provide the Deliverables and Services as specified in the relevant SOW only when specified in a WA. Supplier will begin work only after receiving written authorization from Buyer. Buyer may request changes to a SOW and Supplier will submit to Buyer the impact of such changes. Changes accepted by Buyer will be specified in an amended SOW or change order signed by both parties.
ENHANCEMENTS AND ERROR CORRECTIONS
Supplier will provide to Buyer, at no additional charge, Basic Enhancements and Error Corrections to the Licensed Work beginning when Buyer accepts the Licensed Work and continuing for the Error Correction Warranty Period specified in the relevant SOW. Supplier will also provide to Buyer, at no additional charge, Major Enhancements to the Licensed Work beginning when Buyer accepts the Licensed Work and continuing for the Major Enhancements Warranty Period identified in the SOW. After that period, Supplier will offer to Buyer within sixty (60) days of availability Major Enhancements to the Licensed Work that Supplier creates or authorizes others to create at terms no less favorable than those offered to Supplier's most favored customers. If Buyer accepts Supplier's offer, the parties will amend the relevant SOW to include such charges, terms and conditions, and the Major Enhancements will become part of the Licensed Work.
PRICING
Supplier will provide Deliverables and Services to Buyer for the Prices. The Prices for Deliverables specified in a SOW and/or WA and accepted by Buyer plus the payment of applicable Taxes will be the only amount due to Supplier from Buyer. The relevant SOW or WA shall contain Prices for each country receiving Deliverables and Services under this Agreement.
TAXES
Supplier's invoices shall state applicable taxes owed by the Buyer, if any, by tax jurisdiction and with a proper breakdown between taxable and non-taxable Deliverables and Services. Supplier shall remit such tax payments to the appropriate jurisdiction. Supplier agrees to use its best efforts to properly calculate any applicable Taxes at the time of invoice. Supplier and Buyer agree to cooperate to minimize any applicable Taxes, including reasonable notice and cooperation in connection with any audit. Any incremental taxes shall be Supplier's responsibility. If Buyer provides certification of an exemption from Tax or reduced rate of Tax imposed by an applicable taxing authority, then Supplier shall not invoice for nor pay over any such Tax unless and until the applicable taxing authority assesses such Tax, at which time Supplier shall invoice and Buyer shall pay any such Tax that is legally owed.
Buyer shall withhold taxes, if required under the law to be withheld on payments made to Supplier hereunder and shall be required to remit to Supplier only the net proceeds thereof. Buyer shall remit the taxes withheld to the appropriate government authority and agrees to provide Supplier in a timely manner with properly executed documentation or other information or receipts or certificates evidencing Buyers payment of any such withholding tax.
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 2 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
Supplier will indemnify Buyer from any claims by any jurisdiction relating to Taxes paid by Buyer to Supplier; and for any penalties, fines, additions to tax or interest thereon imposed as a result of Supplier's failure to timely remit the Tax payment to the appropriate taxing jurisdiction. Supplier also shall indemnify Buyer for any claims made by a taxing jurisdiction for penalties, fines, additions to tax and the amount of interest thereon imposed with respect to Supplier's failure to invoice Buyer for the correct amount of Tax.
PAYMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE
ACCEPTANCE
Payment of royalties or invoices will not be deemed acceptance of Deliverables or Services, but rather such Deliverables or Services will be subject to inspection, test, acceptance or rejection in accordance with the acceptance or completion criteria as specified in the relevant SOW. Buyer may, at its option, either reject Deliverables or Services that do not comply with the acceptance or completion criteria for a refund, or require Supplier, upon Buyer's written instruction, to repair or replace such Deliverables or re-perform such Services, without charge and in a timely manner.
ROYALTY PAYMENTS
Royalties for Licensed Works will be specified in the relevant SOW. Buyer may suspend payments to Supplier for a Licensed Work if Supplier does not provide a properly completed Certificate of Originality. Payment will resume upon Buyer's receipt of an acceptable Certificate. If Supplier fails to perform any of its obligations, Buyer may reduce any amounts due Supplier by an amount equal to the value not received, or have Supplier reimburse Buyer for the value not received.
ROYALTY CALCULATIONS
Royalties, if any, are paid against revenue recorded by Buyer for a royalty payment quarter. Payment will be made by the last day of the second calendar month following the royalty payment quarter. All payments will be made in U.S. dollars. Payments based on foreign revenue will be converted to U.S. dollars on a monthly basis at the rate of exchange published by Reuters Financial Service on approximately the same day each month. Terms for payment of any non-royalty payments will be specified in the relevant SOW or WA.
EXCEPTIONS TO ROYALTY PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS
Buyer has no royalty obligation for:
(a) the Licensed Work or its derivative works used for:
1. Buyer's or Buyer Personnel's internal use;
2. development, maintenance or support activities conducted by Buyer or Buyer Personnel, or third parties under contract with Buyer;
3. marketing demonstrations, customer testing or trial periods (including early support, prerelease, encrypted or locked sampler distributions not resulting in a license for full productive use, or other similar programs), Product training or education; or
4. backup and archival purposes;
(b) a copy of the Product installed by a licensed end user on an alternate work station (e.g., home terminal or laptop), provided the end user may not use the Product on both work stations at the same time;
(c) the Licensed Work (or a functionally equivalent work) that becomes available generally to third parties without a payment obligation;
(d) documentation provided with, contained in, or derived from the Licensed Work;
(e) Error Corrections or Basic Enhancements;
(f) warranty replacement copies of the Product; and
(g) Externals.
OUTSOURCING LICENSE
In the event Buyer provides outsourcing services to licensees of a Product, Buyer will not owe Supplier a fee for access to or assignment of a license to such Product or for transfer of the applicable Product to a Buyer computer system which is of like configuration as the computer system for which the Product was licensed. The foregoing is subject to Buyer providing Supplier notice of such Product to be managed by Buyer and provided the Product will only be used on behalf of the licensee. Upon expiration or termination of the agreement to provide outsourcing services to the licensee, Buyer's right to use that copy of the Product will end.
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 3 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
ELECTRONIC COMMERCE
To the extent permitted by local law, the parties will conduct transactions using an electronic commerce approach under which the parties will electronically transmit and receive legally binding purchase and sale obligations ("Documents"), including electronic credit entries transmitted by Buyer to the Supplier account specified in the relevant SOW. The parties will enter into a separate agreement governing the transmission of such electronic transactions and associated responsibilities of the parties.
WARRANTIES
ONGOING WARRANTIES
Supplier makes the following ongoing representations and warranties:
1. it has the right to enter into this Agreement and its performance of this Agreement will comply, at its own expense, with the terms of any contract, obligation including any between Supplier and its end-users; or any law, regulation or ordinance to which it is or becomes subject;
2. no claim, lien, or action exists or is threatened against Supplier that would interfere with Buyer's rights under this Agreement;
3. Deliverables and Services do not infringe any privacy, publicity, reputation or intellectual property right of a third party;
4. all authors have agreed not to assert their moral rights (personal rights associated with authorship of a work under applicable law) in the Deliverables, to the extent permitted by law;
5. Deliverables are safe for use consistent with and will comply with the warranties, specifications and requirements in this Agreement;
6. Deliverables do not contain harmful code;
7. Services will be performed using reasonable care and skill and in accordance with the relevant SOW;
8. it will not engage in electronic self-help;
9. Deliverables and Services which interact in any capacity with monetary data are euro ready such that when used in accordance with their associated documentation they are capable of correctly processing monetary data in the euro denomination and respecting the euro currency formatting conventions (including the euro sign);
10. it is knowledgeable with, and is and will remain in full compliance with all applicable export and import laws, regulations, orders, and policies (including, but not limited to, securing all necessary clearance requirements, export and import licenses and exemptions from, and making all proper filings with appropriate governmental bodies and/or disclosures relating to the release or transfer of technology and software to non U.S. nationals in the U.S., or outside the U.S., release or transfer of technology and software having U.S. content or derived from U.S.-origin software or technology);
11. it will not export, directly or indirectly, any technology, software or commodities of U.S. origin or having U.S. content provided by Buyer or their direct product to any of the countries or to nationals of those countries, wherever located, listed in U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as modified from time to time, unless authorized by appropriate government license or regulations;
12. it will not use, disclose, or transfer across borders any information that is processed for Buyer that may identify an individual (Personal Data), except to the extent necessary to perform under this Agreement; and
13. it will comply with all applicable data privacy laws and regulations, will implement and maintain appropriate technical and other protections for the Personal Data, and will cooperate fully with Buyer's requests for access to, correction of, and destruction of Personal Data in Supplier's possession.
THE WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THOSE WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
WARRANTY REDEMPTION
Subject to Section 10.0 Supplier Liability for Third Party Claims, if Deliverables or Services do not comply with the warranties in this Agreement, Supplier will repair or replace Deliverables or re-perform Services, without charge and in a timely manner. If Supplier fails to do so, Buyer may repair or replace Deliverables or re-perform Services and Supplier will reimburse Buyer for actual and reasonable expenses.
DELIVERY
Deliverables or Services will be delivered as specified in the relevant SOW. If Supplier cannot comply with a delivery commitment, Supplier will promptly notify Buyer of a revised delivery date and Buyer may:
1. cancel without charge Deliverables or Services not yet delivered; and
2. exercise all other remedies provided at law, in equity and in this Agreement.
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 4 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
LICENSED WORKS
Supplier grants Buyer the rights in the Licensed Works as specified in the relevant SOW. Subject to Supplier's ownership of the Licensed Work and Tools, Buyer will own any derivative works it creates.
WORK MADE FOR HIRE
All Developed Works belong exclusively to Buyer and are works made for hire. If any Developed Works are not considered works made for hire owned by operation of law, Supplier assigns the ownership of copyrights in such works to Buyer.
PREEXISTING MATERIALS
Supplier will not include any Preexisting Materials in any Deliverable other than a Licensed Work unless they are listed in the relevant SOW. If Supplier includes any Preexisting Materials in a Deliverable and does not list them in the relevant SOW, then Supplier grants or will obtain for Buyer the following rights: a nonexclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, paid-up, license to prepare and have prepared derivative works of such Preexisting Materials and to use, have used, execute, reproduce, transmit, display, perform, transfer, distribute, and sublicense such Preexisting Materials or their derivative works, and to grant others the rights granted in this Subsection.
TOOLS
Supplier will not include Tools in Deliverables unless they are listed in the relevant SOW. If Supplier includes any Tools in a Deliverable and does not list them in the relevant SOW, then Supplier grants or will obtain for Buyer the following rights: a nonexclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, paid-up, license to prepare and have prepared derivative works of such Tools, and to use, have used, execute, reproduce, transmit, display and perform such Tools or their derivative works, and to grant others the rights granted in this Subsection.
INVENTION RIGHTS
Supplier will promptly provide to Buyer a complete written disclosure for each Invention which identifies the features or concepts which Supplier believes to be new or different. Inventions are owned by Supplier, except for Joint Inventions and Inventions relating to an Appearance Design. Supplier grants to Buyer an irrevocable, nonexclusive, worldwide, paid-up license under these Inventions (including any patent applications filed on or patents issued claiming Inventions). The license scope is to make, have made, use, have used, sell, license or transfer items and to practice and have practiced methods. Supplier assigns to Buyer all Inventions, and patents issuing on them, relating to an Appearance Design.
JOINT INVENTION RIGHTS
The parties will jointly own all Joint Inventions and resulting patents. Either party may license to others under Joint Inventions (including any patent applications filed on or patents issued claiming Joint Inventions) without accounting to or consent from the other.
Perfection of Copyrights
Upon request, Supplier will provide to Buyer a "Certificate of Originality" or equivalent documentation to verify authorship of Deliverables. Supplier will confirm assignment of copyright for Developed Works using the "Confirmation of Assignment of Copyright" form and will assist Buyer in perfecting such copyrights.
PERFECTION OF INVENTION RIGHTS
Supplier will identify all countries in which it will seek patent protection for each Invention. Supplier authorizes Buyer to act as its agent in obtaining patent protection for the Inventions in countries where Supplier does not seek patent protection. Supplier will, at Buyer's expense, assist in the filing of patent applications on Inventions and have required documents signed.
NAMES AND TRADEMARKS
Supplier grants Buyer a nonexclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, paid-up license to use the names and trademarks Supplier uses to identify the Licensed Work for Buyer's marketing of the Licensed Work and its derivative works. If Supplier objects to Buyer's improper use of Supplier's names or trademarks, Buyer will take reasonable steps necessary to resolve Supplier's objections. Supplier may reasonably monitor the quality of Licensed Work bearing its trademark under this license. Any goodwill attaching to Buyer's trademarks, service marks, or trade names belongs to Buyer and this Agreement does not grant Supplier any right to use them.
PATENTS
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 5 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
Supplier grants to Buyer a nonexclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable, and paid-up license under any patents and patent applications licensable by Supplier to make, have made, use, have used, import, export, sell, and otherwise transfer the Deliverables and use the Services to the extent authorized in this Agreement.
SUPPLIER LIABILITY FOR THIRD PARTY CLAIMS
GENERAL INDEMNIFICATION
Supplier will defend, hold harmless and indemnify, including legal fees, Buyer and Buyer Personnel against third party claims that arise or are alleged to have arisen as a result of negligent or intentional acts or omissions of Supplier or Supplier Personnel or breach by Supplier of any term of this Agreement.
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION
Supplier will defend, or at Buyer's option cooperate in the defense of, hold harmless and indemnify, including legal fees, Buyer and Buyer Personnel from third party claims that Supplier's Deliverables or Services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party. If such a claim is or is likely to be made, Supplier will, at its own expense, exercise the first of the following remedies that is practicable:
1. obtain for Buyer the right to continue to use, sell and license the Deliverables and Services consistent with this Agreement;
2. modify Deliverables and Services so they are non-infringing and in compliance with this Agreement;
3. replace the Deliverables and Services, or other affected Deliverables or Services, with non-infringing ones that comply with this Agreement; or
4. at Buyer's request, accept the cancellation of infringing Services and the return of infringing Deliverables and refund any amount paid.
Buyer will give Supplier prompt notice of third party claims against Buyer, and cooperate in the investigation, settlement and defense of such claims.
EXCEPTIONS TO INDEMNIFICATION
Supplier will have no obligation to indemnify Buyer or Buyer Personnel for claims that Supplier's Deliverables or Services infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party to the extent such claims arise as a result of Supplier's implementation of a Buyer originated design and such infringement or claim would have been avoided in the absence of such implementation, or Buyer's modification of the Deliverables and such infringement or claim would have been avoided in the absence of such modification.
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY BETWEEN SUPPLIER AND BUYER
In no event will Buyer be liable to Supplier for any lost revenues, lost profits, incidental, indirect, consequential, special or punitive damages. In no event will either party be liable for the respective actions or omissions of its Affiliates under this Agreement.
SUPPLIER AND SUPPLIER PERSONNEL
Supplier is an independent contractor and this Agreement does not create an agency relationship between Buyer and Supplier or Buyer and Supplier Personnel. Buyer assumes no liability or responsibility for Supplier Personnel. Supplier will:
1. ensure it and Supplier Personnel are in compliance with all laws, regulations, ordinances, and licensing requirements;
2. be responsible for the supervision, control, compensation, withholdings, health and safety of Supplier Personnel;
3. inform Buyer if a former employee of Buyer will be assigned work under this Agreement, such assignment subject to Buyer approval; and
4. ensure Supplier Personnel performing Services on Buyer's premises comply with the On Premises Guidelines and upon request, provide Buyer, for export evaluation purposes, the country of citizenship and permanent residence and immigration status of those persons. Buyer retains the right to refuse to accept persons made available by Supplier for export control reasons.
INSURANCE
Supplier will maintain at its expense:
1. commercial general or public liability insurance with a minimum limit per occurrence or accident of 1,000,000 USD (or local currency equivalent);
2. workers' compensation or employer's liability insurance as required by local law, such policies waiving any subrogation rights against Buyer; and
3. automobile liability insurance as required by local statute but not less than 1,000,000 USD (or local currency equivalent) if a vehicle will be used in the performance of this Agreement.
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 6 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
Insurance required under clauses (1) and (3) will name Buyer as an additional insured with respect to Buyer's insurable interest, will be primary or non-contributory regarding insured damages or expenses, and will be purchased from insurers with an AM Best Rating of B+ or better and a financial class rating of 11 or better.
TERM AND TERMINATION
TERMINATION OF THIS BASE AGREEMENT
Either party may terminate this Base Agreement, without any cancellation charge, for a material breach of this Agreement by the other party or if the other party becomes insolvent or files or has filed against it a petition in bankruptcy ("Cause"), to the extent permitted by law. Such termination will be effective at the end of a thirty (30) day written notice period if the Cause remains uncured. Either party may terminate this Base Agreement without Cause when there are no outstanding SOWs or WAs.
TERMINATION OF A SOW OR WA
Buyer may, upon written notice to Supplier, terminate a SOW or WA:
1. with Cause effective immediately; or
2. without Cause.
Upon termination, in accordance with Buyer's written direction, Supplier will immediately:
1. cease work;
2. prepare and submit to Buyer an itemization of all completed and partially completed Deliverables and Services;
3. deliver to Buyer Deliverables satisfactorily completed up to the date of termination at the agreed upon Prices in the relevant SOW and/or WA; and
4. deliver upon request any work in process. In the event Buyer terminates without Cause, Buyer will compensate Supplier for the actual and reasonable expenses incurred by Supplier for work in process up to and including the date of termination, provided such expenses do not exceed the Prices.
EFFECT OF TERMINATION
Termination of this Agreement or a SOW will not affect any licenses granted in the Deliverables supplied or due to Buyer on or prior to the effective date of termination or Supplier's obligation to provide Basic Enhancements and Error Corrections. In the event of termination, Buyer will not be obligated to make any payments due on or after the effective date of termination, other than royalty payment obligations incurred, if any.
GENERAL
AMENDMENTS
This Agreement may only be amended by a writing specifically referencing this Agreement which has been signed by authorized representatives of the parties.
ASSIGNMENT
Neither party will assign their rights or delegate or subcontract their duties under this Agreement to third parties or Affiliates without the prior written consent of the other party, such consent not to be withheld unreasonably, except that either party may assign this Agreement in conjunction with the sale of a substantial part of its business utilizing this Agreement. Any unauthorized assignment of this Agreement is void.
CHOICE OF LAW AND FORUM; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL; LIMITATION OF ACTION
This Agreement and the performance of transactions under this Agreement will be
governed by the laws of the country where the Buyer entering into the relevant
agreement or PA is located, except: (i) in Australia, this Agreement will be
governed by the laws of the State or Territory in which the transaction occurs;
(ii) in the United Kingdom, this Agreement will be governed by the laws of
England; (iii) in Bulgaria, Croatia, Czech Republic, Hungary, Poland, Romania,
Slovakia and Slovenia (collectively, "Central Europe"), this Agreement will be
governed by the laws of Austria; (iv) in Estonia, Latvia, and Lithuania, Finnish
law will apply; (v) in Canada, the laws of the Province of Ontario govern this
Agreement; and (vi) in the United States (including if any part of the
transaction occurs within the United States) and Puerto Rico, and People's
Republic of China, the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts
executed in and performed entirely within that State govern this Agreement. The
United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods does
not apply. The parties expressly waive any right to a jury trial regarding
disputes related to this Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by local law
without the possibility of contractual waiver or limitation, any legal or other
action related to a breach of this Agreement must be commenced no later than two
(2) years from the date on which the cause of action arose.
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 7 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
COMMUNICATIONS
All communications between the parties regarding this Agreement will be conducted through the parties' representatives as specified in the relevant SOW.
COUNTERPARTS
This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which will be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together will constitute the same agreement. Any copy of this Agreement made by reliable means (for example, photocopy or facsimile) is considered an original.
EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
All information exchanged is non confidential. If either party requires the exchange of confidential information, it will be made under a separate signed confidentiality agreement between the parties. The parties will not publicize the terms of this Agreement, or the relationship, in any advertising, marketing or promotional materials without prior written consent of the other party except as may be required by law, provided the party publicizing obtains any confidentiality treatment available. Supplier will use information regarding this Agreement only in the performance of this Agreement. For any business personal information relating to Supplier Personnel that Supplier provides to Buyer, Supplier has obtained the agreement of the Supplier Personnel to release the information to Buyer and to allow Buyer to use such information in connection with this Agreement.
FREEDOM OF ACTION
This Agreement is nonexclusive and either party may design, develop, manufacture, acquire or market competitive products or services. Buyer will independently establish prices for resale of Deliverables or Services and is not obligated to announce or market any Products or Services and does not guarantee the success of its marketing efforts, if any.
FORCE MAJEURE
Neither party will be in default or liable for any delay or failure to comply with this Agreement due to any act beyond the control of the affected party, excluding labor disputes, provided such party immediately notifies the other.
OBLIGATIONS OF AFFILIATES
Affiliates will acknowledge acceptance of the terms of this Agreement through the signing of a PA before conducting any transaction under this Agreement.
PRIOR COMMUNICATIONS AND ORDER OF PRECEDENCE
This Agreement replaces any prior oral or written agreements or other communication between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, excluding any confidential disclosure agreements. In the event of any conflict in these documents, the order of precedence will be:
1. the quantity, payment and delivery terms of the relevant WA;
2. the relevant SOW;
3. this Base Agreement; and
4. the remaining terms of the relevant WA.
RECORD KEEPING AND AUDIT RIGHTS
Supplier will maintain (and provide to Buyer upon request) relevant business and accounting records to support invoices under this Agreement and proof of required permits and professional licenses, for a period of time as required by local law, but not for less than three (3) years following completion or termination of the relevant SOW and/or WA. All accounting records will be maintained in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
SEVERABILITY
If any term in this Agreement is found by competent judicial authority to be unenforceable in any respect, the validity of the remainder of this Agreement will be unaffected, provided that such unenforceability does not materially affect the parties' rights under this Agreement.
SURVIVAL
The provisions set forth in the following Sections and Subsections of this Base Agreement will survive after termination or expiration of this Agreement and will remain in effect until fulfilled: "Taxes", "Ongoing Warranties", "Intellectual Property", "Supplier Liability for Third Party Claims", "Limitation of Liability between Supplier and Buyer", "Record Keeping and Audit Rights", "Choice of Law and Forum; Waiver of Jury Trial; Limitation of Action", "Exchange of Information", and "Prior Communications and Order of Precedence".
Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 8 of 9 Form Release: 8/98
Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02
IBM - SELECTICA LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
AGREEMENT # 4902S90046
WAIVER
An effective waiver under this Agreement must be in writing signed by the party waiving its right. A waiver by either party of any instance of the other party's noncompliance with any obligation or responsibility under this Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of subsequent instances.
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO: ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO: International Business Machines Corporation Selectica, Inc. By: By: /s/ Kris J. Duderstadt 12/11/2002 /s/ Sanjay Mittal ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Buyer Signature Date Supplier Signature Date Kris J. Duderstadt Sanjay Mittal ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Printed Name Printed Name Senior Contract Advisor President and CEO ------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Title & Organization Title & Organization Form Title: IBM - Selectica LWA Page 9 of 9 Form Release: 8/98 Form Owner: Global Procurement Revision: 09/02 |
EXHIBIT 10.23
IBM - SELECTICA
LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT
STATEMENT OF WORK
This Statement of Work #4902S90047("SOW") effective December 11, 2002 adopts and incorporates by reference the terms and conditions of Licensed Works Agreement #4902S90046 ("Agreement") between International Business Machines Corporation ("Buyer" or "IBM") and Selectica, Inc. ("Supplier" or "Selectica"). Transactions performed under this SOW will be conducted in accordance with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this SOW, the attached Schedules which are incorporated herein by reference and the Agreement. Capitalized terms have the meanings set forth in Schedule A or as otherwise defined in the Agreement or the other Schedules.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
STATEMENT OF WORK
SCHEDULES:
A. Definitions
B. Description of Licensed Works
C. Maintenance and Support
D. Documentation
E. Response and Information Exchange
F. Consulting Services
G. Acceptance of Deliverables
H. Joint Advisory and Dispute Resolution
I. Quality
J. Communications
K. Performance Objectives
L. Publicity
M. Certificate of Originality
ATTACHMENTS:
Escrow Agreement, On Premise Guidelines
1.0 SCOPE OF WORK
Buyer licenses from Supplier a computer software package which is designed to enable Buyer to develop and implement worldwide web based and disconnected configuration capability for Buyer product and service offerings for use by Buyer's Customers, Internal Sales Force and IBM Business Partners (i.e. those companies authorized by IBM in, writing who market IBM products) described in this SOW and the attached Schedules.
Supplier will also provide to Buyer maintenance, documentation, education and training materials and consulting services as described in this SOW and attached Schedules.
2.0 LICENSED WORKS
Licensed Works and Updates to Licensed Works consist of all Supplier and Third Party software products that are included as part of the Supplier's software package required to develop, support and maintain both a web based and disconnected configurator solution for Buyer's product and service offerings that can be seamlessly integrated with Buyer's enterprise systems and data stores, as described in Schedule B and Documentation.
3.0 RIGHTS IN LICENSED WORKS
3.1 LICENSED WORKS: Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
the payment of all fees, Supplier grants Buyer and Buyer Personnel a
nonexclusive, non-transferable, worldwide, unlimited (except as set forth in
Section 3.4) number of perpetual, irrevocable, license to prepare and have
prepared derivative works of Licensed Works to use, have used, execute,
reproduce pursuant to Section 3.3, transmit, display and perform, the Licensed
Works in Object Code form only, and Documentation, in any medium or distribution
technology for Buyer's internal use, and to transfer and distribute to Buyer's
customers, channel partners, resellers and other agents, the Object Code,
Training Materials and Documentation solely for use in connection with the
purchase, configuration and/or design of Buyer's products or third-party
products added by the Buyer. Buyer's right to prepare and have prepared
derivative works of the Externals and the Licensed Works provided herein is
through the use of Selectica Development Tools and/or through the addition of
separate code, but not through modifications to Selectica source code, and is
limited to the creation of customized configurators for Buyer based on the
Selectica Licensed Works and Externals. Buyer will own the Buyer portion of the
derivative works whether created by Buyer or by Selectica as a Developed Work
under a Work Authorization. Selectica owns the underlying Licensed Works but
will have no right to the Buyer portion of the derivative works.
3.2 EXTERNALS: Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the payment of all fees, Supplier grants Buyer and Buyer Personnel a nonexclusive, non-transferable, worldwide, unlimited (except as set forth in Section 3.4) number of perpetual, irrevocable license to prepare and have prepared derivative works of Externals and to use, have used, execute, reproduce pursuant to Section 3.3, transmit, display and perform, the Externals in any medium or distribution technology for Buyer's internal use and to distribute to Buyer's customers, channel partners, resellers and other agents, the Externals solely for use in connection with the purchase, configuration and/or design of Buyer's products or third-party products added by the Buyer. Buyer's right to prepare and have prepared derivative works of the Externals and the Licensed Works provided herein is through the use of Selectica Development Tools and/or through the addition of separate code, but not through modifications to Selectica source code, and is limited to the creation of customized configurators for Buyer based on the Selectica Licensed Works and Externals. Buyer will own the Buyer portion of the derivative works whether created by Buyer or by Selectica as a Developed Work under a Work Authorization. Selectica owns the underlying Licensed Works but will have no right to the Buyer portion of the derivative works.
3.3 LICENSED RESTRICTIONS: Buyer shall use the Licensed Works and Documentation only for the purposes specified in Sections 3.1 and 3.2. In addition, without limitation, Buyer shall not:
i. modify, change, enhance or prepare derivative works of the Licensed Works or Documentation except as expressly permitted in Sections 3.1 and 3.2;
ii. reverse engineer, disassemble or decompose any Licensed Works, except to the extent that such acts may not be prohibited under applicable law;
iii. sublicense, sell, lend, rent, lease, or otherwise transfer all or any
portion of any Licensed Works or the Documentation to any third party except as
may be permitted in the Section of the Agreement entitled "Assignment" or
Section 3.1 or 3.2 of this SOW;
iv. use any Licensed Work or the Documentation to provide services to third parties, or otherwise use the same on a "service bureau" basis provided; however, Buyer shall have the right to allow customers and other authorized parties to access the Licensed Works as part of its normal course of business;
v. use any Licensed Work, or allow the transfer, transmission, export, or re-export of the Licensed Work or any portion thereof in violation of any export control laws or regulations administered by the U.S. Commerce Department, OFAC, or any other government agency.
In addition, the Section of the Agreement titled "Outsourcing License" shall not apply to any Deliverables.
3.4 COPY: The use of the licenses set forth above is subject to all of the following:
i. Buyer may copy an unlimited number of the Licensed Works as reasonably necessary
ii. Buyer may copy the Licensed Works and Ancillary Programs that operate on the personal computers of each User if applicable
iii. Buyer may make a reasonable number of additional copies of the Licensed Works and Ancillary Programs solely for archival, emergency back-up or disaster recovery purposes (may be installed on backup hardware in preparation for emergency or disaster recovery); and
iv. Buyer may copy the Documentation as reasonably necessary solely for the use of the Buyer, Buyer's customers, channel partners, resellers and other agents and provided that the copyright notices and other proprietary rights legends of SELECTICA are included on each copy of the Documentation.
v. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer may only make the following number of copies for the following Licensed Works:
1) Ace Analyst: 5 copies
2) Ace Connector: 5 copies
3) Ace Manager: 600 copies
4) Ace Web Builder: 500 copies
5) Ace Model Builder: 500 copies
Notwithstanding the foregoing, when Supplier provides Buyer with an Update to above products that do not contain any Ancillary Programs, the limitation contained in subparagraph v(5) above shall no longer apply. If Supplier has negotiated an unlimited use license with Ancillary Program vendor, Supplier will allow an option for Buyer to convert to an unlimited use license for the respective Licensed Work. If there are multiple Ancillary Programs contained within a Licensed Work, then all must have unlimited use licenses available for Buyer to have the option to convert.
3.5 LICENSED WORKS LIMITED WARRANTY: Supplier warrants that the Licensed Works will be free from material defects for the Warranty Period, a period of one (1) year from the date of delivery of the Licensed Works to Buyer. Supplier warrants that, prior to delivery, the Licensed Works will have gone
through systems integration and performance testing consistent with both Supplier and general industry software development practices. In addition, Supplier warrants that for the Warranty Period, the Licensed Works shall operate in conformance with Documentation. If any material defect or nonconformance is found, Supplier will, at no additional charge to Buyer, either
i. replace the Licensed Works or
ii. use commercially reasonable efforts to correct any material defect or nonconformity discovered within the Warranty Period, or
iii. Refund to Buyer the Prices;
iv. Not withstanding above, Buyer may choose to request a full refund for all amounts paid during the Warranty Period if Buyer makes determination that Supplier cannot bring Documentation and Licensed Works into conformance within a reasonable amount of time.
The Warranties contained in this Section 3.5 shall only apply to Licensed Works and Documentation used in a manner consistent with the Documentation.
Notwithstanding the Section of the Agreement entitled Warranties, items 6-13 in such Section shall be covenants on the part of Supplier.
3.6 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. The Documentation contains valuable patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark and other proprietary rights of Supplier. Except for the license granted under Sections 3 and elsewhere in this Agreement Supplier reserves all rights to the Licensed Works and Documentation. Except where provided in this Agreement, no title to or ownership of any Licensed Work or proprietary rights related to any Licensed Work or Documentation is transferred to Buyer under this Agreement.
3.7 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE. Buyer shall promptly notify Supplier of any unauthorized use of any Licensed Work or Documentation which comes to Buyer's attention. In the event of any unauthorized use by any of Buyer's employees, agents or representatives, Buyer shall use its best efforts to terminate such unauthorized use and to retrieve any copy of the Licensed Use or Documentation in the possession or control of the person or entity engaging in such unauthorized use. Supplier may, at its option and expense, participate in any such proceeding and, in such an event, Buyer shall provide such authority, information and assistance related to such proceeding as Supplier may reasonably request.
3.8 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. IN ADDITION TO THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 11 OF THE AGREEMENT, AND SUBJECT TO SUPPLIER'S INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, IN NO EVENT WILL SUPPLIER BE LIABLE FOR LOST REVENUES, LOST PROFITS, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT WILL EITHER PARTY'S LIABILITY FOR ALL ACTUAL DIRECT DAMAGES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER BY BREACH, TORTIOUS CONDUCT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, OR OTHERWISE, EXCEED THE FULL CONTRACT VALUE, OR $15 MILLION, WHICHEVER IS GREATER.
4.0 SUPPLIER'S RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Subject to Section 14.1 of the Agreement, Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain records to verify authorship of Licensed Works and Developed Works for four (4) years after the termination or expiration of this Agreement. On request, Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver or otherwise make available this information in a form specified by Buyer.
5.0 PRICING AND PAYMENT TERMS
Buyer will pay certain amounts to Supplier as set forth below:
5.1 Buyer will pay Supplier $12,000,000 in total for the Licensed Works invoicing to occur as follows: $10,000,000 - December 24, 2002 and $2,000,000 November 1, 2003.
5.2 Buyer will pay Supplier quarterly $500,000, ($2,000,000 annually) for 24X7 Maintenance and Support for Licensed Works subject to achievement of Performance Objectives described in Schedule K. The maximum quarterly penalty is equal to 1/4 of the quarterly 24x7 Maintenance and Support price. First payment will invoice on February 10, 2003. Remaining payments will invoice 45 days prior to end of each quarter ( May 10, August 10, November 10).
These rates will apply for five years from the Effective Date.
5.3 After five years, Supplier may change Maintenance Fees due under this SOW, with written notice 90 days prior to the renewal date. Such increase shall not exceed the lesser of a 5% increase or the Consumer Price Index (CPI) during the most recent one-year period.5.4 Buyer's obligation to pay for and Supplier's obligation to provide Maintenance Services shall terminate immediately upon Agreement termination. Buyer agrees to purchase Maintenance Services for a five -year period beginning on the Effective Date and has the option to renew annually at the Rates set above after five years.
Notwithstanding the above, Buyer may cancel maintenance fees with 60 days notice and Supplier will provide a prorated refund on any unused maintenance.
5.5 Buyer is entitled to a 40% discount from list price for all education and training taken via Supplier standard classes at Supplier's location.
5.6 Supplier grants Buyer the right to license Ace Pricer software package within 5 years at $10,000,000.
5.7 Supplier grants Buyer the right to license new software packages offered by the Supplier within 5 years at 60% off the then current Suppliers list price.
5.8 Supplier will provide 500 hours of technical training to Buyer at no charge.
5.9 Supplier grants to Buyer rights to unspecified future products that expires December 31, 2003 not including those products excluded in Schedule B Section 2.0..
6.0 ESCROW
For each Licensed Work, Supplier agrees to place in escrow and refresh on a quarterly basis in accordance with the terms and conditions of a separate Source Code Custodial Agreement ("SCCA"), the following materials:
i. two (2) copies of the Licensed Work in machine-readable format, including both Source Code and Object Code;
ii. one (1) complete set of the Documentation related to the Licensed Work in both hard copy and machine-readable form;
iii. one (1) copy of a comprehensive list of all items in the development environment indicating those items which are commercially available on reasonable terms through readily known sources;
iv. one (1) set of the development environment items, except those items identified pursuant to 3 above as being commercially available on reasonable terms through readily known sources;
v. one (1) copy of a comprehensive list of all Source Code modules of the Licensed Work.
vi. documentation / instructions for compilation of the executables from the source along with corresponding build logs that show an actual compilation from source.
Supplier will negotiate in good faith to arrange similar escrow arrangements with the Ancillary Program providers. Within 90 days, Supplier will notify Buyer on status. If Supplier cannot secure similar arrangements, then the JAC will review and mutually agree on the arrangements that Supplier negotiates.
6.1 RELEASE EVENTS AND RIGHTS IN RELEASED ESCROWED MATERIALS: Supplier will notify Buyer within three (3) days of the occurrence of a Triggering Event as defined in the relevant SCCA. Buyer is granted a nonexclusive, worldwide, perpetual, irrevocable license to prepare and have prepared derivative works of Escrowed Materials, and to use, have used, execute, reproduce, transmit, display, perform, transfer, distribute and sublicense Escrowed Materials and such derivative works, in any medium or distribution technology.
6.2 CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT: Buyer and Supplier will treat the release of the Escrowed Materials as a disclosure of Confidential Information under the parties' existing Confidential Disclosure Agreement related to the Licensed Work, or if none, under Buyer's then standard Confidential Disclosure Agreement.
7.0 ENHANCEMENTS
Buyer may make suggestions to Supplier regarding modifications or enhancements to the Licensed Works. Supplier agrees to consider in good faith with high priority such suggestions for inclusion in future release of the Licensed Works. Buyer and Supplier will mutually agree on a process to handle such requests.
Enhancements to Licensed Works developed by the Supplier at the request of Buyer and at Buyer's expense, may not be incorporated as a feature of the Supplier's Licensed Works without Buyer's written permission.
8.0 PREFERRED PLATFORM
Supplier agrees to lead with and recommend IBM product offerings including but not limited to DB2 and Websphere in customer engagements. 9.0 MISCELLANEOUS
9.1 TERMINATION: In addition to the termination provisions contained in Section 14 of the Agreement . Buyer may terminate the Agreement for convenience at any time before February 15, 2003. If Buyer terminates the Agreement for convenience Buyers shall promptly cease the use of the Deliverables and Documentation and destroy (and in writing certify such destruction) or return to Supplier all copies of the Licensed Works and Documentation then in Buyer's possession or control. Buyer will be entitled to full refund of any fees paid. Buyer may waive this right to terminate prior to February 15, 2003 in writing to the Supplier.
9.2 SURVIVAL. . In addition to the section 15.13 entitled "Survival" , those sections of this SOW which by their nature survive shall continue to survive termination of the Agreement.
9.3 CONFIDENTIALITY. In addition to the terms of Section 15.6 of the Agreement, if either party requires the exchange of confidential information such information shall be subject to the terms of Confidential Disclosure Agreement #4900S10317 dated May 8, 2000.
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO: ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO: International Business Machines Corporation Selectica Inc. By: By: /s/ Kris Duderstadt 12/11/02 /s/ Sanjay Mittal 12/11/02 -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Buyer Signature Date Supplier Signature Date Kris Duderstadt Sanjay Mittal -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Printed Name Printed Name Senior Contract Advisor CEO -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Title & Organization Title & Organization Global Customer Solutions and General Procuremen -------------------------------------------- --------------------------------- Buyer Address: Supplier Address: Poughkeepsie, NY |
SCHEDULE A: DEFINITIONS
"ANCILLARY PROGRAM(S)" shall mean the third party software delivered with the Licensed Works as specified in the Documentation.
"DEVELOPED WORKS" means those Deliverables including their Externals, developed in the performance of this Agreement that Buyer will own, and does not include Licensed Works, Preexisting Materials or Tools. All Developed Works belong exclusively to Buyer and are works made for hire. If any Developed Works are not considered works made for hire owned by Buyer by operation of law, Supplier assigns the ownership of copyrights in such works to Buyer.
"DOCUMENTATION" shall mean Supplier's then current on-line help, guides, and manuals published by Supplier on any media and made generally available by Supplier for the Licensed Works. Documentation shall include the specifications for the Licensed Works including the Data Model and Data Dictionary.
"SUPPORTED PLATFORM" shall mean the hardware and software platforms (e.g., database server systems, application server systems, and client systems) that are then currently supported by Supplier as expressly set forth in the Documentation.
"TRAINING MATERIALS" shall mean any training materials on any media provided by Supplier for support of the Licensed Works and delivered by Supplier or conducted by Buyer as set forth in this Agreement.
"USER(S)" shall mean the Buyer Personnel or third parties authorized by Buyer to use Licensed Works
"UPDATES" shall mean
a. Basic Enhancements including those enhancements and subsequent releases of the Licensed Works that
i. add new features, functionality, and/or improved performance,
ii. operate on new or other databases, operating systems, or client or server platforms, or
iii. add new foreign language capabilities;
b. bug or Error Corrections, patches, workarounds, and maintenance releases;
c. new point releases, including those denoted by a change to the right of the decimal points (e.g., v3.0 to 3.1 or 3.0.0 to 3.0.1);
d. new major releases, regardless of the release name or number, but including those denoted by
i. a change to the left of the first decimal point (e.g., v5.0 to 6.0) and/or
ii. the addition of a date designation or a change in an existing date designation (e.g., v1999 to 2000).
iii. If Supplier discontinues or renames a Licensed Work so that the Licensed Work is no longer generally available, and Supplier either: makes another program generally available under a different name as a replacement and/or successor for the discontinued program which has substantially similar functionality as the discontinued Licensed Work, or
iv. splits the Licensed Work into two or more separately named and/or priced programs, Buyer shall be entitled to receive the replacement and/or successor program as an Update to the discontinued Licensed Work, without payment of additional Licensed Works fees, provided that Buyer is current on its Maintenance Services fee obligations for such Licensed Works to the extent that such replacement and/or successor program does not include any substantially different or substantially expanded features, functionality or performance, which shall be determined by Buyer in its reasonable discretion.
In the event that Supplier raises an issue with Buyer's determination, the issue will be escalated to the Joint Advisory Committee.
"WORK AUTHORIZATION" OR "WA" (Supplier services) and "WORK ORDERS" OR "WO" (Supplier products) means Buyer's authorization in either electronic or tangible form for Supplier to conduct transactions under this Statement of Work.
"WORK PRODUCT(S)" shall mean the tangible output of a task (e.g., a document, code, models), whether or not incorporated into a Deliverable. A Work Product may be a working document or an interim document which will become a portion of a final deliverable. A Work Product will only be considered a Supplier Deliverable if it is clearly designated as such and is described in the deliverables section of the Work Authorization. All Work Products and Deliverables provided under a Work Authorization are Developed Works unless specified otherwise in the WA.
SCHEDULE B: DESCRIPTION OF LICENSED WORKS
1.0 LICENSED WORKS
At minimum, the Licensed Works will include the following Selectica software products:
- Ace Enterprise
- Ace Manager
- Ace Quoter
- Ace Enterprise Simultaneous Users
- Ace Mobile Named Users
- Ace Mobile Professional
- Ace Application Data Manager
- Ace Repository
- Ace Repository Named Users
- Ace ADK (Advanced Developer Toolkit including APIs)
- Ace Studio
- Model Builder
- Web Builder
- Ace Analyst
- Ace Connector to SAP
- Ace Connector to Oracle
- Ace Connector to Siebel Sales 2000
- Ace Connector to Siebel Sales 2000 (For use with Ace Mobile)
Ace Connector to Enterprise Applications
- Licensed Works includes at no additional cost: Tools, Documentation and Training Materials if available
2.0 EXCLUSION FROM LICENSED WORKS
- Supplier pricing engines and the following software products are excluded from the Licensed Works with the exception of any software products or tools required to integrate Buyer supplier pricing data stores or pricing applications with the Licensed Works..
- Ace Pricer
- Ace Pricer Server
- Ace Pricer Quoter
- Ace Pricer Manager
- Ace Pricer Simultaneous User
- eInsurance Suite
- eQuote
- eAnalysis
- eEnrollment
- Work Flow Engine (Insurance version)
- Rate Builder for Insurance
3.0 ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
3.1 Supplier shall use commercially reasonable effort to solely maintain its relationship with any Ancillary Program provider of software that is contained in or interacts with any Licensed Work.
3.2 Foreign Language Extensions of the Licensed Works, Documentation and Training Materials: If and when Supplier makes the foreign language extensions of the Licensed Works, Documentation and Training Materials generally available, Supplier will provide such foreign language extensions of the Licensed Works, Documentation and Training Materials at no additional charge to Buyer.
3.3 Third Party Software Purchase: Buyer may at its option elect to license the Ancillary Programs directly from the vendor.
SCHEDULE C: MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT
1.0 MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT DEFINITION
"Maintenance Services" shall mean the services provided under Maintenance Services policy as set forth in this Schedule C. Supplier may not alter Maintenance Services during the term of this agreement, without the prior written approval of Buyer which shall not be unreasonably withheld.
At any given time, provided that Buyer has paid the applicable Maintenance Services fees, Supplier shall provide support for
i. each Update then deployed by Buyer ("Deployed Update" ) for up to 18 months and the Update which Buyer intends to deploy ("Buyer's Targeted Update"). If the Buyer's Targeted Updates cannot be deployed within 18 months of the current Buyer's Deployed Updates, with Joint Advisory Committee approval, Supplier will extend maintenance as needed.
ii. Up to 2 Buyer Deployed Updates and 2 Targeted Updates across independent projects. The Joint Advisory Committee may approve additional deployments and will determine if additional maintenance fees are required. If 2 Deployed Updates exist within the same project, the Joint Advisory Committee must review and approve.
In the event that Buyer is unable to implement Updates due to conflict with Buyer's technical environment or due to issues with incompatibility between Updates then support for any Buyer's deployed or targeted Updates currently in the Buyer's environment will continue while the Buyer and Supplier work together in good faith to determine an appropriate solution as the parties may mutually agree. Buyer will notify Supplier in writing of Buyer's inability to deploy Updates. Buyer and Supplier will mutually agree on a plan within ninety (90) days. During this period Supplier will provide support as long as maintenance fees are current.
Supplier agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to continue to provide Updates and Maintenance Services on IBM technology, specifically, DB2, Websphere Commerce Suite, AIX, Linux, IBM HTTP Server, IBM Websphere Edge Server and IBM Websphere Application Server ("Buyer Supported Platforms") for Buyer's deployed and targeted environments. If Supplier, after making commercially reasonable efforts, is unable to comply with this clause, then Supplier must give Buyer 12 months notification with explicit reasons why Supplier can no longer comply. The parties will then agree to refer the matter to the Joint Advisory Committee.
2.0 MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT SERVICES
Supplier shall establish and maintain an organization and processes to provide software maintenance and support services ("Support Services") to Buyer for the Supplier Licensed Works installed in each of the Buyer's international regions. Supplier will provide Support Services to Buyer's Help Desk through a Supplier Single Point of Contact ("SPOC") within each international region. Supplier must provide one phone number for support in each region (in the U.S., and Canada this will be an "800" number) and unlimited Web access, via an unlimited number of Web Ids, to Buyer's support organization. The Supplier SPOC must be trained on and knowledgeable about all of the Supplier Licensed Works Buyer has installed and the Buyer installation.
Supplier Support Services will cover Supplier Licensed Works during both implementation and production use of the Licensed Works and shall include, but not be limited to,
i. a diagnosis of problems or performance deficiencies of the Supplier Licensed Works and a resolution of problems or performance deficiencies of the Supplier Licensed Works according to the terms set forth in "Service Levels".
ii. problem analysis/root cause isolation and identification of ownership between Supplier and Buyer for resolution of problems or issues
Supplier will use reasonable commercial efforts to cure reported errors in Licensed Works so that such License Works perform, in all material respects, the functions described in Supplier's Documentation.
3.0 SUPPLIER MAINTENANCE AND SUPPORT RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Supplier will provide Software Maintenance and Support Services using personnel qualified on the Buyer's solution and environment. Supplier is responsible for ensuring that all personnel assigned possess the required competencies to support the Supplier Licensed Works in the Buyer infrastructure
2. Supplier is responsible for ensuring that required agreements are in place to protect Buyer confidentiality when approved subcontractors are used.
3. Supplier will provide problem analysis and resolution to the Buyer's Help Desk for Supplier's Licensed Works.
4. Support requests from the Buyer's Help Desk will be processed through the
Supplier's Regional SPOC and will be available on the Buyer maintenance plan
(7x24 hour basis.)
5. Supplier, as part of the annual maintenance fees, will provide Buyer with a minimum of one (1) software upgrade per year as made available by Supplier.
6. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure Licensed Works stay current with technology updates (e.g. Operating Systems, Browsers, ...) being used in the Buyer's operating environment ensuring support of Supplier's Licensed Works available within 6 months of General Availability of updated technologies that make up the Buyer's operating environment.
7. Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that Licensed Works stay current with IBM technology updates (e.g. DB2, Websphere Commerce Suite, AIX, Linux, IBM HTTP Server, IBM Websphere Edge Server and IBM Websphere Application Server, ...) being used in the Buyer's operating environment ensuring support of Supplier's Licensed Works available within 6 months of General Availability of updated technologies that make up the Buyer's operating environment.
8. All Updates and Documentation will be provided at no additional charge. All fixes and patches will be provided at no additional charge.
9. Supplier will make available to Buyer fixes, patches, or workarounds electronically to support all installed Buyer sites.
10. Supplier will ensure that all Updates will have gone through systems integration and performance testing consistent with both Supplier and general industry software development practices and as agreed to by Buyer.
11. Supplier will benchmark the performance of all Updates to validate that their scalability and response times are better than or equal performance specifications compared to a mutually agreed upon base line in mutually agreeable environments.
Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure backward compatibility of the Updates using a mutually agreed to regression test environment and a mutually agreed to set of test cases In those cases were compatibility is not possible, a mutually agreed to resolution plan will be completed prior to release of subject update.
12. For any code including Updates, patches or fixes , Supplier will notify Buyer via e-mail when the code is available for download and use. Notification will include:
i. a detailed accounting of all (Buyer and non-Buyer) Updates, patches, and or fixes that are included in the code made available to the Buyer.
ii. information related to verification/certification performed by the Supplier
iii. detail instruction / information on how to use any new capabilities.
13. All updated Documentation and Training Materials for the Licensed Works or Updates will be made available electronically at no additional cost.
14. Professional Services associated with Updates to the Buyer's environment will be provided in accordance with the definition of Consulting Services in Schedule F.
15. Supplier agrees to provide remote technical support to Buyer, unless deemed necessary to be on-site as recommended by Supplier personnel and approved in writing by Buyer, or as mandated by specific country laws governing such activities.
16. Supplier will provide an electronic "Team Room" (such as a secured, shared FTP folder) information repository with remote network access where information related to Supplier products and Professional Services engagements can be posted and accessed by both Supplier and Buyer. Supplier will provide the following documentation in the team room as it becomes available
i. A Buyer Implementation Acceptance procedure for each Supported Product. The Customer Implementation Acceptance procedures will be developed jointly with Buyer.
ii. Supplier test results from the Supplier's testing efforts on any new Update, as well as test cases run
iii. Trouble Shooting Guidelines for each product.
iv. Supplier's escalation contact list by region. Project plans, documentation, Site information, Test plans and results for Professional Services projects performed by Supplier.
v. A procedure for reporting problems to Supplier including information to be provided by Buyer. This procedure will be jointly developed with Buyer.
vi. Supplier will provide a Problem Solution Guide for each product installed at Buyer. This includes sections called Release Notes, Discussion Forum, Frequently Asked Questions/Answers (FAQs), Glossary, Problem Determination Processes, Trouble Shooting Guide, User Guides and training materials. Details must be included for specific installations based on the site infrastructure or combination of Supplier products.
vii. Appropriate security mechanisms will be in place to provided controlled access to the team room.
17. Supplier will escalate to Supplier R&D for any product design problem and provide the Buyer's Help Desk status on outstanding issues.
Supplier will report to the Buyer's Help Desk status on outstanding issues, (at a minimum, daily for Severity 1 and Severity 2 defects, biweekly for Severity 3 and Severity 4 defects). SLA reports will be provided on a monthly basis including the following information for all problems handled: End to end ticket information, service management, documented resolution steps, closure, problem resolution defined, time out, time restored, contact points, and an RCA record available on request. The Supplier is also expected to attend any conference calls as they may related to open problems and provide status on any open customer or development related issues.
18. Supplier will provide ticketing assignments of problems on Supplier
products through a single global ticketing system and track the problems through
resolution. This means that each problem has a ticket, with a caller, location,
address, problem, call back#, description of the problem, time received, ongoing
time stamped updates, and a close time and resolution. Buyer's request is that
the Supplier will use Buyer's Library Management System for this project (e.g.
CMVC) to respond to problems reported. Buyer and Supplier will work in a good
faith effort to integrate Buyer's problem reporting system and Supplier's
problem tracking system. Supplier understands that the Supplier Licensed Works
are designed to work in a networking environment. Supplier staff assigned to
assist with Buyer problem resolution will be knowledgeable on basic LAN/Wan
networking concepts, firewalls, and the operation of the Internet.
19. Supplier will replace, at no charge, any defective or damaged software media.
20. Remote Supplier support for the Licensed Works will be provided by remote dial-up access where possible and is currently accomplished through the use of Buyer specified software.
21. Supplier and Supplier's personnel assigned to the Buyer's account will comply with Buyer "On Premise Guidelines". Supplier will access Buyer's systems only for approved work and in accordance with directions provided. No access or "backdoors" will be included in the Supplier's software that would allow direct access of the Buyer's system without compliance with the Buyer's Security Guidelines. The Supplier will be provided with Buyer's documented standard security guidelines.
22. Supplier will provide on-site support in each Region as requested from the Buyer with local resources. If Supplier does not have local resources available in a Region to provide required maintenance and support services, Buyer will be charged the lesser of the actual travel expenses or the estimated expenses for a resource from the Regional Supplier Office.
23. No additional labor fees will be charged for the Maintenance and Support Services provided under this agreement.
24. Actual costs associated with travel to provide approved on-site service or support will be billed to Buyer separately from the labor charges and will be charged as Travel & Expense (T&E) in accordance with the Buyer's Travel Expense Guidelines documented in Appendix F.
25. Supplier shall not introduce a new Ancillary Program dependency in any Updates that requires Buyer to purchase any licenses without prior Buyer approval. The Supplier will notify Buyer 90 days prior to such Updates.
4.0 BUYER HELP DESK RESPONSIBILITIES
1. Buyer will provide to Buyer's users the first point of contact for problem determination, isolation, and resolution for the Supplier products.
2. Buyer will provide support as a first point of contact for their clients, performing isolation and resolution of any Buyer Configurator and/or internal LAN/WAN network problems prior to contacting Supplier. Buyer will provide a current infrastructure layout for configurator implementation. The layout will include the LAN / WAN design and location of firewalls and servers. Buyer will provide a profile sheet for each Server center in the Supplier provided "Team Room". Information pertaining to hardware and software (release levels) for Supplier products and other components integral to those products will be documented.
3. Buyer will provide all technical support and problem resolution for any Buyer or third party vendor products introduced by the Buyer.
4. Buyer shall provide Supplier with a designated contact person and a knowledgeable technical support person authorized to allow Supplier access to Buyer servers or Client setup and distribution tools as applicable. Buyer will provide remote access to the Supplier products when applicable.
5.0 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
5.1 Supplier agrees that the Supplier Deliverables will be available for production use 99.8% of the time, measured on a monthly basis by Server. Unplanned outages whose root cause is not attributed to Supplier's deliverables are excluded from the measurement calculations. Planned outages (scheduled maintenance windows) for normal maintenance, preventative maintenance, or customer upgrades, changes, testing and non-operational hours are not included in this measurement calculation. In addition, Supplier agrees to meet the following required service level commitments (the "Service Level Commitments"):
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5.2 Supplier agrees to meet the following individual defect response SECOND times:[ ] FIRST ACCEPTABLE FOURTH OFFICIAL FIX SEVERITY CHARACTERISTICS RESPONSE WORKAROUND THIRD FIX[ ] PLUS DOCS ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1 - Critical System, network 1 Hour 2 Hours 24 Hours Next planned Update. or key application outage SEVERE with critical impact on (Continuous effort until service delivery or service is restored BUSINESS within 24 hours) - Total loss of production IMPACT service to a customer set or - Impacts one or more service level commitments or - Revenue or delivery schedule impact or - Reassignment must be communicated / agreed directly ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2 - Key component, 1 Hour 6 Hours 24 Hours [ ] Next planned Update. application, critical customer MAJOR machine or network is down, degraded, or unusable unusable BUSINESS or IMPACT - Potential critical impact on service delivery or - Service performance degradation; service delivery impacted or - Partial Customer set affected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3 - A component, minor 4 Hours 72 Hours 7 calendar days Next planned Update. application or procedure is MINOR down, unusable, or difficult to use or BUSINESS - Some operational impact, IMPACT[ ] but no immediate impact on service delivery or - Service outage but alternative workaround available or ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - Problems that degrade service but do not prevent delivery of service or - Potential exposure to ability to delivery of service or - Scattered customers affected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4 - Component, procedure, 48 Hours[ ] 26 calendar 30 calendar days[ ] Next planned major or not critical to customer is days [ ] minor release MINIMAL unusable or OR NO - Alternative is available; deferred maintenance is BUSINESS acceptable or IMPACT - No impact to service or - No production affected or - Individual customer affected ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
First Response Time denotes the elapsed time from the moment the problem call is placed by the Buyer until a qualified Supplier Solutions Support Engineer verbally (for any severity) or via email (for severity 3 or 4 only) contacts the Buyer to begin problem isolation. "Qualified" means the Supplier engineer knows the Buyer's installation and the Supplier product in question and has the skill to troubleshoot the problem.
5.3 At a minimum the Buyer will provide to the Supplier the following information for problems being reported to Supplier:
i. Problem tracking code (PMR/ManageNow/Defect number)
ii. Platform (Mobile or Web version)
iii. Run time environment (Windows OS version / Browser brand and version)Level of Buyer's base code
iv. Level of Buyer's data model
v. Steps to recreate problem including providing a reproducible test case. However, Supplier will work diligently in good faith to fix an intermittent problem where a consistent reproducible test case is not available but the penalty provisions of the SLA will only apply to the First Response criteria as described in Section 5.2 above.
vi. Expected output or action
vii. Actual output or action, including applicable files as available
Because the parties recognize that critical defects can negatively affect a Buyer's planned deployment and result in significant negative business impact, the parties agree that all Service Level Commitments shall apply to the development/test environment as well as to production operations.
DEFINITIONS OF SEVERITY LEVELS:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FATAL - SEVERITY 1 Production System Unavailable or Unusable for multiple users- Business Operations halted or critical features not functioning. Users are not able to complete their daily production operations. Critical business situation that if not immediately addressed will result in severe exposure to Buyer (e.g. Critical business deadline, breach of security, legal requirement, customer relationship) Systems testing identifies significant problem that will prevent on-time deployment of product or Updates and will critically impact a major Buyer business system deployment. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CRITICAL - SEVERITY 2 Severe loss of functionality - Key business operational function(s) can not be performed on a production system as a result. Systems testing identifies significant problem that will prevent on-time independent deployment of Supplier product or Updates. -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- IMPORTANT - SEVERITY 3 System features or functions not available or restricted. Individual functionality not working resulting in degraded business operations MINOR - SEVERITY 4 Issue is documentation related or has minimal impact on business. [ ] -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
If the Buyer determines the severity of the impact on the Buyer's business has changed, the Buyer agrees to change the severity of the defect accordingly.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------- DEFINITIONS OF RESPONSE AND RESOLUTION TARGET Verbal acknowledgment of receipt LEVELS: [ ] FIRST LEVEL - RESPONSE of problem report and identification of individual assigned to resolve problem -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECOND LEVEL - RESOLUTION Acceptable workaround provided -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- THIRD LEVEL - RESOLUTION Patch or Fix provided -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- FINAL LEVEL- RESOLUTION Official correction, update or new release including documentation -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
5.4 SLA MEASUREMENTS AND AVAILABILITY ASSESSMENT: SLA measurements will be tracked and documented by the Buyer on a monthly basis. The measurements will be reported in performance data that will be reviewed jointly between the Buyer and Supplier.
5.5 Supplier will provide maintenance to Licensed Works that has been used in accordance with Documentation or as approved by the Supplier.
5.6 Buyer is responsible for all Buyer hardware and infrastructure. If an Update will cause Buyer to incur additional cost in infrastructure, Buyer may choose to stay on current Update per terms of Section 1.0 of Schedule C Maintenance.
THIS SCHEDULE C DEFINES A SERVICE ARRANGEMENT AND NOT A SOFTWARE WARRANTY. ALL LICENSED WORKS AND MATERIALS RELATED THERETO ARE SUBJECT EXCLUSIVELY TO THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THE AGREEMENT. THIS SCHEDULE C DOES NOT CHANGE OR SUPERSEDE ANY TERM OF ANY SUCH AGREEMENT.
SCHEDULE D: DOCUMENTATION
1.0 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENTATION
Supplier provides the following Documentation with the Licensed Works and their Updates as available at no additional charge:
i. On-line help for all licensed Users
ii. One electronic copy (from which Buyer may print unlimited copies) of Installation and Update Guides Administration Guides
iii. Release Notes
iv. Other Documentation that applies to the Licensed Works including:
b. the specifications of the Licensed Works
c. Selectica Configuration Application Guidelines
d. all standard Data Model Documentation
e. Training Materials
All future updates to this Documentation will be provided at no additional cost.
Supplier will provide draft copies, as they become available, at Buyer's request for new or modified materials for use in advance planning of implementations and beta testing purposes. The content of the draft copies will not constitute a commitment by Supplier to provide all of the functions and features in the delivered GA code for the Licensed Works updates as described in the Drafts.
2.0 TRAINING MATERIALS
Supplier will provide to Buyer, at no additional charge, one (1) electronic copy of all Training Materials of any media kind (for end user and technical training including installation, deployment and Updates or migration information) for the Licensed Works, which Buyer may reproduce, use, modify and prepare Derivative Works of, solely for Buyer's use of the Licensed Works consistent with Section 3.1 and 3.2 of the SOW. All future updates will be provided at no additional cost. Supplier will provide draft copies of Training Materials at Buyer's request, as available, for new or modified materials, for use in advance planning of implementations and for beta testing purposes. The provision of such draft copies by Supplier shall not constitute a commitment by Supplier to provide all of the functions and features that may be reflected in such draft copies in the delivered, generally available ("GA") code for the Licensed Works.
The Training Materials and Documentation described in this Attachment D shall be provided so long as Buyer has paid all Maintenance Fees pursuant to the Agreement.
SCHEDULE E: RESPONSE AND INFORMATION EXCHANGE
1.0 SATISFACTION LEVELS
Supplier shall use reasonable efforts to understand the satisfaction level of Buyer with respect to all of the Licensed Works and Services provided in accordance with this Agreement and shall take appropriate remedial action where necessary in response to such satisfaction level.
2.0 INFORMATION EXCHANGE
Information to be exchanged by the parties will include but is not limited to:
i. problems discovered which the discoverer reasonably believes may have a potential effect on the other party to this Agreement;
ii. current status of all issues logged on a web site to be maintained by Supplier;
iii. relevant product and technical plans for the coming year;
iv. each party's knowledge of available best practices; and
v. formal account review.
Supplier commits to meeting with Buyer on a regular basis to gain Buyer's input on all Supplier products and modules and to share information on planned product enhancements. Supplier will work with Buyer to determine the appropriate frequency of these meetings, based on Buyer's requirements. These meetings would include representatives from each of Supplier's Product Marketing teams who are responsible for the Licensed Works that Buyer will be using.
In order to guarantee effective communication with Supplier Product Marketing and Supplier Engineering, Buyer Technical Architects will be invited to have, at a minimum once a year , a technical update, with mutually agreed format and duration, at no charge to Buyer. These sessions will focus on the direction of the Supplier product architecture and technologies employed. Buyer can review Supplier's future plans, discuss concerns and suggest enhancements.
SCHEDULE F: CONSULTING SERVICES
Any Services procured by Buyer from Supplier shall be governed by the terms and conditions in this Schedule.
1.0 SERVICES BILLING RATES
Supplier will supply services including, but not limited to, consulting services and on-site education and training to Buyer at Buyer's request at the rates set forth in the chart below.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HOURLY RATE HOURLY RATE RESOURCE TYPE LEVEL OF SKILL EXPERIENCE US INDIA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Practice Manager and Strategic account and program 12 Yrs [ ] $255 $150 Engineering management. Reports to executive staff and handles project escalation. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senior Project Delivery, plans and executes on 10 Yrs $255 $150 Manager schedule, functionality resources and action items --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Certified Trainer Certified to train on Supplier 5 Yrs $255 $150 products --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senior I/T Assess, design, implement and test 8 Yrs $200 $125 Specialist IT systems --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- HOURLY RATE HOURLY RATE RESOURCE TYPE LEVEL OF SKILL EXPERIENCE US INDIA --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Junior I/T Specialist Assess, design, implement and test 2 Yrs $160 $ 100 IT systems --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senior Systems Analyst / Run requirements workshops, develop 6 Yrs $200 $ 125 Business Analysts business solution, story board, user acceptance test plans, review deliverables, manage scope per requirements --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Junior Business Analysts Document and track functional and 2 Yrs $160 $ 100 technical requirements, write acceptance test plans, review deliverables, document current and future state business rules and processes --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senior Architect solutions, design & 8 Yrs $220 $137.50 Architect/Designer implement key models, guide development team through all technical issues, product engineering. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Junior Architect/Designer Architect solutions, design & 5 Yrs $160 $ 100 implement key models, guide development team through all technical issues, product engineering. --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Senior Consulting Implementation and testing for 6 Yrs $200 $ 125 Engineer modeling, user Interfaces and integration --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Junior Consulting Implementation and testing for 2 Yrs $160 $ 100 Engineer modeling, user Interfaces and integration --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
Rates set forth above will apply for five years from the Effective Date. After five years, these rates will be renegotiated or renewed, subject to a maximum increase that shall not exceed the lesser of a 5% increase or the increase in the Consumer Price Index (CPI) during the most recent one-year period. All rates apply Worldwide and will be invoiced in US Dollars.
2.0 APPROVAL OF CONSULTANTS
Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to honor the specific requests of Buyer with respect to the assignment of employees to perform Supplier's obligations hereunder. Buyer shall have the opportunity, at its option, to interview any consultant that Supplier proposes to assign to perform Services under a Work Authorization. A consultant reasonably rejected by Buyer in writing will not be assigned to perform Services under the applicable Work Authorization. A consultant shall be deemed to have been interviewed and accepted if the parties agree to assign such consultant to perform Services, or if Buyer has been notified in writing of such consultant's assignment to the engagement (including by submission of the consultant's resume to Buyer) and Buyer has not rejected in writing such consultant within ten (10) business days after such notice. Buyer shall notify Supplier in writing if Buyer believes that a person provided by Supplier is not performing the Services in a reasonably acceptable manner. Supplier will take reasonable corrective action with such person to resolve Buyer concerns. If the parties agree that such person should be removed, Supplier will remove the consultant and replace such person within a reasonable time.
Performance Objectives contained in Section 9.0, On Time Delivery, of this section F will apply for:
i. any services provided by the Supplier's consultant that are behind schedule
ii. any services provided by the Supplier which are delayed due to excessive transition of responsibility between Supplier's personnel
3.0 KEY PERSONNEL
"Key Persons" are those Supplier resources identified as such on a Work Authorization with respect to the Services to be provided thereunder. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to give Buyer ten (10) business days' prior written notice of its intent to remove or replace any Key Person; provided, however, that Buyer shall not have the right to prevent or delay the earlier removal of a Key Person who becomes unavailable due to
i. separation from the employ of Supplier or
ii. incapacity due to illness, divorce, separation, or similar reason.
iii. Any immigration related issues.
4.0 CONTINUITY OF SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
SUPPLIER AGREES TO COOPERATE WITH BUYER TO THE EXTENT COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND PRACTICABLE TO MAINTAIN THE CONTINUITY OF SUPPLIER SKILLS ASSIGNED TO PERFORM SERVICES UNDER ANY WORK AUTHORIZATION. SUPPLIER AGREES TO REPLACE A PERSON ONLY WITH A PERSON OF SIMILAR SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE AS DEFINED IN THIS SCHEDULE. SUPPLIER AGREES THAT BUYER SHALL NOT BE CHARGED DURING ANY TRANSITION PERIOD OF FIVE (5) BUSINESS DAYS OR SHORTER FOR ITS PERSONNEL (OR SUCH OTHER PERIOD OF TIME AGREED UPON IN WRITING BETWEEN THE PARTIES) FOR ANY REPLACEMENT PERSONNEL PROVIDED TO BUYER IN ORDER TO PERMIT THE REPLACEMENT RESOURCE TO ACQUIRE THE NECESSARY ORIENTATION AND PROJECT-SPECIFIC EDUCATION CONCERNING THE WORK THEN IN PROGRESS, BUYER'S IMPLEMENTATION AND BUYER'S ENVIRONMENT BY THE RESOURCE BEING REPLACED FOR THE REPLACEMENT RESOURCE TO MAKE A PRODUCTIVE CONTRIBUTION.
5.0 TRAVEL GUIDELINES
Buyer will reimburse Supplier for the following travel expenses only, provided they are incurred in the performance of this Agreement:
i. tolls, parking fees, taxis, buses or auto rentals fees for autos rented from a Buyer designated rental company;
ii. personal automobile use under the applicable Buyer automobile allowance plan, excluding normal commutation;
iii. air transportation at the economy, tourist or coach class rate for the most direct route of a scheduled airline;
iv. reasonable lodging charges commensurate with the average rates charged for the immediate area, based on use of Buyer negotiated rates at approved lodging facilities and not to exceed Buyer's official travel guideline's amount per day;
v. reasonable and actual meal expenses up to Buyer's per diem rate,
vi. reasonable tipping.
All exceptions to these guidelines require appropriate written approvals for each individual case that will not be unreasonably withheld. Supplier must submit an invoice listing all travel expenses, such invoice to be accompanied by receipts for lodging, airline travel, rental cars or any other reimbursable expenditure. Buyer will not reimburse Supplier for personal expenses.
In the event that Buyer directs Supplier to make expenditures on the Buyer's behalf, such expenditures will be reimbursed by the Buyer.
6.0 WORK AUTHORIZATION
Supplier will provide Consulting Service and Deliverables as specified in the relevant Work Authorization signed by Buyer and Supplier. Supplier will begin work only after receiving WA from Buyer. Buyer may request changes to a WA and Supplier will submit to Buyer the impact of such changes. Changes accepted by Buyer will be specified in an amended WA signed by both parties. Each Work Authorization for a Project should provide a task for project level status reporting, change management and issue management.
7.0 PRICING
Supplier will provide Deliverables and Consulting Services to Buyer for the fees
listed in section 1.0 of this Schedule F. All services including education and
training services as outlined in the relevant WA, shall be performed on a time
and materials basis. The services are estimated and billed on an hourly basis,
based upon an eight (8) hour workday. A minimum engagement duration of 8 hours
is required, unless mutually agreed, for services performed on site at a Buyer
location. Any and all hours in excess of nine (9) hours per day or forty five
(45) hours per week require the prior written consent of Supplier and Buyer. All
hours worked will be billed to and paid by Buyer. All overtime shall be billed
at the same hourly rate per Consultant as regular time for such Consultant.
Travel time will not be billable. No additional charges or increased rates will
apply based on time of day, or nonstandard work days and/or work hours. All
travel and lodging expenses shall be billable per Buyer's Travel Expense
Guidelines set forth in this Schedule F. Expenses for materials purchased
specifically for Buyer's benefit and requested in the WA will be charged to
Buyer at cost. Except for pre-approved expenses for materials to be purchased as
specified in the relevant WA, or those expenses incurred with the written
consent of
Supplier, the fees for Deliverables and services specified in a WA and accepted by Buyer will be the only amount due to Supplier from Buyer under this Agreement. No limitations will be placed on the number of students per class. Education and training materials for all classes are provided by Supplier pursuant to Schedule D.
Where Buyer is expressly permitted in a WA to pay Supplier in a currency other than the United States Dollars, then such currency conversion shall be calculated using the rate of exchange published by Reuters Financial Services at 1600 hours Greenwich Mean Time on the day such conversion is required in accordance with the relevant SOW and/or WA.
8.0 PAYMENTS AND ACCEPTANCE
All fees and charges under this schedule shall be billed on a monthly basis and such bills shall be due and payable net forty-five (45) days from receipt of said billings. Payment of invoices will be deemed acceptance of Deliverables or Services, except when such Deliverables or Services are subject to inspection, test and rejection in accordance with the acceptance or completion criteria as specified in the relevant WA. A detailed/categorized accounting of hours and expenses by Consultant will be provided as part of the monthly process and approved by the Buyer before Supplier invoicing.
9.0 ON TIME DELIVERY
Work Products, Deliverables or Services will be delivered as specified in the relevant WA signed by both parties. If Supplier cannot meet a deadline specified for a delivery commitment, Supplier will promptly notify Buyer of Supplier's proposed revised delivery date, and Buyer may:
i. accept Supplier's proposed revised delivery date; or
ii. exercise all other remedies provided at law, in equity, and in this SOW or the LWA.
iii. Request that Supplier continue to work on deliverables, however Buyer will not be subject to additional charges to complete those deliverables after an initial one week grace period following the scheduled delivery date. This applies only when delay of delivery can solely be attributable to Supplier.
10.0 SUPPLIER AND SUPPLIER PERSONNEL
Supplier is an independent contractor and this Agreement does not create an agency relationship between Buyer and Supplier or Buyer and Supplier Personnel. Buyer assumes no liability or responsibility for Supplier Personnel. Supplier will:
i. ensure that Supplier and Supplier Personnel are in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, and licensing requirements;
ii. be responsible for the supervision, control, compensation, withholdings, health and safety of Supplier Personnel, except to the extent that the safety of Supplier Personnel is jeopardized by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Buyer or any Buyer personnel;
iii. require Supplier Personnel performing Services on Buyer's premises to comply with the Buyer's "On Premises Guidelines" provided that a copy of such guidelines has been provided to Supplier prior to enforcing them against Supplier or any Supplier Personnel; and
INFORM BUYER IF SUPPLIER IS AWARE AFTER REASONABLE INQUIRY THAT A FORMER EMPLOYEE OF BUYER WILL BE ASSIGNED WORK BY SUPPLIER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, SUCH ASSIGNMENT SUBJECT TO BUYER APPROVAL.ENSURE THAT SUPPLIER AND SUPPLIER'S PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO THE BUYER'S ACCOUNT ARE QUALIFIED AND
TRAINED ON THE BUYER'S SOLUTION IMPLEMENTATION AND ENVIRONMENT.
11.0 TERMINATION OF A WORK AUTHORIZATION
Work Authorizations and/or any portion of the scope of work defined in a WA may be canceled immediately upon written notice. There will be no cancellation charges and only time worked until the date of cancellation may be billed. Services and consulting resources provided under an active WA can be added or removed as the project activities require. Buyer will provide Supplier with written notice of cancellation one week in advance for termination of the entire project covered under an active WA whose scheduled end date is one month or longer from the date of termination.
SCHEDULE G: ACCEPTANCE OF DEVELOPED WORKS
Buyer will execute acceptance criteria against all Developed Works provided by the Supplier to:
i. validate expected content provided by the Supplier satisfies agreed upon capabilities or corrections
ii. validate capabilities or corrections provided by the Supplier are backward compatible with the Buyer's implementation
BUYER ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
Buyer and Supplier will mutually establish a set of acceptance criteria for each Developed Work. Buyer will validate the Developed Work provided by the Supplier to ensure it meets the acceptance criteria as stated in the Work Authorization. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly cure any reported defects or deficiencies , and without cost to Buyer. Supplier shall then redeliver the Developed Work for review and testing by the Buyer.
SCHEDULE H: JOINT ADVISORY COMMITTEE AND DISPUTE RESOLUTION
1.0 JOINT ADVISORY COMMITTEE
Supplier and Buyer agree to create a Joint Advisory Committee (the "Joint Advisory Committee" or "JAC") which will include one Executive Sponsor each from Supplier and Buyer and any additional representatives that they elect to include. The JAC will:
i. conduct quarterly reviews of the progress on projects;
ii. annually review the operating and strategic plans prepared by the key executives;
iii. review, on a quarterly basis, performance objectives and measurements;
iv. provide advice and direction on technology changes; and
v. resolve disputes between the Parties by escalation if necessary to Executive Sponsor of Supplier and the Executive Sponsor of the Buyer.
2.0 CONTINUATION OF SERVICE
Except where clearly prevented by the area in dispute, both parties agree to continue performing their respective obligations under this Agreement while the dispute is being resolved according to the process described above unless and until such obligations are terminated or expire in accordance with the provisions hereof. Nothing contained in this Schedule shall limit the rights of either party to seek immediate injunctive relief in the event of a breach of its intellectual property rights.
3.0 BUYER PREFERRED RELATIONSHIP
Supplier agrees to lead with and recommend IBM product offerings including but not limited to DB2 and Websphere in customer engagements and in addition will make a good faith effort to lead in any marketing activities, including advertising and customer collateral . When such materials are produced, they will be reviewed by the JAC.
SCHEDULE I: QUALITY
1.0 SUPPLIER STRUCTURED DEVELOPMENT PROCESS
The Supplier will follow a structured development process which is documented and measurable in the development of all of its software products. Buyer will not impose specific requirements on Supplier on how to produce such products or how to manage these projects but will be allowed to review the data on the process and progress during the life of the contract in the form of Audits.
2.0 REVIEWS
On a periodic basis and no more than once a year unless mutually agreed by the Joint Advisory Committee , the Buyer or Buyer's quality representative may, at Buyer's sole expense and no additional charge to Buyer, conduct audits in the form of visits at the Supplier's and Supplier's sub-tier supplier's manufacturing locations. The Process for such reviews shall be determined jointly by Buyer and Supplier. The Supplier shall, at Buyer's request, permit access to the auditors to Software Development operations and inspection of interim and final products for Buyer, including access to the sub-tier supplier facilities. Periodic audits shall include process control, quality inspection test data, internal audit reports, and other information related to the product being produced, as referred in Documentation, to verify compliance to the terms of this SOW. The Supplier shall be given at least four weeks advance notice by Buyer representatives of their intent to visit. Buyer's inspection of product at the Supplier or sub- tier supplier shall not relieve the Supplier's responsibility to furnish product compliant with the specifications. Buyer reserves the right to reject any products that are found nonconforming with the specifications subsequent to inspection at source by the Buyer. The Supplier shall ensure access for Buyer's auditors to all the sites where work is being performed or materials being delivered to Supplier in performance of Supplier's work for the Buyer.
3.0 DOCUMENT CONTROL
The Supplier shall ensure that all documents such as software/firmware, engineering specifications and designs, contracts, policies, procedures, software development process flow chart, and work instructions (including test procedures) are under configuration control and are available to all necessary personnel in the development environment. Supplier shall a have a document configuration control system for the effective updating/removal of any obsolete documentation from all development areas.
SCHEDULE J: COMMUNICATIONS AND APPROVAL
All communications between the parties will be carried out through the following designated coordinators:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- BUYER COORDINATOR NAME CONTACT INFORMATION ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Executive Sponsor * * [ ] ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contract * * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Business * * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Technical * * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Legal * * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
* This material has been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and such material has been filed separately with the Commission.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------- SUPPLIER COORDINATOR NAME CONTACT INFORMATION ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Executive Sponsor Sanjay Mittal smittal@selectica.com 3 W. Plumeria Dr San Jose, CA 95134 [ ] (408) 545-2544 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Contract Ted Wang ted@altuslegal.com 3 W. Plumeria Dr. San Jose, CA 95134 (650) 473-1123 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Business Rob Milks [ ] rmilks@selectica.com 71 Hanarry Dr. Lawrenceville, GA 30045 (678) 985-9766 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Technical Santosh Srinivasan [ ] Ssriniva@selectica.com 3 W. Plumeria Dr. San Jose, CA 95134 (408) 545-2584 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- Legal Ted Wang Ted@altuslegal.com 3 W. Plumeria Dr. San Jose, CA 95134 (650)473-1123 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
If Buyer or Supplier approval are required per this contract, the respective Executive Sponsor, or as delegated for each party as defined in the Schedule H Joint Advisory Committee, will be required to respond in writing accordingly.
SCHEDULE K: PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES
The Supplier will be expected to achieve specific performance objectives.
1.0 SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENTS
Supplier shall meet or exceed the SLAs defined in Schedule C, Section 5 "Service Level Agreement" of this document. In the event the Supplier does not achieve committed SLAs, penalties will be assessed. Specifically:
i. Buyer will assess 1 point for each week that a Severity 1 or Severity 2 defect fix exceeds a mutually agreed to fix date due to Supplier delay or due to failure of the Developed Works to pass Buyer's Acceptance Criteria documented in Schedule G, Section 1.0 Buyer's Acceptance Criteria either of which result in delays to Buyer's new deployment schedules.
ii. Supplier agrees to meet a monthly defect SLA criteria equivalent to the internal SLA criteria of the Buyer. Buyer will assess 2 points for each month Supplier does not achieve overall monthly SLA criteria. The following definition applies unless otherwise mutually agreed. For each severity 1 and severity 2 defect there are four performance measurements in Schedule C, section 5.0. The average performance over all Severity 1 and 2 per month will define the monthly SLA criteria achievement (measured as total achieved/total possible). The current SLA criteria is 80% for severity 1 and 2 responses.
2.0 BUYER SATISFACTION
Buyer will conduct quarterly surveys of Buyer's Development Personnel and Buyer Stake Holders associated with the project to determine Buyer satisfaction levels and identify focus areas Supplier may need to provide remedial actions. Buyer surveys will focus on:
i. Supplier's timeliness of Deliverables/Milestones
ii. Quality (e.g. Correctness, reliability, completeness) of Supplier's Deliverables
iii. Actual Vs Quote (Estimate) of Supplier's services
iv. Supplier's Flexibility/Responsiveness associated with specification changes, Buyer terms and conditions
v. Skills associated with Supplier's technical team and strength of technology provided
vi. Effectiveness of Supplier's Project Management methodologies and alignment to Buyer's Project Management methodologies
vii. Responsiveness and effectiveness of Communications
Supplier will achieve a 90% satisfaction rating from the Buyer. In the event the Supplier does not achieve a 90% satisfaction rating, the Buyer shall assess 2 points.
3.0 SUPPLIER INCENTIVES
viii. In no case will the penalties assessed by the Buyer for any quarter exceed the maximum quarterly penalty as defined in SOW Section 5.2.
ix. Penalty points will not be carried forward.
x. Supplier may offset any or all penalties assessed by the Buyer for a given quarter by exceeding performance level objectives for that quarter. Incentive points will be assigned to the Supplier each quarter and used to offset any penalty points as defined in Section 1.0 and 2.0 of this Schedule.
INCENTIVE TABLE
---------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACHIEVEMENT POINTS ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- On time delivery of fixes as promised by the Supplier 1 100% of the time ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Overall Monthly SLA achievement for Severity 1 and 1 Severity 2 defects by the Supplier exceeds 90% ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Supplier "Deliverables" pass Buyer's Acceptance Criteria 1 100% of the time ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Buyer satisfaction rating exceeds 95% 1 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- 100% delivery of all Supplier "Updates", "Work Products", 1 "Deliverables" or Services as specified in the relevant WA(s) and pass Buyer's Acceptance Criteria ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
Each point will represent 1/5 of the maximum quarterly penalty as defined in SOW
Section 5.2. In no case will Supplier credits exceed the penalties assessed by
the Buyer that would result in fees to be paid by the Buyer. Supplier credits
will not be carried forward or applied against next quarter assessments.
SCHEDULE L: PUBLICITY
Each Party will submit to the other all press releases and other publicity matters relating to this Agreement in which the other Party's name or mark is mentioned or language from which the connection of said name or mark may be inferred or implied, and will not publish or use such press releases, or publicity matters without prior written approval of the other Party unless required by law. The foregoing shall not prevent either party from disclosing facts related to this Agreement in connection with its good faith compliance with securities laws.
Buyer and Supplier agree to Press Release announcing initial project and Supplier designation of IBM as their preferred vendor for Database Management Software (DB2) and Application Server (WebSphere). Such announcement must be mutually agreed in writing and will not be released prior to successful closure of conditional warranty clause. Buyer and Supplier will work in good faith to provide such Press Release by January 21, 2003.
SCHEDULE M: CERTIFICATE OF ORIGINALITY
The Certificate of Originality questionnaire may be used to cover one complete Developed Works, even if that Developed Works includes multiple modules. Write "not applicable" or "N/A" if a question is not relevant to the furnished software material.
- The following Certificate of Originality applies to all Developed Works described in this Statement of Work.
- Was any portion of the software material written by anyone other than you or your employees within the scope of their employment? YES _____ NO _____ If YES, identify the author and the circumstances:
1. Indicate if the whole software material or only a portion thereof was written by such party, and identify such portion:
a. Specify for each involved party the name, address, and citizenship:
b. If the party is a company, how did it acquire title to the software material (e.g., software material was written by company's employees within the scope of their employment)?
c. If the party is an individual, did he/she create the software material while employed by or under contractual relationship with another party? YES _____ NO ______ If YES, provide name and address of the other party and explain the nature of the contractual relationship:
2. How did you acquire title to the software material written by the other party?
a. Are any copyright, confidentiality, or proprietary notice(s) present on the software material(s)? YES _____ NO ______ If YES, please describe such notice(s).
b. Was any portion of the software material (e.g., Code, associated documentation or Externals) derived from preexisting works (either yours or a third party's), including any code from freeware, shareware, electronic bulletin boards, or the Internet? YES _____ NO ______ If YES, please identify the material, author, owner, source, and copyright notice, if any, for each of the preexisting materials.
i. Does any of the software materials (e.g., Code, associated documentation or Externals) include recognizable voices, pictures or other likenesses? YES ____ NO ______ If YES, how did you acquire rights to use such recognizable voices, pictures or other likenesses?
ii. Provide an explanation of any other circumstance which might affect Buyer's ability to reproduce, distribute and market this software material, including whether your software material was prepared from any preexisting materials which have any: a) confidentiality or trade secret restrictions to others; b) known or possible royalty obligations to others; and c) used other preexisting materials developed for another party or customer (including government) where you may not have retained full rights to such other preexisting materials.
Authorized Signature: ________________________
Name: ________________________
Title: ________________________
EXHIBIT 10.24
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Professional Services Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into by and between GE Medical Services, ("Customer") and Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation with principal offices located at 3 West Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134 ("Selectica") is effective on the date it is signed by both parties ("Effective Date").
In consideration of the mutual promises and upon the terms and conditions set forth below, the parties agree as follows:
1 DEFINITIONS
1.1 "Customer" means the entity specified above who is the final end user, purchaser or licensee of Services and Deliverables under this Agreement.
1.2 "Deliverables" means all works of authorship, whether in hard copy or electronic form, including but not limited to programs, program listings, programming tools, designs, analyses, reports, manuals, supporting materials, test results, recommendations and drawings to be provided by Selectica to Customer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and any SOW (defined below) issued hereunder.
1.3 "Documentation" means, but is not limited to, any and all data other than Deliverables, whether in hard copy or electronic form, including reports, designs, analyses, computer programs, user manuals and other supporting material, summaries, literature, test results, recommendations or drawings generated by Selectica or its Subcontractor(s) in the course of providing Services under this Agreement and any SOW hereunder, including all work-papers and other materials generated in the course of performance of Services and preparation of Deliverables.
1.4 "Services" means the services provided by Selectica and its subcontractors as defined in a SOW issued under this Agreement.
1.5 "Statement of Work" ("SOW") means the document(s) agreed upon by Selectica and Customer which defines the Services to be performed under this Agreement, and the Deliverables to be provided, in the form of an attachment(s) to this Agreement.
2 SERVICES AND STATEMENT OF WORK
Selectica will make available and manage Services as described in the SOW(s) attached hereto as Schedule A. Services may be provided by Selectica or individuals or organizations employed by or under contract with Selectica. Each SOW will become part of this Agreement by this reference when signed by Selectica and Customer and shall include (a) a detailed description of Selectica's and Customer's respective responsibilities; (b) an estimated performance schedule including milestones, if applicable; (c) specific completion criteria that Selectica is required to meet to fulfill its obligations under the SOW; (d) pricing and payment terms; and (e) identification of Selectica and Customer contacts. A SOW will be deemed to have been accepted upon completion of the completion criteria in the SOW, as evidenced by the execution of a Project Acceptance Form. A SOW may only be amended or modified by a written document signed by authorized representatives of Selectica and Customer, in accordance with the change control procedures set forth therein.
3 DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
3.1 Data and Information. Customer shall make available in a timely manner at no charge to Selectica all technical data, computer facilities, programs, files, documentation, test data, sample output, or other information and resources reasonably required by Selectica for the performance of the Services. Customer will be responsible for, and assumes the risk of any problems resulting from, the content, accuracy, completeness and consistency of all such data, materials and information supplied by Customer.
3.2 Equipment. Customer shall provide, at no charge to Selectica, office space, services and access to equipment (such as copiers, fax machines, and modems) as Selectica may reasonably require to provide the Services.
3.3 Status Updates. Status updates will be held between Selectica and the Customer's CEO of the joint program plan every 2 to 3 weeks. Reviews will focus on progress to key deliverables.
3.4 Program Manager. Selectica will name and place a Customer approved Program Manager on-site at Customer for the duration of the particular SOW.
4 RELATIONSHIP OF PARTIES
Each party will be and act as an independent contractor and not as an agent or partner of, joint venturer with the other party for any purpose related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereunder, and neither party will by virtue of this Agreement have any right, power or authority to act or create any obligation, expressed or implied, on behalf of the other party.
5 CONFIDENTIALITY
5.1 Both parties acknowledge that, in the course of performing this Agreement, they may obtain information relating to products (such as goods, services, and software) of the other party, or relating to the parties themselves, which is of a confidential and proprietary nature ("Confidential Information"). Confidential Information includes without limitation any and all trade secrets, know how, inventions, techniques, processes, programs, schematics, software source documents, data, algorithms, formulas, computer programs, design documents or information, product strategy and pricing data, design and coding, interfaces with Selectica software, anything provided by Selectica in connection with its support or warranty obligations and any other information marked or identified as Confidential Information at the time of disclosure.
5.2 The parties (including subcontractors) shall at all times, both during the term of this Agreement and for a period of at least five (5) years after its termination (except for software or computer programs, in which case such obligations shall continue) use diligent efforts to keep in trust and confidence all Confidential Information of the other party and shall not use such Confidential Information other than as necessary to carry out its duties under this Agreement, nor shall either party disclose any such Confidential Information to third parties, excluding subcontractors with a need to know, without the other party's prior written consent.
5.3 The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to information which
(a) has entered the public domain except where such entry is the result of a
party's breach of this Agreement; (b) prior to disclosure hereunder was already
in the receiving party's possession; (c) subsequent to disclosure hereunder is
obtained by the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a third party
who has the right to disclose such information; or (d) was
Professional Services Agreement Page 1 of 7 Selectica, Inc
developed by the receiving party without use of the Confidential Information.
5.4 Neither party shall disclose, advertise, or publish the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any SOW without the prior written consent of the other party;
5.5 Neither party grants the other party any rights to use its trademarks, service marks, or other proprietary symbols or designations.
6 OWNERSHIP
6.1 Nothing in this Agreement shall alter or amend the intellectual property licenses provided with the license of any Selectica software products. The following provisions apply only to those further Services, Deliverables and other intellectual property generated in performance of this Agreement, whether or not related to Selectica software products.
6.2 Customer shall own all right, title and interest (including patent rights, copyrights, trade secret rights, mask work rights and all other rights throughout the world) in any inventions, works of authorship, mask works, ideas or information made by Selectica in the course of performance under this Agreement. Customer shall have no ownership of or license to any Developer Stock; provided, however, that Developer expressly agrees to grant Customer any license necessary in order for Customer to use any Deliverable according to Customer's needs. "Developer Stock" means Selectica's preexisting software, code, development tools and routines as well as derivatives and modifications thereof, as well as any idea, invention, work or information created by Selectica which has general applicability apart from the Services or Deliverables, but only to the extent that such invention or work does not include any intellectual property otherwise owned by Customer.
6.3 These intellectual property rights and proprietary rights may include, but are not limited to, all current and future worldwide patents and other patent rights, copyrights, trade secrets, trademarks, inventions, mask work rights, programs, program listings, procedures, programming tools, documentation, reports and drawings, and the related documentation or tangible expression thereof.
6.4 Selectica grants Customer a non-exclusive right to use, reproduce, copy, display, modify, extend and/or create derivative works from the Services and Deliverables, including any Developer Stock contained therein (but only in conjunction with the application of software licensed by Selectica or Customer's use of any Deliverable) as necessary in the conduct of Customer's own business.
6.5 This license for the Developer Stock is perpetual provided Customer is not otherwise in breach of this agreement.
6.6 This grant of rights does not include the right to sublicense and is non-transferable.
6.7 Selectica shall own all right, title and interest in all intellectual property in the Developer Stock as provided to Customer pursuant to this Agreement or any SOW issued hereunder.
6.8 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as to preclude Selectica from developing, using, marketing or otherwise exploiting software programs or other materials that may be competitive with that prepared for Customer hereunder, irrespective of whether such programs are similar or related to the programs developed under this Agreement.
7 FEES AND PAYMENTS
7.1 Fees. Customer shall pay Selectica for the Services in accordance with Schedule A attached hereto. All payments for fees and expenses must be made within thirty (30) days of the date the invoice is received.
7.2 Expenses. GEMS shall reimburse Contractor for all materials and travel expenses incurred by Contractor personnel for expenditures identified on the Schedule or which both parties agree are required to perform this Agreement. All expense charges shall be based on actual out-of-pocket expenses. No "service" charge shall be applied. Copies of all original receipts shall be provided by Contractor. When GEMS's corporate discounts are available and are to be used, GEMS shall notify Contractor.Expenses incurred shall conform to GEMS's standard guidelines:
(i) Airline Travel: Actual costs of the fare shall be charged. Coach fare shall be used within the constraints of project timelines and the requests of GEMS. No first class travel shall be used unless explicitly requested by GEMS. Cost of ground transportation, parking, etc. for airline travel is charged at actual incurred cost including any reasonable gratuities. Contractor shall schedule airline travel fourteen (14) days in advance, unless otherwise specified in the Schedule.
(ii) Auto Expenses: The current IRS mileage standard per mile shall be charged plus any tolls. If the parties agree to arrange for a rental car as specified in the Schedule, actual costs shall be charged.
(iii) Lodging: Standard, single room rates shall be charged, not to exceed the GEMS negotiated rate per day unless otherwise authorized by GEMS.
(iv) Meals and incidentals: Actual out-of-pocket expenses shall be charged including any reasonable gratuities. Daily meals shall not exceed $30 per day unless otherwise authorized by GEMS.
7.3 Taxes. Customer agrees to pay or reimburse Selectica for all federal, state, dominion, provincial or local sales taxes, fees or duties arising out of this Agreement or the transaction contemplated by this Agreement (other than taxes on the net income of Selectica).
7.4 Invoices. If Customer's procedures require that an invoice be submitted against a purchase order before payment can be made, Customer will be responsible for issuing such purchase order and delivering the same to Selectica at the time each applicable SOW is entered into.
8 CUSTOMER SECURITY REGULATIONS/WORK POLICY
Customer shall provide to Selectica, and Selectica shall ensure that its personnel or subcontractors make commercially reasonable efforts to comply with Customer's security regulations in their activities at Customer sites or in connection with Customer systems. Unless otherwise agreed to by both parties, Selectica's personnel (including its subcontractors) will observe the working hours, working rules, and holiday schedules of Customer while working on Customer's premises.
9 DISCLAIMER
9.1 NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL AFFECT THE WARRANTIES PROVIDED WITH ANY HARDWARE PURCHASED OR SOFTWARE LICENSED BY CUSTOMER UNDER SEPARATE AGREEMENTS. SELECTICA WARRANTS THAT ALL SERVICES RENDERED PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE PERFORMED IN PROFESSIONAL MANNER CONSISTENT WITH INDUSTRY PRACTICES. ANY
Professional Services Agreement Page 2 of 7 Selectica, Inc
AND ALL SERVICES AND DELIVERABLES PROVIDED HEREUNDER SHALL SUBSTANTIALLY CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE SOW.
9.2 EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THIS AGREEMENT, ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS, AND WARRANTIES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, AGAINST INFRINGEMENT OR ARISING FROM A COURSE OF DEALING, USAGE, OR TRADE PRACTICE, ARE HEREBY EXCLUDED TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY APPLICABLE LAW. CUSTOMER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE RE-PERFORMANCE OR TERMINATION OF THE SOW AT SELECTICA'S OPTION. THIS DISCLAIMER AND EXCLUSION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF THE EXPRESS WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
10 PERSONAL INJURY AND TANGIBLE AND PERSONAL PROPERTY INDEMNIFICATION
10.1 Each party shall defend and indemnify the other party from and against any damages, losses, or expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees), incurred as a result of any third party claims to the extent based on a claim that the sole negligence of the indemnifying party's employees or agents directly caused death, bodily injury or damage to tangible personal property.
10.2 The indemnifying party's obligation to defend and indemnify is subject to the indemnifying party being notified in writing of the third party proceeding or action and given full authority, information and assistance for defense of such claim.
11 INDEMNITIES
11.1 Selectica hereby indemnifies and holds harmless Customer and its affiliates, successors, assigns, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, attorneys and agents (collectively the "Indemnified Parties") from and against any and all losses resulting from unauthorized use or disclosure of Confidential Information by Selectica, its employees, or other parties to which Selectica provided Confidential Information in breach of this Agreement.
11.2 Selectica shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against the losses, damages, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the Indemnified Parties' reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs of legal defense, whether direct or indirect) associated with any and all claims, demands, suits, proceedings or judgments arising out of (i) breach of any Selectica's representations and warranties hereunder; or (ii) the infringement of third party intellectual property rights; (iii) any acts or omissions of Selectica or any of its directors, officers, employees, or agents, including the following (a) negligence or other tortious conduct, (b) representations or statements not specifically hereby authorized by Customer or as otherwise authorized in writing, or (c) knowing violation by Selectica (or any of its directors, officers, employees or agents) of any applicable law, regulation or order.
11.3 Regarding Section 11.2 Customer agrees Selectica shall be notified in writing within fifteen (15) days by Customer of any notice of any such claim; and Selectica shall be responsible for undertaking the defense of any action on such claim and for all negotiations for its settlement or compromise, but Selectica shall allow CUSTOMER to provide constructive input with respect to such defense and negotiations. If Selectica does not provide a reasonable defense to any action, Customer may at its option assume and undertake the defense. Selectica will reimburse Customer for any expenses from such claim within sixty (60) days after being incurred.
11
12 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING ELSE HEREIN, ALL LIABILITY OF SELECTICA AND/OR SUPPLIERS AND/OR SUBCONTRACTORS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY SOW HEREUNDER SHALL BE LIMITED TO MONEY PAID BY CUSTOMER TO SELECTICA UNDER THE SOW WHICH IS THE SOURCE OF THE LIABILITY. ALL LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT IS CUMULATIVE AND NOT PER INCIDENT.
13 CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WAIVER
IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS BE LIABLE UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR (A) ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, LOST PROFITS, LOST DATA, OR ANY OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES EVEN IF SELECTICA OR ITS SUPPLIERS OR SUBCONTRACTORS HAVE BEEN INFORMED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF, OR (B) ANY COSTS OR EXPENSES FOR THE PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE EQUIPMENT OR SERVICES.
14 INJUNCTIVE RELIEF
Unauthorized use of Confidential Information, Deliverables, Documentation, or any information contained therein will diminish the value to each party of its trade secrets or proprietary information. Therefore, if either party breaches any of its confidentiality or other obligations hereunder, the other party shall be entitled such equitable relief as may be determined appropriate under the circumstances by a court or tribunal of competent jurisdiction to protect such party's interests therein, including but not limited to injunctive relief, in addition to any monetary damages to which it may be entitled.
15 TERM AND TERMINATION
15.1 Term. This Agreement will take effect on the Effective Date and will remain in effect until terminated in accordance with this Section 15.
15.2 Failure by either party to comply with any material term or condition under this Agreement or a SOW issued hereunder shall entitle the other party to give the party in default written notice requiring it to cure such default. If the party in default has not cured such default within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice, the notifying party shall be entitled, in addition to any other rights it may have, to terminate this Agreement (and all SOWs issued hereunder) and/or the individual SOW by giving notice effective immediately.
15.3 The right of either party to terminate this Agreement and/or a SOW shall not be affected in any way by its waiver of or failure to take action with respect to any previous default.
15.4 Notice shall be sent to the name and address specified for receipt of Notices under this Agreement, and shall be deemed received three days after it is sent by U.S. mail or any commercial package delivery service.
15.5 This Agreement or an individual SOW may be terminated immediately by either party through written notice under any of the following conditions: (a) either party ceases to carry on business as a going concern, either party becomes the object of the institution of voluntary or involuntary proceedings in bankruptcy or liquidation, or a receiver is appointed with respect to a substantial part of its assets, (b) either party assigns (by operation of law or otherwise) or transfers any of the rights or responsibilities granted under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other party, except as permitted under this Agreement.
15.6 Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement and/or any SOW hereunder may be terminated immediately by Selectica in
Professional Services Agreement Page 3 of 7 Selectica, Inc
the event of Customer's breach of Section 6, Ownership, Section 5, Confidentiality, or Section 16, Export Control or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of Customer's assets, or transfer of a controlling interest in Customer to an unaffiliated third party.
15.7 Upon termination of this Agreement and/or any SOWs, Customer shall pay
Selectica for all work performed under the affected SOW(s) up to the effective
date of termination at the agreed upon prices, fees and expense reimbursement
rates set forth in the relevant SOW(s). In addition Customer agrees, within ten
(10) days after termination, to deliver to Selectica at Selectica's discretion
either: (i) the original and all copies of the Deliverables and related
materials received by Customer in connection with the terminated work for which
Selectica has not been paid in the course of performance; or (ii) a certificate
certifying that Customer has destroyed the original and all copies of such
Deliverables and related materials.
15.8 The rights and remedies of each party provided in this Section 14 shall not be exclusive and are in addition to all other rights and remedies provided at law, in equity or otherwise under this Agreement or SOWs hereunder.
15.9 Sections 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 16, 19 and 21 of this Agreement and any accrued rights to payment shall survive termination, regardless of the reason for termination.
16 EXPORT CONTROL
16.1 Customer acknowledges that the products, technical data, Services, Deliverables, Documentation, and other Confidential Information that may be supplied or created by Selectica or its subcontractor(s) hereunder are subject to export controls under the laws and regulations of the United States, including the Export Administration Regulations. Customer shall comply with such United States export control laws and regulations applicable to all such products, technical data Services, Deliverables, Documentation, and Confidential Information (including Software and processes) and, without limiting the generality of this Section 16, agrees to obtain all licenses, permits or approvals required by any government. Selectica and Customer each agree to provide the other such information and assistance as may reasonably be required by the other in connection with securing such licenses, approvals, and permits, and to take timely action to obtain all required import and export documents.
16.2 Customer hereby certifies that none of the products, technical data, Services, Deliverables, Documentation, and other Confidential Information that may be supplied or created by Selectica or its subcontractor(s) under this Agreement or a SOW hereunder will be sold or otherwise transferred to a US embargoed destination, or made available for use by or for, any military end-user, or in any military end-use located in or operating under the authority of any country identified in Country Group D1 under Supplement No. 1 to Part 740 of the EAR (The current restricted lists are available on Selectica Connection Online) without a U.S. license.
16.3 Customer also certifies that none of the products, technical data, Services, Deliverables, Documentation, and other Confidential Information that may be supplied or created by Selectica or its subcontractor(s) under this Agreement or a SOW will be sold or otherwise transferred to, or made available for use by or for, any entity that is engaged in the design, development, production, stockpiling or use of nuclear, biological or chemical weapons or missiles.
16.4 Customer's obligations under this Section 16 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever.
17 ASSIGNMENT
17.1 Neither party may assign (directly, by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement or any of its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party except that Customer may assign all, but not part, of this Agreement and the Software and Documentation then in its possession or control to the successor of Customer in a merger or other similar corporate reorganization outside of the course of Customer's normal business operations or to the purchaser of substantially all of Customer's assets, provided such successor or purchaser agrees in writing to comply with the terms of this Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
18 NOTICE
18.1 All notices required or permitted under this Agreement will be in
writing and will be deemed received when (a) delivered personally; (b) when sent
by confirmed telex or facsimile (followed by the actual document in air mail/air
courier); (c) three (3) days after having been sent by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (or six (6) days for
international mail); or (d) one (1) day after deposit with a commercial express
courier specifying next day delivery or, for international courier packages, two
(2) days after deposit with a commercial express courier specifying 2-day
delivery, with written verification of receipt.
18.2 All communications will be sent to the persons identified below at the addresses set forth on the signature page of this Agreement or to such other address as may be designated by a party by giving written notice to the other party pursuant to this paragraph.
If to Selectica: GENERAL COUNSEL
SELECTICA, INC.,
3 WEST PLUMERIA DRIVE
SAN JOSE, CA 95134
If to Customer: [PERSON/TITLE]
[COMPANY NAME]
[ADDRESS]
[ADDRESS]
19 FORCE MAJEURE
Either party to this Agreement shall be excused from any delay or failure in performance hereunder, except the payment of fees by Customer to Selectica, caused by reason of occurrence or contingency beyond its reasonable control, including without limitation acts of God, earthquake, labor disputes and strikes, riots, war or governmental requirements.
20 SOLICITATION OF EMPLOYEES
Unless otherwise approved in writing, for the term of this Agreement and twelve months beyond, neither party will offer employment to any employee of the other party or contract with, either individually or through a third party, any current or former employee of the other party including affiliated companies under common ownership who was involved with the services provided under this Agreement.
21 MISCELLANEOUS
21.1 Waivers and Modifications. The failure of either party to enforce its rights under this Agreement at any time for any period shall not be construed as a waiver of such rights. No changes or modifications to or waivers of any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless evidenced in writing and signed by both parties.
21.2 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable, such
Professional Services Agreement Page 4 of 7 Selectica, Inc
provision will be limited or eliminated to the minimum extent necessary so that this Agreement shall otherwise remain in full force and effect and enforceable.
21.3 Governing Law and Dispute Resolution. This Agreement shall be governed
by and interpreted, construed, and enforced in accordance with the internal laws
of the State of New York, without regard to conflict of law provisions thereof.
Any dispute, controversy or claim relating to this Agreement (a "Dispute") will
be resolved first through good faith negotiations between us. If the parties are
unable to resolve the Dispute, either party may submit the Dispute for
resolution by mediation pursuant to the Center for Public Resources Model
Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes as then in effect. The mediation
shall be conducted in New York City. Mediation will continue for at least thirty
(30) days unless the mediator chooses to withdraw sooner. At the request of
either party, the mediator will be asked to provide an evaluation of the Dispute
and the parties' relative positions. Each party shall bear its own costs of
mediation effort. If the Dispute cannot be resolved through mediation, either
party may commence an action to resolve the Dispute in the Commercial Division
of the New York State court in New York County, it being agreed that the parties
submit to the jurisdiction of that court. THE PARTIES EXPRESSLY WAIVE AND FOREGO
ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
21.4 Headings. Headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way affect the interpretation of the Agreement.
21.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including all Schedules hereto, supersedes all proposals, oral or written, all negotiations, conversations, discussions or agreements between or among the parties relating to the subject matter of this Agreement and all past dealing or industry custom. No employee, agent, representative, or affiliate of Selectica has authority to bind Selectica to any oral representations or warranty concerning the Software or the Services.
21.6 Services. Any written representation or warranty not expressly contained in this Agreement will not be enforceable. Unless another level of effort is specified, the parties shall use reasonable commercial efforts to fulfill the obligations set forth herein.
21.7 Insurance. Selectica agrees to maintain such public liability insurance (including without limitation workers compensation, employer's liability, comprehensive general liability, product liability and property damage insurance) as will adequately protect Customer in the event of any liability arising under this Agreement and, upon Customer's request, Selectica will provide Customer with evidence of such insurance.
21.8 Publicity. Except as otherwise expressly provided, Selectica may not, without Customer's prior written consent, advertise or publish the fact that the Customer have contracted to purchase goods or services from Selectica, disclose information relating to this Agreement, or use Customer's name or trademarks, or the names or trademarks of any of Customer's affiliates or customers.
Professional Services Agreement Page 5 of 7 Selectica, Inc
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties by their authorized representatives have executed this Agreement as follows:
SELECTICA, INC. ("SELECTICA")
/s/ David S. Batt By: ______________________________________________________ David S. Batt (Typed or Printed Name):__________________________________ Executive Vice President Title: ___________________________________________________ 6/28/2002 Date: ____________________________________________________ |
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS ("CUSTOMER")
/s/ Mitchell J. Habib By: ______________________________________________________ Mitchell J. Habib (Typed or Printed Name):__________________________________ e Business GM Title: ___________________________________________________ 6/28/2002 Date: ____________________________________________________ /s/ Laura G. King By: ______________________________________________________ Laura G. King (Typed or Printed Name):__________________________________ GM Sourcing Title: ___________________________________________________ 6/28/2002 Date: ____________________________________________________ |
SCHEDULE A
FEES FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES
1. Professional Services Fees for Statement of Work #1:
According to the requirements in Statement of Work #1 attached hereto, professional services will be provided by the Company over an estimated period of fifteen months commencing on July 1, 2002. The professional services will be performed for a fixed fee of $3,200,000.
Payments shall only be due upon a signed Acceptance by Customer according to the Acceptance Criteria for each Deliverable contained in the Statement of Work.
The payment schedule for Professional Services Fees shall be as follows:
---------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYMENT DATE AMOUNT OF PAYMENT ---------------------------------------------------------------------- MILESTONE 1 $ 640,000 (CONTRACT EXECUTION) (ESTIMATED JULY 1, 2002) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLE AT MILESTONE 2 $ 640,000 (ESTIMATED OCTOBER 1, 2002) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLE AT MILESTONE 3 $ 640,000 (ESTIMATED JANUARY 1, 2003) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLE AT MILESTONE 4 $ 640,000 (ESTIMATED APRIL 1, 2003) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL DELIVERABLE $ 640,000 (ESTIMATED JULY 1, 2003, UPON COMPLETION) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL $3,200,000 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2. Expenses:
Expenses for Statement of Work #1 are additional to Professional Services fees and are subject to the following guidelines:
(i) Airline Travel: Actual costs of the fare shall be charged. Coach fare shall be used within the constraints of project timelines and the requests of GEMS. No first class travel shall be used unless explicitly requested by GEMS. Cost of ground transportation, parking, etc. for airline travel is charged at actual incurred cost including any reasonable gratuities. Contractor shall schedule airline travel fourteen (14) days in advance, unless otherwise specified in the Schedule.
(ii) Auto Expenses: The current IRS mileage standard per mile shall be charged plus any tolls. If the parties agree to arrange for a rental car as specified in the Schedule, actual costs shall be charged.
(iii) Lodging: Standard, single room rates shall be charged, not to exceed the GEMS negotiated rate per day unless otherwise authorized by GEMS.
(iv) Meals and incidentals: Actual out-of-pocket expenses shall be charged including any reasonable gratuities. Daily meals shall not exceed $30 per day unless otherwise authorized by GEMS.
Professional Services Agreement Page 6 of 7 Selectica, Inc
(SELECTICA LOGO)
[PROJECT] CHANGE ACCEPTANCE REQUEST
Professional Services Agreement Page 7 of 7 Selectica, Inc
EXHIBIT 10.25
SELECTICA, INC.
MAJOR ACCOUNT LICENSE AGREEMENT
This Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2002 (the "Effective Date"), is made and entered into by and between Selectica, Inc. 3 West Plumeria Drive, San Jose, California, 95134 ("SELECTICA"), and GE Medical Systems and Affiliates ("Customer"). SELECTICA and Customer agree as follows:
1. DEFINITIONS
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the following specified meanings:
1.1 "DOCUMENTATION" means the documentation shipped with the Software to Customer hereunder, together with any and all new releases, corrections, updates and applicable training materials furnished by SELECTICA to Customer under this Agreement.
1.2 "SOFTWARE" means the computer software specified in Exhibit A attached hereto, in object code form.
1.3 "AFFILIATE" means a corporation, company or other entity controlling, under the control of or under common control with the person at issue where control means the ownership of (1) at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or securities (representing the right to vote for the election of directors or other managing authority) are, or (2) in the case of an entity which does not have outstanding shares or securities, as may be the case in a partnership, joint venture or unincorporated association, at least fifty percent (50%) of the ownership interest representing the right to make the decisions for such corporation, company or other entity.
2. SOFTWARE DELIVERY AND LICENSE
2.1 DELIVERABLES. Upon execution of this Agreement, SELECTICA shall deliver to Customer one reproducible master copy of the Software licensed hereunder to Customer, in object code form, and one copy of the Documentation.
2.2 GRANT. Subject to the terms of this Agreement and payment of all fees, SELECTICA hereby grants Customer a worldwide, fully paid, nonexclusive, nontransferable, perpetual license to:
(a) Install and use the Software ordered by Customer hereunder for internal use by Customer for the number of users or seats authorized under this Agreement. The number of users or seats initially authorized hereunder is set forth in Exhibit B. Customer may increase the number of authorized users or seats from time to time upon payment to SELECTICA of the applicable amount as set forth in Exhibit B.
(b) Reproduce the Documentation for the Software ordered by Customer hereunder and/or incorporate all or any portion of the Documentation in training materials prepared by the Customer, in each case solely for the use of the Customer and provided that the copyright notices and other proprietary rights legends of SELECTICA are included on each copy of the Documentation and such materials.
(c) Reproduce and make a reasonable number of copies for archival and backup purposes.
2.3 RESTRICTIONS. Customer shall use the Software and Documentation only for the purposes specified in section 2.2. In addition, without limitation, Customer shall not:
(a) modify, change, enhance or prepare derivative works of the Software or Documentation except as expressly permitted in Section 2.2;
(b) reverse engineer, disassemble or decompose the Software, except to the extent that such acts may not be prohibited under applicable law;
(c) remove, obscure, or alter any notice of patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark, or other proprietary rights notices present on any Software Documentation;
(d) sublicense, sell, lend, rent, lease, or otherwise transfer all or any portion of the Software or the Documentation to any third party except as may be permitted in Section 10.4 hereof;
(e) use the Software or the Documentation to provide services to third parties, or otherwise use the same on a "service business" basis provided; however, Customer shall have the right to allow customers and other authorized parties to access the Software as part of its normal course of business; and
(f) use the Software, or allow the transfer, transmission, export, or re-export of the Software or any portion thereof in violation of any export control laws or regulations administered by the U.S. Commerce Department, OFAC, or any other government agency.
2.4 PROPRIETARY RIGHTS. The Software Documentation contains valuable patent, copyright, trade secret, trademark and other proprietary rights of SELECTICA. Except for the license granted under Section 2.2, SELECTICA reserves all rights to the Software and Documentation. No title to or ownership of any Software or proprietary rights related to the Software or Documentation is transferred to Customer under this Agreement.
2.5 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE. Customer shall promptly notify SELECTICA of any unauthorized use of the Software or Documentation which comes to Customer's attention. In the event of any unauthorized use by any of Customer's employees, agents or representatives, Customer shall use its best efforts to terminate such unauthorized use and to retrieve any copy of the Software or Documentation in the possession or control of the person or entity engaging in such unauthorized use. SELECTICA may, at its option and expense, participate in any such proceeding and, in such an event, Customer shall provide such authority, information and assistance related to such proceeding as SELECTICA may reasonably request.
2.6 RECORDS. Customer shall ensure that each copy it makes of all or any portion of the Software or the Documentation includes the notice of copyright or other proprietary rights legends appearing in or on the Software or the Documentation delivered to Customer by SELECTICA; shall keep accurate records of the reproduction and location of each copy; and upon request of SELECTICA, shall provide SELECTICA with complete access to such records during normal business hours and to Customer facilities, computers and the Software and Documentation for the purpose of auditing and verifying Customer's compliance with this Agreement provided, however, that SELECTICA shall not request access to such records more than two (2) times in any year.
3. SUPPORT SERVICES, TRAINING AND MAINTENANCE
Provided Customer has paid SELECTICA the applicable maintenance fee specified in Exhibit B, SELECTICA will use reasonable commercial efforts to provide the maintenance services set forth as described in Exhibit C and the training services described in Exhibit D.
4. COMPENSATION
4.1 LICENSE FEE. Customer will pay SELECTICA the Software License Fee specified in Exhibit B.
4.2 MAINTENANCE FEE. Customer agrees to pay SELECTICA the Annual Maintenance Fee in the amount and in accordance with the terms of Exhibit B for maintenance services for the first twelve (12) month period commencing on the Effective Date. Customer may renew the maintenance services described in Exhibit C thereafter on an annual basis by payment of the maintenance fee before the beginning of each new twelve (12) month period. Customer may terminate Maintenance
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC JANUARY 2001
upon thirty (30) days notice to SELECTICA. Upon termination, SELECTICA shall refund a pro-rata portion of unpaid Maintenance Fees, if any. SELECTICA reserves the right to charge Customer a reinstatement fee to resume such maintenance services if Customer has not continuously maintained such services in effect in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.2.
4.3 PAYMENT. All fees, charges and other sums payable to SELECTICA under this Agreement will be due and payable on the dates specified in Exhibit B, or within thirty (30) days after invoice received date if no date is specified in Exhibit B. All monetary amounts are specified and shall be paid in the lawful currency of the United States of America. Customer shall pay all amounts due under this Agreement to SELECTICA at the address set forth herein or such other location as SELECTICA designates in writing. All fees, charges and other sums payable to SELECTICA under this Agreement do not include any sales, use, excise or other applicable taxes, tariffs or duties (excluding any applicable federal and state taxes based on SELECTICA's net income).
4.4 FUTURE PRODUCTS. SELECTICA agrees to provide Customer, upon Customer's written request, any unspecified future products released by SELECTICA, including any beta versions of unspecified future products, for a period of eighteen months from the date of this Agreement. For the period beginning with the nineteenth month from the date of the Agreement through the sixtieth month from the date of this Agreement, GEMS shall receive a discount of list price equal to the current discount for future purchases.
5. TERM AND TERMINATION
5.1 TERM. The term of this Agreement and the license set forth in Section 2.2 shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end upon the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 5.2 or 5.3.
5.2 TERMINATION BY SELECTICA. If Customer defaults in the performance of or compliance with any of its obligations under this Agreement, and such default has not been remedied or cured within thirty (30) days after SELECTICA gives Customer written notice specifying the default (or immediately in the case of a breach of Section 2), SELECTICA may terminate this Agreement and any licenses. Termination is not an exclusive remedy and all other remedies will be available whether or not termination occurs.
5.3 TERMINATION BY CUSTOMER. If SELECTICA defaults in the performance of or compliance with any of its obligations under this Agreement, and such default has not been remedied or cured within thirty (30) days after Customer gives SELECTICA written notice specifying the default, Customer may terminate this Agreement. Termination is not an exclusive remedy and all other remedies will be available whether or not termination occurs. Such termination shall not relieve Customer of any of its outstanding financial obligations to SELECTICA.
5.4 SURVIVAL. Sections 2.3-2.6, 4, 5.4, 6, 8, 9 and 10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement. The license granted under Section 2.2 shall survive termination of this Agreement, provided that Selectica may terminate such license immediately and Customer shall promptly cease the use of the Software and Documentation and destroy (and in writing certify such destruction) or return to SELECTICA all copies of the Software and Documentation then in Customer's possession or control upon a breach of Sections 2.3 or 4.1.
6. CONFIDENTIALITY
6.1 Both parties acknowledge that, in the course of performing this Agreement, they may obtain information relating to products (such as goods, services, and software) of the other party, or relating to the parties themselves, which is of a confidential and proprietary nature ("Confidential Information"). Confidential Information includes, Deliverables and all communications concerning Selectica's or Customer's business and marketing strategies including but not limited to employee and customer lists, customer profiles, project plans, design documents, product strategies and pricing data, research, advertising plans, leads and sources of supply, development activities, design and coding, interfaces with Selectica software, anything provided by Selectica in connection its support or warranty obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, computer programs, technical drawings, algorithms, know-how, formulas, processes, ideas, inventions (whether patentable or not), schematics and other technical plans and other information of the parties which by its nature can be reasonably expected to be proprietary and confidential, whether it is presented in oral, printed, written, graphic or photographic or other tangible form (including information received, stored or transmitted electronically) even though specific designation as Confidential Information has not been made.
6.2 The parties (including subcontractors) shall at all times, both during the term of this Agreement and thereafter keep in trust and confidence all Confidential Information of the other party and shall not use such Confidential Information other than as necessary to carry out its duties under this Agreement, nor shall either party disclose any such Confidential Information to third parties, excluding subcontractors with a need to know and who have signed comparable non-disclosure agreements to protect the other party's Confidential Information, without the other party's prior written consent.
6.3 The obligations of confidentiality shall not apply to information which (a) has entered the public domain except where such entry is the result of a party's breach of this Agreement; (b) prior to disclosure hereunder was already in the receiving party's possession without restriction; (c) subsequent to disclosure hereunder is obtained by the receiving party on a non-confidential basis from a third party who has the right to disclose such information; or (d) was developed by the receiving party without use of the Confidential Information.
6.4 Neither party shall disclose, advertise, or publish the terms and conditions of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party except that Selectica may disclose the terms of this Agreement to 1) potential acquirers pursuant to the terms of a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement, 2) potential investors and 3) as required by law or court order.
6.5 Neither party grants the other party any rights to use its trademarks, service marks, or other proprietary symbols or designations.
7. WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES
7.1 PERFORMANCE WARRANTY AND REMEDY. SELECTICA warrants to Customer that
when operated in accordance with the Documentation and other instructions
provided by SELECTICA, the Software will perform substantially in accordance
with the functional specifications set forth in the Documentation for a period
of one hundred and eighty (180) days after delivery of the Software to the
Customer. If the Software fails to comply with the warranty set forth in this
Section 7.1, SELECTICA will use reasonable commercial efforts to correct the
noncompliance provided that: Customer notifies SELECTICA of the noncompliance
within (90) ninety days after delivery of the Software to the Customer, and
SELECTICA is able to reproduce the noncompliance as communicated by Customer to
SELECTICA. If after the expenditure of reasonable efforts, SELECTICA is unable
to correct any such noncompliance, SELECTICA shall refund to Customer all or an
equitable portion of the license fee paid by Customer to SELECTICA for such
Software in full satisfaction of Customer's claims relating to such
noncompliance upon Customer's return of said Software. ANY LIABILITY OF
SELECTICA WITH RESPECT TO THE PRODUCT OR PERFORMANCE THEREOF UNDER ANY WARRANTY,
NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHER THEORY WILL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO
PRODUCT REPLACEMENT OR, IF PRODUCT REPLACEMENT IS INADEQUATE AS A REMEDY OR, IN
SELECTICA'S OPINION, IMPRACTICAL, TO A REFUND OF THE LICENSE FEE.
7.2 WARRANTY LIMITATIONS. The warranties set forth in Section 7.1 apply only to the latest release of the Software made available by SELECTICA to Customer. Such warranties do not apply to any noncompliance of the software resulting from misuse, casualty loss, use or combination of the Software with any products, goods, services or other items furnished by anyone other than SELECTICA, any
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
modification not made by or for SELECTICA, or any use of the Software by Customer in contradiction of the terms of this Agreement.
7.3 DATE COMPLIANCE. Licensor represent and warrants that all Software (including, without limitation, hardware, firmware or any systems consisting of one or more thereof, and any and all enhancements, upgrades, customizations, modifications, maintenance and the like) deliverable by Licensor hereunder will operate such that neither the performance nor the functionality of the Software will be affected by any changes to the date format as defined below:
i) Date compliance shall mean that no value for current date will cause any interruption in the operation of the Software.
ii) All manipulations of time-related data will produce the desired results for all valid dates within the application domain and in combination with other products.
iii) Date elements in interfaces and data storage will permit specifying the century to eliminate date ambiguity without human intervention including Leap Year calculations.
iv) Where any date element is represented without a century, the correct century shall be unambiguous for all manipulations involving that element.
7.4 LOCKOUTS. Licensor warrants and represents that no "lockout" or disabling code or devices are incorporated or present within the Software at the time the Software is licensed by Licensor to GEMS. In no event will Licensor remove, alter, change or interfere with the Software for purposes of preventing GEMS or its End Uses from using the Software as the result of any dispute under this Agreement. Licensor will not, prior to such licensing or thereafter during the term of this license or any license for an upgraded or modified version of the Software, modify the Software to restrict its use by GEMS or its End Users to, without limitation, particular CPUs, required passwords, periods of time, or other restrictions, without the prior written consent of GEMS.
7.5 COMPLIANCE. Licensor warrants and represents that it shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in furnishing the Software. These laws shall include, without limitation, U.S. and foreign labor laws, employment opportunity laws, environmental laws and product safety laws. See the "Governmental Compliance" section of GEMS' Standard Terms and Conditions, attached hereto as Attachment F. Licensor shall maintain at its expense any required UL, IEC, CE and CSA or equivalent listings acceptable to GEMS for all Software.
8. INDEMNIFICATION
SELECTICA agrees to hold Customer harmless from liability to third parties resulting from infringement of any United States patent or copyright or trade secret by the Software as used within the scope of this Agreement, and to pay all damages and costs, including reasonable legal fees, which may be assessed against Customer under any such claim or action. SELECTICA shall be released from the foregoing obligation unless Customer provides SELECTICA with (i) written notice within fifteen (15) days of the date Customer first becomes aware of such a claim or action, or possibility thereof; (ii) sole control and authority over the defense or settlement thereof; and (iii) proper and full information and assistance to settle and/or defend any such claim or action. Without limiting the foregoing, if a final injunction is, or SELECTICA believes, in its sole discretion, is likely to be, entered prohibiting the use of the Software by Customer as contemplated herein, SELECTICA will, at its sole option and expense, either (a) procure for Customer the right to use the infringing Software as provided herein or (b) replace the infringing Software with noninfringing, functionally equivalent products, or (c) suitably modify the infringing Software so that it is not infringing; or (d) in the event (a), (b) and (c) are not commercially reasonable, terminate the license, accept return of the infringing Software and refund to Customer an equitable portion of the license fee paid therefor. Except as specified above, SELECTICA will not be liable for any costs or expenses incurred without its prior written authorization. Notwithstanding the foregoing, SELECTICA assumes no liability for infringement claims with respect to Software (i) not supplied by SELECTICA, (ii) made in whole or in part in accordance to Customer's specifications, (iii) that is modified after delivery by SELECTICA, (iv) combined with other products, processes or materials where the alleged infringement relates to such combination, (v) where Customer continues allegedly infringing activity after being notified thereof or after being informed of modifications that would have avoided the alleged infringement, or (vi) where Customer's use of the Software is not strictly in accordance with this Agreement. THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 8 STATE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY AND OBLIGATIONS OF SELECTICA AND THE EXCLUSIVE REMEDY OF CUSTOMER, WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTUAL OR ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADE SECRET, TRADEMARK OR OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHT BY THE SOFTWARE.
9. DISCLAIMER WARRANTY AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
9.1 DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 7.1, SELECTICA MAKES NO WARRANTIES WHETHER EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY REGARDING OR RELATING TO THE SOFTWARE OR THE DOCUMENTATION OR ANY MATERIALS OR SERVICES FURNISHED OR PROVIDED TO CUSTOMER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. SELECTICA SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSES, AND SATISFACTORY QUALITY WITH RESPECT TO THE SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION AND ANY OTHER MATERIALS AND SERVICES PROVIDED BY SELECTICA HEREUNDER, AND WITH RESPECT TO THE USE OF THE FOREGOING. FURTHER, SELECTICA DOES NOT WARRANT RESULTS OF USE OR THAT THE SOFTWARE IS BUG FREE OR THAT THE CUSTOMER'S USE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED.
9.2 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN SECTION 8, IN NO EVENT WILL SELECTICA BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF USE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, LOSS OF DATA, COST TO RECOVER, OR FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND IN CONNECTION WITH OR ARISING OUT OF THE FURNISHING, PERFORMANCE OR USE OF THE SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION OR ANY MATERIALS OR SERVICES PERFORMED HEREUNDER, WHETHER ALLEGED AS A BREACH OF CONTRACT OR TORTIOUS CONDUCT, INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE, EVEN IF SELECTICA HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN ADDITION, SELECTICA WILL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY DELAY IN THE DELIVERY OR FURNISHING OF THE SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION, OR OTHER MATERIALS OR SERVICES. SELECTICA's LIABILITY UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR DAMAGES WILL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, EXCEED THE AMOUNTS PAID BY THE CUSTOMER TO SELECTICA UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE ITEMS GIVING RISE TO SUCH LIABILITY.
10. MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 NONDISCLOSURE OF AGREEMENT. Neither party shall not disclose the terms of this Agreement or the ongoing business relationship initiated by this Agreement except as required by law or governmental regulation without the other party's prior written consent, except that either party may disclose the terms of this Agreement on a confidential basis to accountants, attorneys, parent organizations and financial advisors and lenders.
10.2 MARKETING AND SUPPORT. Customer agrees to provide the following
marketing support to Selectica: (i) adopt the Company's configuration, pricing
and quoting products as global standards within GEMS, (ii) use best efforts to
secure the company on General Electric's list of Global IT recommended vendors,
(iii) joint press release approved by both parties announcing vendor selection
upon contract execution, (iv) participate in the Company's case study sponsored
by Gartner (or other analyst firm), and (v) Participate in two vendor marketing
and promotional sessions to be scheduled during the second calendar quarter of
2003 and the fourth calendar quarter of 2003.
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
10.3 NOTICES. Any notice or other communication under this Agreement given by either party to the other will be deemed to be properly given if given in writing and delivered in person or facsimile, if acknowledged received by return facsimile or followed within one day by a delivered or mailed copy of such notice, or if mailed, properly addressed and stamped with the required postage, to the intended recipient at its address specified in this Agreement. Either party may from time to time change its address for notices under this Section by giving the other party notice of the change in accordance with this Section 10.3.
10.4 ASSIGNMENT. This Agreement is personal to the parties and shall not be assignable by either party without the prior written consent of the other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, either party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without Licensor's consent: (i) to an Affiliate; or (ii) incident to the transfer of all or substantially all of its business. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement is binding upon, inures to the benefit of and is enforceable by the parties and their respective successors and assigns.
10.5 NONWAIVER. Any failure of either party to insist upon or enforce performance by the other party of any of the provisions of this Agreement or to exercise any rights or remedies under this Agreement will not be interpreted or construed as a waiver or relinquishment of such party's right to assert or rely upon such provision, right or remedy in that or any other instance.
10.6 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes any and all prior agreements, between SELECTICA and Customer relating to the Software, Documentation, services and other items subject to this Agreement. No amendment of this Agreement will be valid unless set forth in a written instrument signed by both parties.
10.7 GOVERNING LAW. The parties expressly acknowledge that the laws of the state of New York, except its conflict of law rules, will govern this Agreement and any Dispute hereunder.
10.8 Arbitration.
(a) Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the performance, breach, or termination thereof (a "Dispute"), including claims seeking redress or asserting rights under applicable law, shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures set forth herein. Until completion of such procedures, no party may take any action not contemplated herein to force a resolution of the Dispute by any judicial or similar process, except to the limited extent necessary to; (i) avoid expiration of a claim that might eventually be permitted hereby; or (ii) obtain interim relief to obtain interim relief for protection of intellectual property rights, including injunctive relief, to preserve the status quo or prevent irreparable harm.
(b) In connection with any Dispute, the parties expressly waive and forego any right to trial by jury, punitive, exemplary, statutorily enhanced or similar damages in excess of compensatory damages.
(c) Any Dispute will be resolved first through good faith negotiations between the agreement managers, or as necessary the team leader of GEMS and the executive of Licensor having responsibility for the sale or use of the Software involved.
(d) If within sixty (60) calendar days the parties are unable to resolve the Dispute through good faith negotiation, either party may submit such Dispute for resolution by mediation pursuant to the Center for Public Resources Model Procedure for Mediation of Business Disputes as then in effect. The mediation shall be conducted in New York City. Mediation will continue for at least thirty (30) calendar days unless the mediator chooses to withdraw sooner. At the request of either party, the mediator will be asked to provide an evaluation of the Dispute and the parties' relative positions. Each party shall bear its own costs of mediation effort.
(e) After completion of any mediation effort, a party may submit the
Dispute for resolution by arbitration pursuant to the Non-Administered
Arbitration Rules of the Center for Public Resources as in effect on the
Effective Date, unless the parties agree to adopt such rules as in effect at the
time of the arbitration. The arbitral tribunal shall be composed of one
arbitrator having experience in enterprise software; and the arbitration shall
be conducted in New York City. If the answer to the Dispute is not found within
the terms of this Agreement, the arbitrator shall determine the Dispute in
accordance with the governing law of this Agreement, without giving effect to
any conflict of law rules or other rules that might render such law inapplicable
or unavailable. The prevailing party in any arbitration conducted under this
Section 10.8 shall be entitled to recover from the other party (as part of the
arbitral award or order) its reasonable attorneys' fees and other costs of
arbitration.
(f) The law applicable to the validity of this arbitration provision, the conduct of the arbitration, the challenge to or enforcement of any arbitral award or order or any other question of arbitration law or procedure shall be governed exclusively by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. sections 1-16; however, the award can be modified or vacated on grounds cited in the Federal Arbitration Act or if the arbitrator's findings of facts are not supported by substantial evidence or the conclusions of law are erroneous under the laws of the State of New York. The parties agree that the federal and state courts located in the State of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any action brought to enforce this arbitration provision, and each party irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of said courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, either party may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction, wherever situated, for enforcement of any judgment on an arbitral award.
(g) Each party hereby consents to a single, consolidated arbitration proceeding of multiple claims, or claims involving more than two parties. The prevailing party or parties in any arbitration conducted under this paragraph shall be entitled to recover from the other party or parties (as part of the arbitral award or order) its or their reasonable attorneys' fees and other reasonable costs of arbitration.
10.9 LANGUAGE. This Agreement is in the English language only, which language shall be controlling in all respects, and all versions hereof in any other language shall not be binding to the parties hereto. All communications and notices to be made or given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language.
10.10 APPLICABILITY OF PROVISIONS LIMITING SELECTICA'S LIABILITY. The provisions of this Agreement under which the liability of SELECTICA is excluded or limited, shall not apply to the extent that such exclusions or limitations are declared illegal or void under any applicable laws, unless the illegality or invalidity is cured under such laws by the fact that the law of California governs this Agreement.
10.11 FORCE MAJEURE. Neither party will be liable for, or be considered to be in breach of or default under this Agreement, other than monetary obligations, as a result of any cause or condition beyond such party's reasonable control.
10.12 ACCEPTANCE. The Software shall be accepted upon receipt by Customer. 10.13 RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES. The relationship of the parties |
hereunder shall be that of independent contractors. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership, joint venture or similar relationship between the parties, and no party shall be deemed to be the agent of the other party.
11. SOURCE CODE ESCROW
Promptly after execution of this Agreement, SELECTICA will place in escrow (pursuant to the terms of an Escrow Agreement) a copy of all source code and related documentation as well as any other documentation, manuals, tools, or other materials used by SELECTICA in the development, maintenance or support of such Software ("Maintenance Materials") as they exist at the date of this Agreement. If SELECTICA has ceased to do business in the normal course (the "Conditions") and Customer has paid for all applicable source code escrow fees, then Customer shall be entitled to receive from SELECTICA a copy of the Maintenance Materials'. Upon the release of the Maintenance Materials to Customer pursuant to this section, Customer shall have a nonexclusive, non-sublicenseable license to use the foregoing to and only to support and maintain such Software. Customer covenants that it will exercise such license only for so long as
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
the Condition occurs and continues and that any violation of this covenant will be a material breach of this Agreement. With respect to anything licensed to SELECTICA from a third party, the foregoing right and licenses and SELECTICA's obligation to provide or escrow Maintenance Materials are subject to the terms and restrictions of SELECTICA's agreement with such third party and the payment by Customer of any amounts that would not otherwise be due on account of this Agreement. SELECTICA will update the escrow with any new or modified Maintenance Materials at least annually.
In Witness whereof, the parties have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized representatives.
SELECTICA, INC.
("SELECTICA")
/s/ David S. Batt By: ___________________________________________________ David S. Batt Name: _________________________________________________ Executive Vice President Title: ________________________________________________ 6/28/2002 Date: _________________________________________________ |
Address: 3 West Plumeria Drive San Jose, CA 95134 Telephone #: (408) 570-9700 Facsimile #: (408) 570-9705 _______________________________________________________ ("Customer") /s/ Mitchell J. Habib By: ___________________________________________________ Mitchell J. Habib Name: _________________________________________________ e Business GM Title: ________________________________________________ 6/28/2002 Date: _________________________________________________ |
Telephone #: __________________________________________
Facsimile #: __________________________________________
/s/ Laura G. King By: __________________________________________________ Laura G. King Name: _________________________________________________ GM Sourcing Title: ________________________________________________ 6/28/2002 Date: _________________________________________________ |
Telephone #: __________________________________________
Facsimile #: __________________________________________
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION
---------------------------------------------------------------------- Licensed Product Licensed Users/Seats ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Enterprise Professional Edition Unlimited ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Studio 500 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Application Data Manager Unlimited ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Mobile Professional Edition 7500 ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Pricer Unlimited ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Enterprise Data Extractor for Oracle Unlimited (tool for converting bill of materials into The Company knowledgebase) ---------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Connectors to Crossworld, MatrixOne Unlimited and Oracle ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
EXHIBIT B
LICENSE AND MAINTENANCE FEES
1. License Fee.
License Fee for initial Licensed Products $ 12,000,000
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Licensed Product Licensed Users/Seats Additional Users/Seats -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Enterprise Professional Edition Unlimited N/A -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Studio 500 $150 per seat -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Application Data Manager Unlimited N/A -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Mobile Professional Edition 7500 $40 per user -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Pricer Unlimited N/A -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Enterprise Data Extractor for Oracle Unlimited N/A (tool for converting bill of materials into The Company knowledgebase) -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACE Connectors to Crossworld, MatrixOne Unlimited N/A and Oracle -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
2. Maintenance Fee. First Year Maintenance : $ 1,800,000 Annual Maintenance Fee: $ 1,800,000 |
3. Payment Schedule for License Fees and First Year Maintenance
Payments shall be made for License Fees and First Year Maintenance according to the following schedule. Payments that are dependent on "Acceptance of Deliverable" are references to the Professional Services Agreement between the party of June 28, 2002 (the "Services Agreement"), and the accompanying Statement of Work (the "Statement of Work") attached to the Services Agreement.
The lack of Acceptance for any Deliverable pursuant to the criteria set forth in the Statement of Work shall not relieve Customer of its obligation to pay the License Fees required by that Milestone if such Acceptance was due to Customer's termination of this Agreement or the Services Agreement or Customer's failure to provide information or assistance necessary for Selectica to complete any of the Deliverables that Customer was required to provide in the Statement of Work. In such circumstances, Customer would be obligated for License Fees associated with that Milestone and compensation for services rendered for such Milestone on a time and materials basis.
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PAYMENT DATE AMOUNT OF PAYMENT ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- MILESTONE 1 $ 2,760,000 (CONTRACT EXECUTION) JULY 1, 2002 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLE AT MILESTONE 2 $ 2,760,000 (ESTIMATED OCTOBER 1, 2002) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLE AT MILESTONE 3 $ 2,760,000 (ESTIMATED JANUARY 1, 2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF DELIVERABLE AT MILESTONE 4 $ 2,760,000 (ESTIMATED APRIL 1, 2003) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ACCEPTANCE OF FINAL DELIVERABLE $ 2,760,000 (ESTIMATED JULY 1, 2003, UPON COMPLETION) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL $13,800,000 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
EXHIBIT C
MAINTENANCE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
The following sets forth the terms and conditions of the maintenance services offered to Customer. Capitalized terms not defined in this Attachment have the same meaning as in this Agreement.
1. DEFINITIONS.
- "Error" means an error in the Software which significantly degrades such Software as compared to Selectica's published performance specifications.
- "Error Correction" means the use of reasonable commercial efforts to correct Errors.
- "Fix" means the repair or replacement of object or executable code versions of the Software to remedy an Error.
- "Support Services" means Selectica's support services as described in Section 2.
- "Update" means a release of a Software Product which consists of minor corrections, bug fixes and enhancements without substantial added functionality or features and which is denoted by any change to the numbers to the right of the first decimal point (e.g., a change from 2.0 to 2.1 or from 2.1.1 to 2.1.2).
- "Upgrade" means a release of a Software Product which consists of a new version with substantial enhancements, added functionality or new features and which is denoted by a change to the number to the left of the first decimal point (e.g., a change from 2.x to 3.x).
- "Workaround" means a change in the procedures followed or data supplied by Customer to avoid an Error without substantially impairing Customer's use of the Software.
- "Regular Hours" means 8:30AM to 5:00PM Central Time on Selectica's regular business days.
2. SCOPE OF SUPPORT SERVICES. Subject to Section 4 of this Attachment, Selectica shall use reasonable commercial efforts to provide the following services for the Software:
- Technical Communication. Maintain a center capable of receiving information from Customer by telephone, electronic mail, fax or postal mail for support of the Software. Live communication with Selectica personnel is limited to Regular Hours. Outside of such regular hours, Selectica shall have an automated answering service to take messages, such messages shall be reviewed by Selectica technical personnel at the beginning of the next business day. In case of the Select Advantage support program, technical communication will be provided beyond regular business hours via pager support.
- Maintenance Release. From time to time, provide Updates and Upgrades of the Software to Customer (free of charge) that Selectica makes generally available. All such Updates and Upgrades and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
- Modifications of Software. Selectica shall accommodate requests for modifications, however, Selectica is under no obligation to incorporate those requests from Customer in future releases of the Software.
- Error Correction. Selectica shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts to correct any Error reported by Customer in the current unmodified release of Software
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
3. CUSTOMER RESPONSIBILITIES. Customer is responsible for isolating the problem, for eliminating other factors as potential causes of the problem and for providing sufficient information, data and test cases to allow Selectica to readily reproduce all reported Errors. If Selectica believes that a problem reported by Customer may not be due to an Error in Software, Selectica will so notify Customer.
4. EXCLUSIONS. Selectica shall have no obligation to support: (i) altered or damaged Software or any portion of Software incorporated with or into other software; (ii) Software that is not the then current release or immediately Previous Sequential Release which is aged six (6) months or more since the issuance of the successive release; (iii) Software problems caused by Customer's negligence, abuse or misapplication, use of Software other than as specified in Selectica user manual or other causes beyond the control of Selectica; or (iv) Software installed on any hardware that is not supported by Selectica. Selectica shall have no liability for any changes in Customer's hardware, which may be necessary to use Software due to a Workaround or maintenance release.
5. DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY. THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DEFINE A SERVICE ARRANGEMENT AND NOT A SOFTWARE WARRANTY. ALL LICENSED PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS RELATED THERETO ARE SUBJECT EXCLUSIVELY TO THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT. THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS DO NOT CHANGE OR SUPERSEDE ANY TERM OF ANY SUCH AGREEMENT.
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
Exhibit D
Training
Upon execution of Selectica's training documentation, Customer shall receive training for its employees, as determined by Customer. Customer agrees to pay any instructor travel and living expenses subject to the policies set forth belowThe time and location of the training will be agreed to by Customer and SELECTICA.
The cost for participating in Selectica's training program is: $_____________.
(i) Airline Travel: Actual costs of the fare shall be charged. Coach fare shall be used within the constraints of project timelines and the requests of GEMS. No first class travel shall be used unless explicitly requested by GEMS. Cost of ground transportation, parking, etc. for airline travel is charged at actual incurred cost including any reasonable gratuities. Contractor shall schedule airline travel fourteen (14) days in advance, unless otherwise specified in the Schedule.
(ii) Auto Expenses: The current IRS mileage standard per mile shall be charged plus any tolls. If the parties agree to arrange for a rental car as specified in the Schedule, actual costs shall be charged.
(iii) Lodging: Standard, single room rates shall be charged, not to exceed the GEMS negotiated rate per day unless otherwise authorized by GEMS.
(iv) Meals and incidentals: Actual out-of-pocket expenses shall be charged including any reasonable gratuities. Daily meals shall not exceed $30 per day unless otherwise authorized by GEMS.
Major Account License Agreement
SELECTICA, INC
EXHIBIT 10.26
AMENDMENT # 1 TO
MAJOR ACCOUNT LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS AND SELECTICA INC.
This Amendment #1 ("Amendment #1") to the Major Account License Agreement between GE Medical Systems and Affiliates ("Customer") and Selectica Inc. ("SELECTICA") dated June 28, 2002 (the "Agreement"), is made as of the date of signature by the last signing party (the "Effective Date") by and among Customer and SELECTICA.
RECITAL
On June 28,2002, Customer and SELECTICA entered into the Agreement by which SELECTICA is to provide certain Software. The parties to the Agreement now wish to amend the Agreement as follows by executing this Amendment #1.
AGREEMENT
1. Section 4.4 of the Agreement shall be deleted to its entirety and replaced with the following:
FUTURE PRODUCTS. SELECTICA agrees to provide Customer, upon Customer's written request, any unspecified future products released by SELECTICA, including any beta versions of unspecified future products, for a period of eighteen months from the date of this Agreement. For the period beginning with the nineteenth month from the date of the Agreement through the sixtieth month from the date of this Agreement, GEMS shall receive a discount of 89% from list price at the time.
2. Section 5.3 of the Agreement shall be deleted to its entirety and replaced with the following:
TERMINATION BY CUSTOMER. If SELECTICA defaults in the performance of or compliance with any of its obligations under this Agreement, and such default has not been remedied or cured within thirty (30) days after Customer gives SELECTICA written notice specifying the default, Customer may terminate this Agreement. Termination is not an exclusive remedy and all other remedies will be available whether or not termination occurs. Such termination shall not relieve Customer of any of its outstanding financial obligations to SELECTICA. In the event that Customer terminates this agreement for any reason other than stated previously in this section, then Customer would be obligated only for License Fees associated with that Milestone during which the termination occurred (in addition to any fees previously paid) and compensation for services rendered to that point on a time and materials basis.
3. Miscellaneous
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement, including exhibits and schedules remains unchanged.
This Amendment #1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the terms of this Amendment, this Amendment will prevail in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment #1 to the Agreement to be duly signed and authorized.
GE Medical Systems SELECTICA, INC. (CUSTOMER) (SELECTICA) By: By: -------------------------- -------------------------- Name: Name: ------------------------ ------------------------ Title: Title: ----------------------- ----------------------- Address: Address: --------------------- --------------------- ------------------------------ ------------------------------ Date: Date: ------------------------ ------------------------ |
EXHIBIT 10.27
AMENDMENT # 2 TO
MAJOR ACCOUNT LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS AND SELECTICA INC.
This Amendment #2 ("Amendment #2") to the Major Account License Agreement between GE Medical Systems and Affiliates ("Customer") and Selectica Inc. ("SELECTICA") dated June 28, 2002 (the "Agreement"), is made as of the date of signature by the last signing party (the "Effective Date") by and among Customer and SELECTICA.
RECITAL
On June 28,2002, Customer and SELECTICA entered into the Agreement by which SELECTICA is to provide certain Software. The parties to the Agreement now wish to amend the Agreement as follows by executing this Amendment #2.
AGREEMENT
1. Exhibit A, of the Agreement, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
EXHIBIT A
DESCRIPTION OF SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION
Licensed Product Licensed Users/Seats ---------------- -------------------- ACE Enterprise Professional Edition Unlimited ACE Studio 500 ACE Application Data Manager Unlimited ACE Mobile Professional Edition 7500 ACE Pricer Unlimited ACE Enterprise Data Translator for Unlimited Oracle (tool for converting bill of materials into knowledgebases) ACE Connectors to CrossWorlds Unlimited and Oracle ACE Repository Unlimited |
2. Exhibit B, Section 1, Paragraph 2 (Software License Table) of the Agreement, shall be deleted to its entirety and replaced with the following:
Licensed Product Licensed Users/Seats Additional Users/Seats ---------------- -------------------- ---------------------- ACE Enterprise Professional Edition Unlimited N/A ACE Studio 500 $150 per seat ACE Application Data Manager Unlimited N/A ACE Mobile Professional Edition 7500 $40 per user ACE Pricer Unlimited N/A ACE Enterprise Data Translator for Unlimited N/A Oracle (tool for converting bill of materials into knowledgebases) ACE Connectors to CrossWorlds Unlimited N/A and Oracle ACE Repository Unlimited N/A ACE ADK Unlimited N/A |
3. Miscellaneous
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement, including exhibits and schedules remain unchanged.
This Amendment #2 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the terms of this Amendment, this Amendment will prevail in all respects.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment #2 to the Agreement to be duly signed and authorized.
GE Medical Systems SELECTICA, INC. (CUSTOMER) (SELECTICA) By: /s/ Gloria Lewis By: /s/ Stephen Bennion ----------------------------- ----------------------------- Name: Gloria Lewis Name: Stephen Bennion --------------------------- --------------------------- Title: Global Sourcing Leader Title: CFO -------------------------- -------------------------- Address: Address: ------------------------ ------------------------ --------------------------------- --------------------------------- Date: 10/08/02 Date: 10/08/02 --------------------------- --------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 10.28
AMENDMENT # 3 TO
MAJOR ACCOUNT LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS AND SELECTICA INC.
This Amendment #3 ("Amendment #3") to the Major Account License Agreement between GE Medical Systems and Affiliates ("Customer") and Selectica Inc. ("SELECTICA") dated June 28, 2002 (the "Agreement"), is made as of the date of signature by the last signing party (the "Effective Date") by and among Customer and SELECTICA.
RECITAL
On June 28, 2002, Customer and SELECTICA entered into the Agreement by which SELECTICA is to provide certain Services. The parties to the Agreement now wish to amend the Agreement as follows by executing this Amendment #3.
AGREEMENT
1. Exhibit B, Section 3, Paragraph 3 (Payment Schedule Table) of the Agreement, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Payment Date Amount of Payment ------------ ----------------- Acceptance of Deliverable at Milestone 1 $ 2,760,000 (estimated September 30, 2002) Acceptance of Deliverable at Milestone 2 $ 2,760,000 (estimated December 31, 2002) "Gold Code" for Field Release R1+ $ 1,693,000 (estimated March 31, 2003) "Gold Code" for Field Release R2+ $ 1,219,000 (estimated June 30, 2003) "Gold Code" for Field Release R3+ $ 1,105,000 (estimated September 30, 2003) "Gold Code" for Field Release R4+ $ 1,105,000 (estimated December 31, 2003) Field Deployment of R4+ to GEMS Core $ 1,579,000 (estimated February 15, 2004) Field Deployment (50%) of R4+ to GEMS Core $ 1,579,000 (estimated March 31, 2004) TOTAL $13,800,000 |
Customer agrees to issue the purchase orders approximately forty-five(45) days prior to the acceptance date. Selectica shall invoice to the Customer approximately thirty (30) days
prior to the acceptance date and cash payments shall be made once acceptance has been received.
2. Miscellaneous
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement, including exhibits and schedules remain unchanged.
This Amendment #3 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the terms of this Amendment, this Amendment will prevail in all respects.
This Amendment #3, prior Amendments #1 and #2, and the Major Account License Agreement constitute the entire agreement, and supercedes any and all prior agreements between SELECTICA and Customer relating to the Software, Documentation, services and other items subject to this Agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment #3 to the Agreement to be duly signed and authorized.
GE Medical Systems SELECTICA, INC. (CUSTOMER) (SELECTICA) By: /s/ RONALD J. MAUER By: /s/ Stephen Bennion ---------------------------- ---------------------------- Name: RONALD J. MAUER Name: Stephen Bennion -------------------------- -------------------------- Title: SOURCING LEADER Title: CFO ------------------------- ------------------------- Address: Address: ----------------------- ----------------------- -------------------------------- -------------------------------- Date: 28 - Mar 03 Date: 3-31-03 -------------------------- -------------------------- |
EXHIBIT 10.29
ADDENDUM TO PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Addendum to the foregoing Professional Services Agreement, dated June 28th, 2002, (the "Agreement") is hereby made and entered into this 27th day of August, 2002 by and between General Electric Company, acting through and on behalf of its GE Medical Systems business, ("Customer") and Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation with principal offices located at 3 West Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 94134 ("Selectica") (as those terms are defined in the Agreement).
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the Agreement is hereby amended and/or supplemented as hereinafter set forth:
1. Delete the first paragraph of the Agreement in its entirety and replace as follows:
"This Professional Services Agreement ("Agreement") is entered into by and between General Electric Company, acting through and on behalf of its GE Medical Systems business, ("Customer") and Selectica, Inc., a Delaware corporation with principal offices located at 3 West Plumeria Drive, San Jose, CA 95134 ("Selectica") is effective on the date it is signed by both parties ("Effective Date")."
2. Schedule A FEES FOR PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. TERM. Insert a new subsection 2. Expenses, (v) through (vii) as follows:
"(v) Temporary Housing: GEMS shall reimburse Selectica for the rental of apartment totaling 10 but no more than 15. Said cost not to exceed $1,335.00, per apartment, and not without prior written approval for GEMS. Selectica shall sign all leases for housing and accepts all liability for damages.
(vi) Car Lease: GEMS shall reimburse Selectica for the lease rental of vehicles not to exceed 14. Said cost not to exceed $640.00, per vehicle, and not without prior written approval from GEMS. Selectica shall sign all leases and insurance for car rental and accepts all liability for damages.
(vii) Termination/Extension: If project terminates early GEMS agrees to pay the remainder of the leases, or if project goes longer than expected, upon GEMS prior written approval, GEMS will reimburse Selectica for the additional expenses incurred with this extension.
(viii) Round-Trip Visits: GEMS shall allow a specific number of airline round-trip visits to San Jose, California for the below referenced positions. Said number of visits shall not be exceeded without GEMS prior written consent."
TITLE ROUND-TRIP VISITS TO CALIFORNIA ----- ------------------------------- Engagement Manager 42 Chief Program Manager 22 Solution Architect 22 Track lead (1) 22 Track lead 9 Track lead 9 Track lead 9 Consultant 3 Consultant 3 Consultant 3 Consultant 3 Consultant 3 |
3. Effect of Addendum. Except, as hereinabove specifically set forth, the Agreement is not otherwise herein amended. In the event of a conflict between the terms and conditions of this Addendum and those contained within the Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Addendum shall prevail.
THIS ADDENDUM, INCLUDING THE AGREEMENT OF WHICH IT IS A PART, IS A COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR OR CONCURRENT PROPOSALS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ALL OTHER COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS ADDENDUM AND THE AGREEMENT.
In Witness Whereof, the undersigned have executed this Addendum to Professional Services Agreement as of the date first written above.
SELECTICA, INC., GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY, ACTING THROUGH AND ON BEHALF OF ITS GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS BUSINESS By: /s/ Stephen Bennion By: /s/ Sheila Schlines ----------------------------- --------------------------------- (Authorized Signature) (Authorized Signature) Stephen Bennion (CFO) Sheila Schlines ----------------------------- --------------------------------- (Printed Name and Title) (Printed Name and Title) 8/27/02 8/27/02 ----------------------------- --------------------------------- (Date) (Date) |
EXHIBIT 10.30
AMENDMENT # 2 TO
PROFESSIONAL SERVICES AGREEMENT BETWEEN
GE MEDICAL SERVICES AND SELECTICA INC.
This Amendment #2 ("Amendment #2") to the Professional Services Agreement between GE Medical Services and Affiliates ("Customer") and Selectica Inc. ("SELECTICA") dated June 28, 2002 (the "Agreement"), is made as of the date of signature by the last signing party (the "Effective Date") by and among Customer and SELECTICA.
RECITAL
On June 28, 2002, Customer and SELECTICA entered into the Agreement by which SELECTICA is to provide certain Services. The parties to the Agreement now wish to amend the Agreement as follows by executing this Amendment #2.
AGREEMENT
1. Schedule A, Section 1, Paragraph 3 (Payment Schedule Table) of the Agreement, shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
Payment Date Amount of Payment ------------ ----------------- Acceptance of Deliverable at Milestone 1 $ 640,000 (estimated September 30, 2002) Acceptance of Deliverable at Milestone 2 $ 640,000 (estimated December 31, 2002) "Gold Code" for Field Release R1+ $ 307,000 (estimated March 31, 2003) "Gold Code" for Field Release R2+ $ 181,000 (estimated June 30, 2003) "Gold Code" for Field Release R3+ $ 295,000 (estimated September 30, 2003) "Gold Code" for Field Release R4+ $ 295,000 (estimated December 31, 2003) Field Deployment of R4+ to GEMS Core $ 421,000 (estimated February 15, 2004) Field Deployment (50%) of R4+ to GEMS Core $ 421,000 (estimated March 31, 2004) TOTAL $3,200,000 |
Customer agrees to issue the purchase orders approximately forty-five (45) days prior to the acceptance date. Selectica shall invoice to the Customer approximately thirty (30)
days prior to the acceptance date and cash payments shall be made once acceptance has been received.
2. Miscellaneous
All other terms and conditions of the Agreement, including exhibits and schedules remain unchanged.
This Amendment #2 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.
In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of the Agreement and the terms of this Amendment, this Amendment will prevail in all respects.
THIS AMENDMENT, INCLUDING THE AGREEMENT OF WHICH IT IS A PART, IS A COMPLETE AND EXCLUSIVE STATEMENT OF THE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES, WHICH SUPERSEDES ALL PRIOR OR CONCURRENT PROPOSALS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN, AND ALL OTHER COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS AMENDMENT AND THE AGREEMENT.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment #2 to the Agreement to be duly signed and authorized.
GE Medical Services SELECTICA, INC. (CUSTOMER) (SELECTICA) By: /s/ RONALD J. MAUER By: /s/ Stephen Bennion ------------------------------ ------------------------------ Name: RONALD J. MAUER Name: Stephen Bennion ---------------------------- ---------------------------- Title: Sourcing Leader Title: CFO --------------------------- --------------------------- Address: Address: ------------------------- ------------------------- ---------------------------------- ---------------------------------- Date: 28 - Mar 03 Date: 3-3-03 ---------------------------- ---------------------------- |
Exhibit 10.31
AMENDMENT 002
TO
LICENSED WORKS AGREEMENT STATEMENT OF WORK #4902S90047
International Business Machines Corporation ("Buyer" or "IBM") and Selectica, Inc. ("Supplier" or "Selectica") agree to amend Statement of Work #4902S90047 (the "SOW") to Licensed Works Agreement #4902S90046, (the "LWA") (collectively, the "Agreement") as described herein.
This Amendment 02 is effective as of the date of the last party to sign ("Effective Date") and is entered into by Buyer and Supplier for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged. If there is a conflict among the terms of the LWA, SOW and this Amendment 02 the terms of Amendment 02 shall prevail.
The parties agree as follows:
DEFINITIONS
NATIONAL LANGUAGE SUPPORT (NLS) shall mean that the Licensed Works have the ability to enter, store, process, retrieve, distribute, display and print character data in the foreign language of choice. NLS includes Internationalization characteristics.
INTERNATIONALIZATION shall mean that a Licensed Work has the ability to implement national functions and the facility to be translated to other languages. Enablement includes three (3) categories which correspond to characteristics of various languages: (a) single byte character set (SBCS), left-to-right languages (U.S. English, German, Greek, etc.); (b) single byte bi-directional languages (Hebrew, Arabic); and (c) double byte character set (DBCS) or multi-byte character set (MBCS) languages (Japanese, Korean, simplified and traditional Chinese). The Licensed Works shall avoid hardcoding language dependent codepages and character sets.
SERVER TOOLS shall mean Selectica's server-side development and maintenance tools, including Enterprise Data Translator, KBS Repository, Application Data Manager, and Management Center (System Management Console).
(1) UPDATED DOCUMENTATION. The February 3, 2003 version of the document referenced in Schedule D of the SOW and titled "Selectica Application Configuration Guidelines" is part of the Documentation for the Licensed Works.
(2) DEVELOPMENT SERVER ON AIX/DB2.
a) Porting of Server Tools. Selectica will deliver to IBM a ported version of the Server Tools software that runs on AIX versions 4.3.3 and 5.1 and DB2 version 7.2 in accordance with acceptance criteria that will be defined as part of the Work Authorization ("WA") exercise described in paragraph 2)b) below. Selectica will deliver this software to IBM no later than March 31, 2003 by making it available for FTP download. Recognizing that IBM's implementation efforts will be seriously impacted by delays, IBM reserves the right to deduct 20% of the next quarterly Maintenance Fee payment(s) for each month (or portion thereof) after March 2003 in which the Server Tools are not delivered to IBM in accordance with IBM's acceptance criteria. IBM may also withhold payment of Maintenance Fees until the Server Tools are delivered in accordance with IBM's acceptance criteria.
b) Interim Development Environment. Until Selectica has acceptably completed the activity described in paragraph (2)a) above, Selectica agrees to provide IBM with network access to a development hardware/software environment physically located at a Selectica facility (the "Interim Environment") at no cost to IBM. Selectica will, on the Effective Date, deliver to IBM a draft WA subject to IBM's approval that details Selectica's responsibilities for: i) the setup of the Interim Environment; ii) maintenance support of the Interim Environment to ensure adequate availability to IBM (weekdays, 7 AM CST to 7 PM CST); and iii) planning and execution of the migration from the Interim Environment to IBM owned AIX server- side development server (the "IBM Environment"). The WA will include acceptance criteria to confirm successful migration of the IBM work products created in the Interim Environment to the IBM Environment, as well as the operation of the ported Server Tools. Selectica will complete the responsibilities described above as detailed in the WA at no charge to IBM. IBM agrees that no IBM Confidential information will be used on this server.
(3) NLS/ DBCS ENABLEMENT.
Selectica will deliver to IBM a version of the Licensed Works that meets the Internationalization requirements described in the Exhibit to this Amendment entitled "Internationalization Requirements" (the "Internationalized Licensed Works"). Selectica will deliver this software to IBM no later than March 31, 2003 by making it available for FTP download. Selectica will demonstrate to IBM's satisfaction that the Internationalized Licensed Works meet the
requirements specified in Exhibit 1. Recognizing that IBM's implementation efforts will be seriously impacted by delays, IBM reserves the right to deduct 50% of the next quarterly Maintenance Fee payment(s) for each month (or portion thereof) after March 2003 in which the Internationalized Licensed Works are not delivered to IBM in accordance with the Internationalization requirements. IBM may also withhold payment of Maintenance Fees until the Internationalized Licensed Works are delivered in accordance with IBM's acceptance criteria.
(4) MEMORY REQUIREMENTS FOR CLIENT APPLICATION. Furthermore, Selectica recognizes the importance to IBM of application performance within the confines of reasonable memory requirements for the client solution. Selectica understands that IBM expects Selectica to conduct detailed performance analysis and testing and to communicate test results to IBM. Selectica agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain an environment that is focused on performance and recognizes that IBM users will be required to have the Licensed Works co-exist with other applications like Lotus Notes and Siebel.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, have caused this Amendment 02 to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives. Any signed copy of this Amendment 02 made by reliable means (e.g. photocopy or facsimile) is considered an original.
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
By: /s/ John R. Sweetman 2/28/2003 ------------------------------------------------------------- IBM Signature Date |
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:
By: /s/ Sanjay Mittal 2/28/2003 ------------------------------------------------------------- Selectica Signature Date |
EXHIBIT 1: INTERNATIONALIZATION REQUIREMENTS
Selectica will deliver Internationalized Licensed Works as follows:
- The Internationalized Licensed Works will enable multiple language support (including DBCS languages) on a single server for concurrent user sessions where the languages are associated with different code pages. E.g. and for example, the ability to execute multiple user sessions with concurrent session # 1 being displayed in French, concurrent session #2 displayed in Kanji, concurrent session #3 displayed in English, and concurrent session #4 displayed in Hangul.
- The Internationalized Licensed Works will be able to use different code pages on the same server on the same time and will no longer limit responses returned to the application page and will no longer be limited to the default java process character set.
- The Internationalized Licensed Works will allow end users to switch the language being used for the UI and data elements during a configuration session. When the user changes the language, the selections made during the configuration session up to that point should be retained.
- The Internationalized Licensed Works will allow model generated text (such as constraint failure message) to be displayed in the user's native language during runtime.
.
.
.
EXHIBIT 21.1
SUBSIDIARIES
COUNTRY OR REGION OFFICIAL NAME ----------------- ------------- FOREIGN SUBSIDIARIES: Australia Selectica Australia Pty Ltd. Canada Selectica Canada, Inc. France Selectica France Sorl Germany Selectica GmbH India Selectica India Private Limited Japan Selectica Japan, K.K. Mexico Selectica Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V. Sweden Selectica Scandinavia AB United Kingdom Selectica U.K. Limited U.S. SUBSIDIARIES: Delaware LoanMarket Resources, Inc. Delaware Wakely Acquisition Corp. |
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-64246, 333-56576, 333-32666 and 333-103622) pertaining to the 1996 Stock Plan, 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 2001 Supplemental Plan, and 1999 Equity Incentive Plan of Selectica, Inc. of our report dated April 21, 2003, except for Note 15, as to which the date is June 25, 2003, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Selectica, Inc. included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended March 31, 2003.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP San Jose, California June 25, 2003 |
EXHIBIT 99.1
SELECTICA, INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Selectica, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Sanjay Mittal, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
/s/ Sanjay Mittal ---------------------------------- Sanjay Mittal Chief Executive Officer June 30, 2003 |
EXHIBIT 99.2
SELECTICA, INC.
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Selectica, Inc. (the "Company") on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2003, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Stephen R. Bennion, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934; and
(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.
/s/ Stephen R. Bennion ---------------------------------- Stephen R. Bennion Chief Financial Officer June 30, 2003 |